Princess of Mandalore (Youjo Senki/Star Wars)

Chapter 26
Chapter 26
715 FNM (23BBY)
Mouth 3





Coruscant, Mandalore Tower
Tanya Kryze


Some people crack under pressure. Whether from persistent stress and responsibility, such people without intervention will work themselves to the point where they no longer have any ability to deal with their everyday life.

This usually tended to be because they didn't pace themselves correctly as they seemed to want to rush to an attempt at victory. Not realizing that they would only get more and more work from impressed superiors who saw their progress and wanted to reduce idle time and make the most out of their time.

Getting a project done is not about getting it finished as quickly as possible. It's about accomplishing it within the allotted time. If you completed it too quickly, your boss might think that they weren't giving you enough work and will give you more to keep you busy. This process would continue until you can't keep up.

This work ethic was something I employed quite often though, as I had found in my last life, my estimates of what people could take before cracking were often overestimations. During my training of the 203rd, I had assumed that the men would crack within the period I've been allotted and that the whole project would fall apart. That had been an overestimation on my ability to break them, I often wondered if that was simply due to the hardiness of mages or perhaps I had underestimated the determination of the 203rd and later my Salamanders.

Ultimately, it didn't matter if I had over or under-estimated their perseverance but it is something I think about now and again. Why would I not? They were some of the most loyal employees I think I've ever had. But that is besides the point, I had a lot of things on my plate at the moment, both as Tanya the Representative and as White Silver, the owner of the Mandal Hypernautics.

And over the last few months I have been working tirelessly to see the completion of many of these projects. My first project, the attempt to get Ithorians to help improve the Mandalore Sectors ecological recovery, is going well. The Ithorians had officially sent one of their vessels along to start terraforming a planet or two that no one cared about. It would take 10 years for them to completely repair the planets' ecosystem, but having one of those terraforming ships around was perfectly fine as that was as much as the Mandalorian government could afford anyways. The hope was that more money would slowly be generated as more worlds are repaired and start generating income that we could invest back to increase the rate of terraforming in a positive feedback loop.

Senator Merrik had stopped working on that project, completely leaving it to me. I had reason to believe he had been reprimanded for implying that he was the sole lead on the project. I really had no issue with him claiming such but I suppose you weren't really meant to do that to royalty. A bit of my mindset from my salary man days must have allowed myself to be blind to his efforts to improve his prestige. He still has his job from what I can tell, he just wasn't going to be taking part in the project anymore and I was basically in charge of the entire operation. Which I had been doing pretty much from the beginning, the meetings he was having with the Ithorians were simply to sign documents. Now that I have the power to sign those documents myself, he was no longer needed.

While he had been reprimanded, he didn't seem to hold too much of a grudge. I think he seemed perfectly fine and charming about our meetings and made a few jokes about the whole affair. Anyways, he must be a good employee to realize he'd overstepped his bounds. Must be the reason Duchess Satine had put him in that position to begin with.

Besides that, I have had a few meetings with Chancellor Palpatine and several other Outer Rim Representatives and Senators over the past few months as well. Most of these meetings had been general conversations on the issues that were trying to draw people out of the Galactic Republic and into the Separatists Government. For the most part these meetings had gone nowhere, though they had been an excellent opportunity to network with these folks. I had primarily attempted to get in contact with representatives that were members of the Mandalore Sector, those who would be between the Republic and the Separatist government who might feel a little bit threatened by both sides. I wasn't trying to create a tertiary alliance, but several of the Representatives I've spoken to mentioned that they don't want to be involved in this conflict at all for a variety of reasons, a general idea of not getting dragged into the war and getting their planet invaded something I could get behind completely, I just started down an interesting path of research on whether there was some way to withdraw from the Republic in a short-term time period while a conflict was ongoing.

The answer is a surprising yes. You would think, due to the whole Separatists being a major problem, that the idea that you could withdraw from the Republic would be a major conflict point in their government. But there was a caveat to this thanks to the planet of Corellia. This particular planet had a neat little constitutional thing where if the Republic went to war, they could withdraw from the conflict completely and declare neutrality during this period. They would close off all routes within their systems and force any trade that would have had to go through it to stop and unload at the edges of their territory, be reloaded onto ships under their planet's control and then unloaded at the edge on the other side of their territory. As long as those materials were not military in nature.

If one planet could get away with declaring a temporary neutrality and withdrawing from the Republic, could others? I probably would not go for a full withdrawal but perhaps we could declare our systems neutral during this conflict and still maintain our votes in the Republic, which does sound a lot like having the benefits of being in the Republic, without actually helping them in a war. It's like being part of a group project and not contributing at all if war did indeed break out. And like in any group presentation, those not doing the work will get scorned by those that do and would actively try to avoid associating with them if it could be avoided. While I know that those suffering from the war aren't my responsibility, my main concern is the safety of the Mandalorian Sector as that is my job. I think losing goodwill with the rest of the Republic is worth the cost of not getting invaded and putting our rebuilding efforts by decades. It was a bit of a stretch but I was thinking that this might be necessary if this conflict were to spin out of control as it seemed to be well on its way to being.

So I had sent a message along to Duchess Satine to discuss this idea of a Neutrality League. I had a feeling she would have come up with the same idea once the war had started, but if we could get the groundwork going now, that would likely make the League stronger in the long term. Of course if we were to create a new Neutrality League we would need to have a way to enforce that neutrality.

Corellia, the planet I mentioned before, is a major ship building center and has its own Self-Defense fleet rivaling that of many other Core World fleets. It was worth considering that we would need to increase not only the Self-Defense Force on land but perhaps improve the Self-Defense Navy as well. Mandalore already has two separate Self-Defense Forces already in space. The Mandalorian Patrol, an independent organization of nomadic space travelers who use ships that were often outdated and underpowered from some of the reports I'd seen. While the Mandalorian Royal Guard maintained a fleet of small yet more modern craft made by MandalMotors. If either side, the Republic or the Separatists, attempted to push into the Mandalorian Sector, we would need something bigger, stronger, and more up-to-date ships to defend ourselves.

It was something I would have to look into, that was for sure. Though my duties did not exactly push me towards military ventures, at least not as Tanya since that's White Silver role, and I might have a few interesting possibilities.

Then again, I think X4 had been doing quite a fine job leading Hypernautics in my stead for the last few months. I had started looking into it to see exactly what he'd been doing and I was slightly impressed.

X4 had managed to not only wring out all the corruption in the company that I was sure was there, he'd taken a full inventory on all of Hypernautics' assets on Gargon, and gotten the fighter production back online. We are now selling ships to the Hutts, which I wasn't exactly happy with considering the Hutts were probably the worst government in the entire galaxy. There might be a few others but they were the biggest at the very least. But the important bit is that we are actually gaining money. Unfortunately, we are getting money by selling what could be best described as knock-off MandalMotors' ships, often with bigger guns or weaker engines and sometimes not even including a shield just to avoid infringing copyrights. Frankly the amount of ships that Hypernautics produces that were of their own make were minimal to none, as far as I could tell. And due to that, the company is a knockoff brand of Mandal Motors.

And knock off brands are never as good as the original, they just produce more at a cheaper rate. Which was why I had directed the new CEO of Mandal Hypernautics, Jewyl Toza, to look into possibly working out a deal with MandalMotors to officially sell their licensed ships. As long as Mandal Hypernautics is producing second rate versions of MandalMotors ships, all they were doing was debasing MandalMotors's reputation and Mandalorian ship design.

However, if Mandal Hypernautics can officially make MandalMotors ships as a subcontractor. Not only would that give Hypernautics made ships a degree of legitimacy in the eyes of the public. It would also give Mandal Hypernautics the experience it needed to create its own ships and fighters. Which would be ten times more profitable in the long run than just making cheap knock-offs of another company's product.

The other major item of necessity was dealing with the contracts that Mandal Hypernautics had with several what could be best described as pirate organizations. The contracts involve salvaging ancient Mandalorian battlegrounds for equipment and beskar salvage.

These contracts were a little bit long-term and technically I could have canceled them completely, yet I didn't. The fact they were bringing in beskar, which is a material well worth its weight in the Mandalorian sector made me reconsider this. Over the next two years it was believed they would recover large quantities of beskar, which would replenish the lost amount taken when someone had absconded with half the beskar that had already been collected before Gerr's uprising or possibly had never existed except on paper. Considering the world was a rather bit of a crime capital, it was well within possibility that people were lying about exactly how much beskar was coming in to skim money off the top. That being said, I had issued simple orders on dealing with these pirates and that was they only got their money if their beskar was approved by local armorers as authentic.

And I also added that we would not be paying for armor at the same price as, say, hull plating. Beskar used in armor are usually ancestral property. Very culturally significant to the families that might be interested in having the pieces of armor returned. Simple fact of the matter was, if I got my hands on a piece of beskar armor that belonged to an important family and did not do my best to return it to them, it could cause a conflict. I incentivized the pirates to focus on pieces of equipment that would not have family ties and if they did bring such items I would do the most I could possibly do to return the item to the family of whatever descendant or relative was left. I knew there was a very low possibility that such a return could be possible, many of these battlefields that the pirates were apparently raiding for materials were dating back to the Neo-Crusaders era or older, but I would do the best I could.

Finally, there were my attempts within Gargon to improve the economic situation for the better, which I think would not go as well. Gargon, of course, lay right off the Hydian Way which was a prime real estate for trade. The problem was the upcoming Separatist Conflict was between the Outer Rim, at one end of the Hydian Way, and the Core, on the other end of the Hydian Way. There would not be much trade along that route while the conflict is still ongoing. Surprisingly enough, they actually would probably be visited by armies moving along that road, which considering Gargon's position could be useful. Soldiers like to gamble after all, they don't have long to live and a few days in paradise could do them good.

That being said, I don't expect a large economic output to be coming from Gargon's military industry anytime soon. Even if I was successful in not only moving the economy towards a more legitimate direction as well as getting Gargon into the Mandalorian Sector as an official member state, either would contribute to the defense of the sector, more income equals a bigger budget for defense spending.

But if it did well, I better not mix up my apparently large stockpile of funds or I guess it would be Gerr's funds that I had inherited which I used to buy some land. It's not like I could run to the planet and find wonderful spots for a hotel or anything like that. I trusted the man on the ground, Toza, to buy pieces of land that would have good vistas and to hire some local workers to clear and prepare it for construction of hotels and casinos. It might be objectively wrong to fleece soldiers who are possibly going to die of their money but they weren't Mandalorian soldiers and they should be paid by their respective governments so it shouldn't be that big of a deal. As much as I disliked the waste of human resources, I needed to be realistic on a few things since my bread came from the Mandalorian Sector. The only agenda I needed to concern myself with was the continuation of the Mandalorian sector as a free and peaceful state, if that meant I had to see that some soldiers were left paupers for a war that we were not a part of, then so be it.

On the subject of Mandal Hypernautics itself, they do have a few original designs they developed themselves. One corvette-like vessel and another destroyer-like vessel are still in the drawing board phase. But one design has passed prototyping and has entered into very limited production, the Canderous Assault Tank. This monstrosity was both the most hideously armored vehicle I had ever seen and the most miraculous that something like is even possible.

On the face of it, it was a hovering shielded bunker with dual Mass Drivers and a Missile Launcher. Perhaps my experiences were not the best, I do remember a hover tank called a Wraith that if it was struck, it would hover backwards whilst sliding like a skater on ice into friendly infantry taking cover behind it and probably crushing them. Luckily inertia is a thing so it is very likely that due to the weight of the Canderous, it will only be pushed back slightly before stabilizing itself.

This behemoth had two barrels widely set apart, which is a terrible design idea as you would need two separate sights to see what each barrel is aiming when you would only need one if both barrels are right next to each other. Any military craft that relied on Mass Drivers likely does so as a deliberate choice, considering that most armored vehicles in this day and age relied on lasers and were about the size of a modern MBT from my first life. The main reason to use a Mass Driver is the variety of different ammunition that could be used, from bog standard solid projectiles, energy shells that mimic the effects of a Blaster Cannon of similar yield, likely this galaxy's version of HEAT, burrowing bunker busters which is exactly what it sounds like, and even a heat seeking shell to take out enemy aircraft if the vehicle has a high enough barrel elevation. .

The old man with a funny mustache would have been giddy to get his hands on such a monstrosity, as it was probably larger than the Maus or at least on a similar scale. It also needed less crew to operate as it required a minimum of three, with the loader being replaced with an autoloader.

The tank is so large that everyone would see it a mile away, which for most vehicles would spell doom in the form of artillery and bombers. Not for this vehicle though, this vehicle turned out to be a solid brick of beskar, literally as it has beskar plating. I'm impressed that they put so much beskar into this vehicle, considering how rare it is, but what really caught my attention was that the main objective was to be hit. From the research notes I have read about this vehicle is not only a solid brick of beskar, it had a power generator strong enough to also power a shield and a cyber warfare suite that it could hack enemy armored vehicles in the area and direct those armor vehicles to fire on it instead of the much weaker and squishier infantry around it. I don't know why the tank couldn't just deactivate the enemy vehicle's weapon system instead of only forcing it to lock on to the tank itself.

The designer of this vehicle had literally created a taunt system in order to draw enemies to attack it. It was so outrageous that I was quite impressed with how outrageous it was. And the interesting part was there were several models already lying about in various warehouses. A few were still in one piece and one that Zum destroyed had been found and promptly scrapped since the entire thing is a burnt out husk of beskar when it was recovered after the whole False Silver Rebellion, or whatever they were going to name it.

Granted, from what I've been able to piece together, they had not gone ahead and made a beskar tank yet, merely a durasteel chassis with beskar plating. However the amount of interesting technologies in use are something to keep in mind.

One thing I had noted, both from my recent conflict with Gerr and research of conflicts in the past 50 years, was that there was not a wide use of armored vehicles in Mandalorian culture. A couple thousand years ago, there was something called the Basilisk War Droid that was used as battle mounts, but that was a long time ago. So looking at this monstrosity I was hit with several points of thought. If the main goal was for it to be a monster that drew the enemy's fire away from lighter vehicles, then where were the lighter vehicles doing other roles? This tank is likely designed to fit the role of a heavy tank, a heavily armed and armored mobile bunker, meant to destroy lighter vehicles as well as fortifications. This also meant that the drawbacks of heavy tanks from both of my past lives were also present here.

Like, how are you going to get something this heavy into combat? Most light transports did not have the capabilities to lift that heavy piece of equipment into position, and it may be necessary to have a Heavy Freighter like a Gozanti to transport them anywhere, which are fairly big targets. What are the hidden costs in spare parts, fuel, and ammunition for this tank? Something that big needs a powerful engine and that usually guzzles a lot of fuel and if they break down before they even fight because parts got worn down due to general use, then they are just a waste of money.

I remember that in the Battle of Kursk, out of the 200 Panthers sent there 6 Panthers destroyed themselves getting there and 80 of them were in the repair shops due to non-combat damage. When I heard that, I had to wince in pain at all of that wasted manpower and resources spent on building tanks that have almost half a chance of breaking down getting to the fight because the Germans adopted it before they knew if it worked. So you can see my skepticism to the concept of Heavy tanks, especially when with modern communications, bombers or artillery could be called in to take it out from a safe distance.

This assault tank on one front is a blunt instrument that can crack any defensive position or blunt an enemy offensive, but on the logistics front calling it overpriced is a severe understatement. Let's start with its weapons, it uses a Mass Driver, i.e. a gun, so it needs to be supplied with its ammunition on top of all of the fuel and spare parts and that takes up space on the logistics train that could be used for something else, as well as take up a lot of room in the tank. The risk of it running out of ammunition in a protracted engagement is another concern due to its limited ammo.

A Blaster Cannon uses Tibanna gas which can be stored in pressurized canisters, resulting in significantly more shots available when compared to Mass Driver Cannons. Even if the Mass Driver uses electric propulsion and only the payloads are stored in the tank, you can cram in more gas than solid ammunition. Blaster Cannons are also compatible with the infantry's Tibanna gas so the tank can refill their canisters at any military base/outpost with Tibanna storage not just in major bases. Finally, a Blaster Cannon may be more complex to make, but it also has less moving parts so the weapon would likely remain viable even after prolonged use, much better than a Mass Driver Cannon that may need regular maintenance after every battle to make sure it doesn't break mid-battle.

The Concussion Missile Battery felt very redundant to me. I knew that IFVs in my first life used Missile systems like the TOW on the American Bradley, but the reason that tanks don't have them is because the main gun is a much more efficient and cheaper weapon that does the same job, cause a tank shell does not have expensive electronics inside it like a missile does. I do remember an old RTS game that had a tank that resembled the Canderous, with it having 2 cannons as well as secondary missile pods for attacking aircraft, so this is not a completely foreign concept to me. If the Canderous can target air targets with its Missiles, then I suppose it saves having to deploy a dedicated AA vehicle into the field..

On the other hand, Concussion Missiles are very expensive from what I remember and if the enemy didn't bring any aircraft to be shot down or just have them conduct operations away from the Canderous, then the missiles are less than useless as it'll be a waste of money to fire them at buildings when the Mass Drivers can do the same job but cheaper. I guess if they encounter another Heavy Tank, the extra firepower of the Concussion Missile would be a benefit. However, relying on the enemy to be dumb enough to get close enough to the giant tank is a very idiotic battleplan. There is also the requirement to have sensors that can detect enemy aircraft, lock on that aircraft, and guide the missile to its target. A sensor suit like that would also take up space inside the tank that could be cut down to save space.Thus, while I can see uses for the Missile Battery, it is just unlikely for the Concussion Missile to be used that often to justify its cost. Putting the Battery in a dedicated vehicle that is able to take full advantage of the Concussion Missiles is the best solution in my eyes. Maybe instead of firing Missiles, the Canderous can launch drones for better situational awareness instead of a Battery of missiles.

Moving on to its propulsion, hover tanks are well known to be very maneuverable and can move in all sorts of terrain, even over water, mud, and sand which are usually problems for conventional vehicles. This is at the cost of having a weight limit on how heavy the final tank can be, being proportional on how powerful the hover engine is. The more powerful it is, the heavier the tank can be at the cost of being more expensive. The Canderous is clad in beskar, which is already a very dense metal, it being the size of a 2-3 story building, and then there's the added weight of a shield generator, the Concussion Missile Battery, Mass Driver ammo, and Taunt system adding even more weight. I shudder at what this thing's price tag is going to be if it entered production.

I assume that since this is a hover tank, there is no need to maintain tracks and transmissions which were present in tanks in my past lives, which are usually the parts to break the most often. But the fact that the Canderous needs a powerful hover engine to lift itself means that replacing it when it's damaged or doing general maintenance of more high tech parts is going to be an extremely expensive and time consuming procedure. I guess the benefit of having such a powerful hover engine is the fact that the tank can reach a top speed of 50km/h, which is a respectable speed for a tank that big and heavy.

Mandalore might be in a somewhat similar position to the Germans and the Empire at the end of their war. There is no chance whatsoever that Mandalore can compete with the Republic or the Outer Rim in terms of raw production when both had thousand of planets to call upon, and the government doesn't have the funds to expand its military to compete with them when most of our funds were funneled to the terraforming and rebuilding projects. Thus quality might be the only option Mandalore has to not get overwhelmed by the weight of numbers from 2 galactic superpowers. However an alternative may be present in the form of combined arms doctrine. Instead of relying on the brute force of heavy tank doctrine, we rely on all of the combat arms working in concert that requires a disproportionate amount of force to dislodge or defeat. This is what I would likely base Mandalore's war doctrine on. It makes use of our highly trained troops to outmaneuver any invader and either defeat them in detail or with overwhelming force that they don't have the chance to retaliate. This should ensure favorable engagements against a numerically superior force whilst minimizing casualties, with our relatively low population we cannot afford to get into a war of attrition. It's just a general idea for now, but when I have the time I'll refine it to be actually usable.

Thus, while I doubt the Canderous will be the Main Battle Tank of Mandalore with its price tag, it could still be a powerful asset when properly supported if we do get backed into a corner, as well as be the root of some better ideas. Instead of outright canceling the project, which I probably should have done, I sent down orders to what design staff remained on the project to produce lighter versions of it. Did it need two cannons? No, make it one barrel then. Did it need to be so large? No, not really. So make it smaller so we can make the most out of the amount of Beskar that we do have. Did it need those missiles that fired up from the rear of the turret? Not really, but I would admit an armored vehicle with Concussion Missiles to support troops in the field is not exactly a bad idea so maybe put it in a dedicated vehicle that could make full use of its missile armament.

For now, the Canderous as it is right now is too expensive for widespread use. However, having a few in reserve could be the right tool when a sledgehammer is required to break an enemy position. So I have X4 tell the designers of the Canderous to trim down the tank as well as do whatever they can to make it cheaper to build, maintain, and supply while still fulfilling its role as a heavy tank. But I also told them that I would like to have an even smaller version of it for general use as a main battle tank, capable of doing a wide range of roles instead of specializing as a breakthrough vehicle.

Other than a cheaper tank, I also wanted a missile artillery vehicle if possible, those could be rather effective in launching a volley before using their speed to escape counter-battery fire. If those missiles could target aircraft then they can double as AA protection. They would be just as profitable over the long term since artillery are always in need as the King of Battle. Finally I wanted an Infantry Fighting Vehicle to transport Mechanized Infantry that would support the MBTs in open battle as well as move them quickly on a strategic level.

The Canderous is a sledgehammer in the form of a tank and having a sledgehammer in my toolbox to hammer a very big nail is nice to have, however not every problem can be solved with a sledgehammer. It's likely that the Canderous would never be produced in large numbers as it is, but we'll see if it's viable after the designer trimmed it down a bit. Or I guess if the Hutts wanted them they would probably make a nice and easy profit for the company, the Beskar armor might need to be replaced with Durasteel for obvious reasons.

With a need for armed neutrality possibly coming up, I'm sure the Republic would have their own tank production. With big names like Kuat Drive Yards and its subsidiaries are more than capable of making their own vehicles. I also know the Separatists would also have their own vehicle production from Baktoid, I have seen some war footage from the Naboo Crisis and had seen their strangely tall hover tanks. If any conflict were to brew between this neutral state and the war participants, having our own armored vehicles that could counter theirs would be instrumental in preventing us from getting run over by their tanks.

Besides those points of interest, I left everything else to X4 to run. I trusted him to do a good job and have increased his funding on several of his own projects that I was not particularly keen on keeping an eye on. I already knew that whatever it was, it would probably produce some wealth for the company and White Silver in a way.

Leaning back in my chair I turned to look out my window at the Coruscant City skyline or I guess you could just call it the skyline at this point. Maintaining all these separate little projects were complicated but doable. Although, my most recent projects had apparently seen some unintended side quests.

Breshig was scheduled for terraforming and I had attempted to reach out to the population's governor only to find that no one really ran the place. So there was really no one to say no to. And so I thought that the situation was over and I need not worry about it.

So I had moved on to directing the Royal Mandalore Museum to start assembling teams of employees to search old battlefields for equipment and armor left behind as well as any relics so we could start archiving our history properly.

This is where things went sideways as one of my employees, who had recently come under my control, had requested a meeting and said there was a concern about the relics and equipment on Breshig. I thought it was cleared of such items long ago but I may be wrong it seems.

The possibility that the terraforming project might interfere with the collecting project was annoying to me but I knew that I needed to hear this employee out. I had had one of my Lancers pick them up and they were due to arrive from the Mandalore Sector sometime today. He should already be here and on his way up the tower for all I know. Whatever was happening on Breshig, I needed to have that settled quickly and find out what exactly was the concern.

My thoughts were interrupted as X4's voice came over the intercom and said, "Mistress Tanya, a Zoll Bresh from Breshig has arrived and wishes to speak with you."

'Ah timing.' I thought before saying, "Let him in X4."

I didn't have to wait long as a moment later the doors to my office opened. Stepping in is a Mandalorian in full orange armor. Rather surprising but if they wanted to declare themselves as having a lust for life and freedom that was up to them. I even respected that to a bit as it charmed my libertarian heart.

Standing up I greeted, "Mr. Bresh, good to see you. I hope your flight here was not too troublesome."

I smiled as the orange armored male nodded before saying, "The flight was quite nice, Representative Kryze." 'Formal', I noted as he stepped forward, asking, "Do you enforce a helmet on or off policy while on Coruscant?"

Well that's a question I did not expect to hear before saying, "I don't enforce either. Though most people do prefer to see a person's face when they're communicating with our own."

He nodded before reaching up and pulling his orange helmet off revealing a gentleman with dark hair and a darker complexion. "Then I will endeavor to do as the Coruscanti do for today."

Chuckling, I indicated the seat in front of me and said, "Well then let us get down to business shall we. What seems to be the problem that requires a face-to-face meeting?" He nodded his head and moved to take the seat across for me, as he took that seat I got a good view of the rest of his armor and besides being a Mandolorian who preferred the color orange there were some other oddities, lots of little gadgets and doodads that seemed to be designed for crafting and mechanical work hanging off various areas. Though I noticed with some pride that someone had taken his blaster pistol before he got in here as his holster was empty. Granted I knew he was probably carrying 10 different weapons hidden in his armor somewhere but we needed to put on the show of being civilized at the very least.

"My homeworld is what brought me here. I've recently heard about plans to terraform it back to something pre-swamp and though I agree that needs to be done I feel that my homeworld has been forgotten for the relics that it contains. When I heard that there was also a project to start finding those relics, well, I knew that I needed to speak with whoever was in charge."

I nodded, I was vaguely familiar with that world's history. Before the Scouring 700 years ago or so, Breshig had rivaled Mandalore and many of the other Mandalorian homeworlds of the sector and had a capital ship building industry that put everything that has existed together now to shame. But during the conflict, the polar ice caps of the planet had been blasted to bits and promptly melted, raising the temperature to the point that they did not return and the melted permafrost flooding most of the land under a foot or two of water.

Add in that there was actually no one there to clean up the bodies and most of the buildings had been destroyed and turned to rubble. There was a reason that Breshig was considered a swamp world. Nature had started to take it over but most of the ecology had been destroyed during the fighting so very few plant life types were left, besides things that could grow in shallow water. There's that and I heard rumors that the local zoo had not been destroyed during that period and released what could best be described as large freshwater alligators and crocodiles into that environment. The planet was not friendly to human life at this point.

Taking those thoughts into note I said, "Well I don't really know what there is to say about your homeworld, everything I've heard is that any and all relics are well and truly destroyed in the bombardment of the world or scavenged by the local clans at this point

Bresh nodded instead, "Understandable, our history has mostly been forgotten due to the events of the Scouring but rumors that it has all been destroyed are a bit overstated to some points. Under about 30 ft of water in the southern hemisphere lies the Breshig Museum of Space Maritime Designs, a facility containing every Mandalore design ever created for war on that planet. As far as anyone knows the archives were not destroyed during the conflict and though it is deep underwater in somewhat dangerous areas considering the wildlife, it is still accessible to those willing to risk it."

"What do you mean still accessible? If it's underwater, shouldn't the records that you're talking about be destroyed by simple corrosion or shorting out due to being underwater."

"Ah very true, under 30 ft of water most items not prepared for such conditions are liable to be destroyed but here's the thing this museum was 10 ft underwater before the conflict. It was designed so that its contents would be well protected in case of a bombardment and be preserved in the event the museum is submerged."

I leaned forward at that, a repository of knowledge secretly lost but still there? Who knows what could be there. I asked, "If this facility is designed for the conditions it is now in, how do you know it is still functional? I would have assumed a bombardment would have targeted it at some point."

Smiling, the young man said, "It's still functional because I've been there. After I repaired one of the many older ships that survived on the surface of that planet, I used it to dive down to the center and attempted to gain access. Unfortunately in order to gain access you need a special kind of connection port one that my ship did not have. And the only other way would be to cut a way in and unless this was done correctly, you'd risk flooding the facility and destroying it, something I was not willing to do at the time. I was however willing to travel all the way around this facility in the ship I'd created and confirmed that yes the facility is still intact, in fact I think their lights were still on inside in a few areas. If I had to guess, the facility was created with an energy reactor that could produce enough energy to keep it running for a couple hundred years and whoever was in it probably set everything to low power mode before escaping."

Okay so we got ourselves a bit of a treasured resource hidden on the planet, ship designs weren't exactly needed, especially designs from seven centuries ago but what other items could there be on that planet besides this museum that was an intriguing question to me. Ancient secrets lost to history just waiting for re-discovery was a tantalizing prospect no matter the context.

Clasping my hands in front of my face I asked, "I have two questions then. Are there any other relics like this museum in Breshig? And this is the most important one, is there anything else in that facility that could be useful to Mandalore."

Zoll Bresh smiled before saying, "There are whole ships still in their dry docks with some dating back to the Ancient Mandalorian Wars and most are in a rather preserved state. The water has corroded some holes but some halls I have noted are made from beskar and have not corroded at all. As for what else could be in that museum, rumors tell that it also had records for every ship ever lost that had been created on that world and their location or general location of loss."

"A literal treasure trove of information." I said rubbing my chin, the possibility of lost ships being returned to service could definitely help out with the lack of ships that the Self-Defense Force would be running into. Granted these hulls would probably be ancient but a ship's a ship. At best we could put them in dry dock over in Kalevala and see if they couldn't be upgraded to modern standards, at worst they could be salvaged and the materials be used in the construction of new ships or other items if some of these ships dated back to the Neo Crusader era. That was still a lot of beskar to salvage, considering I'd seen some indications that whole halls were made solely from beskar back then. That practice was, well, frankly abandoned by this point for obvious reasons. Having some fighters and tanks clad in beskar is a tall order but still doable since they were still insanely expensive now and no one really liked to send beskar outside the sector anyway.

I gave this subject a few more thoughts before I said, "You have convinced me, this is worth investigating." Taking out a pad for my desk I quickly wrote out a note and then keyed it with my fingerprint locking it so only the recipient of the note would receive it.

Handing it over I said, "If you don't mind getting back on a ship and heading straight from Mandalore right away, I could arrange a meeting with my brother who has a larger income for this particular project and the time to oversee it."

Nodding his head he said, "I have all the time in the world to help my homeworld, as much as it's a disaster, the chance to get it a little bit more recognition and the history of Mandalore is well worth it."

I smiled and reached across the desk to shake his hand, saying, "That's the goal of this project, go and secure your planet's history for Mandalore."

He nodded and stood up and said, "Thank you, Representative Kryze." before leaving as I leaned back in my seat relaxed. If this project was successful, it would be a potentially massive windfall for the Mandalorian historical society. Not only would it have shown that records could be saved and shared for the benefit of the Mandalore Sector but if those ships were real, it would encourage other people to start digging through their own records see if they have any information about lost vessels, armor, or other equipment it could be useful for Mandalore's protection.

I would not be surprised if as these records started to be shared, puzzle pieces would be put together about fates of certain vessels that have been lost for generations, as well as other stories that were never fully completed. And I can only hope that it would be good stories that came out of this and not start any blood feuds that have been forgotten.

Leaning back, at peace with myself I reached over and grabbed the strange box the Ordos had gifted me and tossed it in the air a couple times. I know I should probably be a little bit careful with these relics, I may have to return them to the Jedi someday but well this thing seems sturdy enough and doing this helped me improve my hand-eye coordination a bit.

Whole galaxy may be on the end of a war but things seem to be going my way for once.





Gargon, Mandal Hypernautics Office
Bo Katan Kryze


I had to say this was the sweetest job I'd ever got myself. Granted I'd only ever had three jobs: bounty hunting for a short time, mercenary work guarding supply convoys, and tutoring Tanya but still of the three this was the best paying and easiest one ever to take up.

Training the local Garrison into something that could actually fight was a simple job, most of them already had a good head on their shoulders and years of experience for the most part. There were a few who were outliers, either New Mandalorians or people who apparently were living in the Mandalorian Sector but weren't part of any of the Mandalorian Clans but they either learned to sink or swim.

And most of them seem to learn to swim, the New Mandalorians quickly taking on their old culture from the Mandalorians around them and the not so Mandalorians picking it up as well, quickly learning the language is a key tenant of this new Ranger outfit.

Tanya basically left me to do all the work on figuring out how to make this group of individuals work as a police force which was tough enough considering this planet was not exactly known for having a population that wanted a police force but I soldiered on and figured it out. Thankfully, Tanya's little silver book worked well in designing the curriculum especially for those on the not so Mandalorian side of things.

The six tenants of course worked well in trying to build a culture of what this unit should be. With enough training I think that they would be able to go one to one with the mafia Mandos, if that was needed. Thankfully they're only enforcers and were not interested in starting a fight. They seem to be keen on this organization existing to try and improve the outlook of their planet's future as well as do their work for them in keeping the peace.

No one suspected that in the next three or four months I would have the rangers trained up to a point that I was not needed to even run this organization and would just be able to sit back and relax for this job. Of course, I now have two jobs, this job which required much of my attention and a job that required me to make trips to Mandalore.

Who would have ever seen me being able to train my sister back up to combat status as an actual thing that would happen. Not me I don't think anyone would have. Granted no one knew about these meetings and our little spars but it was nice to have my sister back again. She refused to touch any violent weapons but unarmed combat was an important part of Mandalorian culture and it wasn't like she wasn't carrying around a blaster pistol specifically designed for stun mode. She may prefer non-lethal methods but she still was learning to fight which was better than what she had been doing in my mind.

And I probably would be scheduling more trips to Mandalore soon. We finally found Zum after a while, he had apparently been keeping a low profile for the last few months by hiding in his tropical island safehouse in Cheravh, just so he didn't get in any trouble. Well now that he was found, he's been building Satine her new set of armor. Once that was finished, more training would be needed, meaning I would need to make more appearances.

Oh also, the other crazy things X4 put me up to, that Droid had a few screws loose I think. One morning, the orders coming down from him made sense. There was a possibility of a galactic war about the spring into existence and he was interested in improving production of fighters and redesigning that huge tank Gerr was planning on using to something more efficient and affordable. Technically that was not my issue, that was Toza's issue but he complained enough that I heard about it, since we work together quite often. He was having to work to get production back up to pre-False Silver levels while also attempting to build a stockpile of weapons and armor for the Rangers in case something happened here. It's reasonable considering this planet was right in the direct path of both potential participants in this army.

But that wasn't too crazy no, the crazy part was the other stuff X4 got up to. Such as the current project to improve Mandal Hypernautics image and Gargon's image through hiring of talented young individuals, to be company spokespeople… or as he had informed me "Idols". What the hell an idol was? I didn't know before yesterday. But now I did and I hated every single moment of my existence because of it. Mainly because he had given that job to me to do. The pay raise was rather nice but having to go through dozens of hopefuls to find people who could sing, dance, and generally be entertaining was not something I know what to do with.

I wasn't exactly musically talented, I had fought most of my life, sure, I knew a few songs from the old days when we would sit around campfires in Kalevala. That did not make me musically talented though. If the job didn't pay so well I probably would have refused it but as it was I just had to go with my gut and hope I found what we were looking for. So far no, no it was absolutely shit, I might put up a few posters offering a position as a spokesperson in listing the requirements as musically talented and a few other things that I thought were necessary for a person to represent not only Mandal Hypernautics but Gargon. And I had to deal with three takers so far the first had been an absolute disaster.

The first man could not sing to save his life and I would not be surprised if it could likely kill someone. In fact I'm pretty sure my aide had lost the ability to hear for a couple hours after listening to the guy. The only reason I still had my hearing was I had kept my helmet on so I could keep my thoughts to myself during the whole thing and it simply turned him off at the start. The second hadn't actually read the part about musically talented and assumed all he would have to do is talk about the products I've been escorted off the property. And the third had been an assassination attempt. One of Gerr's Black Merc goons that apparently have not been picked up by the local enforcers or my Rangers yet and have just been hiding and waiting for an opportunity to strike. My aide Cylah Troa, a former Black mercenary herself, had quickly dispatched the bastard at the cost of the audition table which she used to slam the assassin's back into. Granted, I had my vambrace ready to put a hole the idiot but my aide who was standing nearby, got to him first.

Three swings, three strikes. I should probably give up on this but well a job's a job.

A knock came from my door and I looked up before saying, "Come in." Well there wasn't much for anyone that came into my office. It was not large per se but still pretty barren. A simple desk, a few pads that I needed, and for the most part a nice comfy chair. I should probably look into decorating it or something but it wasn't really a priority.

As the door opened, the aide that I mentioned before entered the room. Besides that, she actually used to be a Black Iron mercenary as well, but before that she was a former independent mercenary before Black Iron initiated a recruitment drive to fulfill Gerr's manpower requirement for his army. She's a member of the lower rungs of the organization and not a direct thrall of the former CEO. She's a good fighter though and seemed rather reliable so I made her my secretary for the foreseeable future. And thanks to that whole thing of the assassination attempt on my life, she now had a bonus to her income. Probably should give her a little bit more actually since she had been looking after the Rangers while I traveled off world to help my sister.

Cylah Troa was wearing these standard coloration for the rangers a mix of silver and brown, also she did wear red highlighting on her helmets that had existed before taking up a position in the rangers. And considering she was still wearing her helmet it's quite obvious that she learned her lesson and prepared herself to mute them in case of another terrible music act.

"Miss Katan, a trio has arrived to attempt to take the position as the company's spokesperson. Should I just tell them to leave?"

"A trio?" I asked. I haven't considered the possibility of a group showing up but hey I'd already had three failures why not have three failures at once. Out loud I said, "No no, let them in. I will give them a chance to either sink or swim."

She nodded and stepped in waving to whoever was outside to come in.

A moment later a woman in her mid 20s, I would guess, in a silver and black set of armor stepped in. Followed by two girls, both 14 or 15, I would estimate just by their size. One was wearing green and black armor, the other in pink and black. The armor looked old and beat up, which would make it obvious that they were from the nomadic clans as the style was of super commando variant but parts of it were bulky, possibly dating back to the shock trooper era armor design that had been popular about 2,000 years ago I think. I wasn't much of a history geek compared to Tanya but I had been somewhat interested in how armor developed at one point. Every Mando kid dreamed of customizing their own armor, and looking at cool armor from back then for inspiration is the usual way to go about it.

"Good afternoon and welcome to Mandal Hypernautics. I believe you three are interested in the role of being our company's spokespeople."

The silver and black one nodded before saying, "Yes, I am Miri Chour and these are my sisters, Khovi and Shomso. We heard that they were looking for someone who could sing and well one of the few skills we've acquired over years is singing so we thought we could try."

Well that wasn't much of an answer but it was good enough I figured. Indicating with my hand that they could continue I said, "Well show me what you got."

Nodding her head she cleared her throat and said, "This is a tune that's been passed down in my family for generations dating back to, reportedly, the Neo Crusader era."

She's going to be taking a moment to get her center in the meantime the two younger sisters of the trio began banging on their own chest armor with their fists laying down a slow melodic beat. The two younger sisters begin to singing first

"A world alight with WAR! A world alight with WAR!!"

Miri Chour started up then, "AS THE JEDI FELL UPON US AND WE UPON THEM!"

"A world alight with WAR! As we held the GALAXY BY THE THROAT!" The pair continued.

"A million, million souls from uncounted worlds! The force of battle shifted the very ground they charged across."

"Every soul alight, every shout for blood!"

"As the Jedi General looked on resolutely." Miri Chour sang.

"AND THE EARTH SHOOK! AND THE ARMOUR CRACKED!" sang the pair as they continued pounding on their armor.

"AND THE ARRRMIIESS OF THE GALAXY KNELT!" Miri Chour came in again "JEDI AND MANDALORIAN AND REPUBLICAN TROOPER! BOWED BEFORE A SINGLE STRIKE!"

"And the world alight with War shattered!" Pair was back "And the Galaxy took breath!" And the Crusaders beheld!"

"A WORLD SHATTERED BY WAR!" Miri Chour was back

"Ghosts of the Galaxy!" Pair came in

"OF THE GREATEST CRUSADE!" Miri Chour

"Fought on as a shattered world!" All three of them were singing at this point. "Brothers in death! And the war was won!"

"The grave of a million, million from countless worlds!"

"On a world alight with war!" Just the pair sing them out. The banging of their armor came to a slow close, as the song ended.

Well seeing as their faces were under a helmet, I couldn't tell if they were anxious or not and in turn they couldn't tell what I was thinking. But I could say one thing but three of them could sing and that was better than the other attempts. Where only one of the other attempts actually tried to sing but hey progress was progress and this had been quite a bit of progress in my mind.

The real question was had this been enough progress to hire them, which was actually a non-question. They could sing, they could sing together, and put on a rather good spectacle with their use of armor. The songs they knew were old and very centered on the ancient wars if that song was to go by. But I was sure I could probably find one of the many poets out there to write some lyrics that were less violent having to do with Mandalorian lifestyles.

Nodding my head I finally decided that yeah this could work. Reaching my hands up I pulled my helmet off and put it on the edge of the table before smiling and saying, "You're hired."

Whether they had been experiencing some sort of motion behind their helmets I didn't know but the moment they heard they were hired they were in a group hug celebrating which was a rather touching moment from the outside.




Mandalore, Royal Palace
Zum Murdoc


Things are taking an awfully strange course since I had last been in Mandalore. Heck, last time I was in the Mandalore System I would have been afraid that I was going to be hunted down by the Duchess's goons for supplying weapons to a madman. And even after I cleaned that mess up thanks to Tanya's intervention, I'd still assume that I should probably avoid the system for a while. Just in case she was in a rightfully bad mood about me being involved with Tanya's little effort to unseat the CEO.

So I decided to lay low in my favorite tropical island safehouse on Cheravh after an extended voyage across the sector selling as much equipment out of my stock as possible. Simply so that if someone came knocking it would not look as if I was running new weapons and armor as heavily as I had been doing. I had totally expected to see a call from the Duchess waiting for me. And she had sent someone to let me know that she asked me to come to her Palace, so there wasn't exactly much I could do. Sure I could run, but that would just make me look guilty in case it was something other than her annoyance at me helping Tanya. As much as that girl thought you could hide this whole mess from the Duchess, even I doubted that.

So I ended up going to the Royal Palace expecting to either be locked up or berated for helping Tanya. When Satine had ordered her guards outside of the room I knew I was not being locked up so I had braced for the inevitable lecture.

That I had not received, "I have to thank you for helping Tanya with the whole issue." Which was a step in the right direction that I'm not going to jail. The next part though, had been something that was a bit more threatening. She asked me to make her a new set of armor, a surprising task considering the fact she's been melting down more armor and I think the Republic ever got a chance to do so. But I wasn't going to say no to this demand. She had me dead to rights and she said she had admired the craftsmanship on Tanya's new green armor…the green armor of course being the set I had made for her from Satine's armor, which told me exactly what the situation was.

'Make her a new set of armor or I would be arrested for being involved in stealing her old set.' I could see the threat so here I was deep in the Royal Palace's forge, banging together beskar and Mandalorian Iron, to forge a new set of armor for someone who I had given up any idea that they would ever ask for this again. Though it was nice to actually be doing a job for House Kryze again as I thought Tanya would be my last chance at that. I wondered if Tanya's enthusiasm for armor has spread to the rest of her family. Maybe I'd finally be able to take Adonai the Second's armor and forge it for his son too in the future.

Sighing internally, I simply turn my attention back to work. Maybe I'd get another chance to build armor for the family, maybe I wouldn't, but I would do my best with this set of armor. I've been asked to make a set of armor for the Duchess to wear for political situations, not combat though. But just in case there is an assaination attempt or something, I'm not going to skimp on the defense features. That being said, I was going for a heavier style than what most Mandalorians would prefer. Most would prefer a simple plate arrangement so they could use a jetpack, some like myself go for super thick plates that didn't exactly do well under jetpack situations and turned them into more like jump packs as they couldn't maintain the thrust necessary to keep the user airborne because they were too heavy.

The one in front of me was actually kind of a mid-range armor. It's a full plate but not a half inch piece of armor as some of the heavy plates would go.

It has a solid chest piece that went all the way down to cover most of the gut and was taking every bit of skill to shape it correctly since I needed to be as perfect as possible. Building solid plates of iron is easy. Building small plates that could be put on one of the vests is simple as well, it's just very tedious. Creating a plate of iron that would contour the right shape is a pain in the ass as an error in shaping it needed to be pounded back into the right shape. I had to tweak the power of the pneumatic hammer a few times to get the right amount of power but I relish the challenge.

"How's the work, Zum?" a voice from behind me, I barely heard it over the sound of iron being pounded into the right contour thanks to the very expensive electric power hammer. Thinking about it, I turned the hammer to its standby setting while I re-insert the armor piece to the magnetic forge to reheat it back to a state that it can be hammered into shape much more easily, before turning to face the Duchess. Pulling out a rag I cleaned up my gloves and said, "The work goes well. I think I should have the sets of protective plates ready in a week or two. I'm pulling out all the stops and using every trick and technique that I know of in this project, but I think it'll be worth it."

She smiled and nodded before asking, "How much skill exactly? You said you were going to go all out on this but you didn't exactly describe some of the things you were planning to do. Remember this armor is supposed to be in line with the new doctrine where armor is meant for self-defense, no weapons on it."

I nodded and waved my hand before saying, "I know, I know. I've not gone senile yet. No weapons were included in the making of these armor. Though I do plan to include a little bit of a small shield that could be deployed from the torso. Just in case you get shot by an assassin with a beskar bullet or something. Besides, I actually kind of relish the idea of working on a defensive focused set like this, it adds an extra layer of challenge."

Walking over to the helmet I picked it up and showed it to her, "First off, we have this little neat thing." Reaching to the side of the helmet, I pressed a hidden latch and the front of the helmet opened up into three pieces that retracted to the sides and top of the helmet.

"Old tradition, very old tradition, said that Mandalorians used masks not helmets so I thought I would go back to that, this allows you to easily take the mask off and have a conversation to see a person's face or you know wear it like a normal helmet. I'm sure the designers of whatever garments that will go around this armor will love the idea."

She nodded and said, "That's splendid. Anything else I should know about?"

I nodded, putting the helmet down and pulling up a vambrace. "Although you said no weapons, I did include this." I opened the vambrace and I showed that there was a compartment that could fit something small like a pistol. "I heard from Bo that you tend to use a deactivator pistol. If you wanted I could see about getting a deactivator and integrate it into this vambrace for stun mode vambrace. If you don't want it, well you got a nice little pocket in your vambrace to store anything you want to hide in there. It also has an energy shield too for extra protection."

Satine nodded looking at it before saying, "I didn't consider that but I would prefer to stick closest to the unarmed armor doctrine as possible."

I noted that before saying, "What's old is new then." As I put the vambrace down on the table.

"Old is new?" she asked, sounding curious.

"Right, always forget that Armorer legends don't usually spread past Armorers. Supposedly long before the Neo Crusaders, back during the original Crusades, it was actually frowned upon to put weapons in your armor and it was more normal for combat between Mandalorians to happen unarmed but in armor. So going back to an unarmed set of armor is returning to the roots of what is Mandalorian in a way."

"Huh, I wonder if Tanya knows about that?" The Duchess asked absent-mindedly as she rubbed her chin.

"She was always asking questions about armor, when we were working on her set." I responded, matter of factly before I realized that might be a sore point.

If it was, she showed no visible emotions about it which was probably the scariest thing in the entire room. "Hmm sounds like you unintentionally helped create her White Silver document then."

"Did I?" I replied with a raised eyebrow. "I've never actually looked at the darn thing even after I found out Tanya was responsible for it. Is there something in there I should have been paying attention to?"

"Well the document did speak about the importance of armors to the Mandalorian heritage and their use to the economy. All those reforms I've been having over the years are related to your work and our response to that document."

"Huh, good girl then," I said with a smile as I moved over to the armor before continuing the information on the armor. "Back to the armor, another technique I've been working on, goes back to the Crusader era as well, to a point at least. Back then, each piece of armor was custom-made and often not made of beskar but pieces of bone, often from the mythosaur. Now all mythosaurs are dead and gone so their bones are hard to get but I was able to get a few pieces which I'm incorporating their ivory into this piece here will make up a shoulder collar armor. It'll be designed to basically hold a cape in place and you can easily click this joint here." I pulled out what appeared to be a solid piece of beskar with bone smoothly integrated into it. A point under the right side of the collar caused the latch to let go and the piece to fall in open.

"Not only does it quickly detach the ceremonial pieces, but it also gets rid of the cape so that it doesn't distract you if you get into a fight."

She nodded her head and asked, "Is that going to be a key point in the design philosophy?"

I smiled at that and said, "Yep, every piece of equipment that is there is simply to pretty it up. It can easily be removed by a click of your fingers, leaving you with only the important pieces of equipment that would save your life in an emergency. It may be meant for ceremonial purposes but I want you to be able to fight if you need to."

"Hmm you know that's not a bad idea. Would you mind if I send a droid down here to film this process?"

That raised my eyebrow, "I think I actually would. No armorer likes to have their secret techniques getting out there, I would be ostracized by the other armorers."

She knew that but quickly came back with a response, "What if you were allowed to edit the footage to keep your secret techniques?"

My eyebrow was still raised, but I said, "Alright, go on Duchess, what are you thinking?"

"One of the ideas in the Silver Codex was a simple idea of creating our own media for Mandalore and this is a prime example of what kind of media could be created. Showing some of the creation of non-violent armor made for not only self-defense but for ceremonial purposes."

"I don't know." This is something that I had to think it through. On one hand I'd risk losing some clients who were not exactly friends to the New Order that the New Mandalorians brought in. On the other hand, if the armor I created inspired more New Mandalorians to pick up the armor in some way or form that could counteract the loss of some of the old clientele.

Finally I nodded before saying, "All right, I would be okay with this. But if we're going to go for that, maybe we should go bigger and bolder."

"Bigger?" She sounds like she is interested.

"Right now I'm just using pieces of armor you handed me, which came from your parents and the mythosaur bone I was able to scrounge up. But if I was to be given a bit of a budget, I could get a few more glamorous items, such as those azure stones from the Draboon and maybe a few other rare materials from across the Mandalorian sector. Really go full ceremonial garb, but I'll add a quick release for a cape that would get it out of the way of a jetpack if you want to put one on for a quick escape."

Satine seemed to think about it for a moment before nodding her agreement and saying, "That could easily be arranged. I should also have my dressmaker make an appearance down here, after all she is going to be making the flight suit that would be worn with this equipment. Might as well let her have an input on it."

I smiled at that and said, "Sounds like a plan to me." and started to turn back towards the forge before I heard her cough and say something else.

"By the way, what kind of suit of armor did you give Tanya?"

"Which one?"

"My old armor."

Ah so she actually hadn't seen it yet and was just pulling my leg earlier. Turning, I said, "It's just a standard super commando style, she wanted it to be practical over being showy."

"Unfortunate," she said before continuing, "any chance that you could create similar editions that you're planning for this set for Tanya's? If I'm going to have ceremonial armor, it would probably be best if she did as well."

"Hmm, I think I could do that easily enough." I said, "Although I doubted Tanya would be thrilled with that as she seemed to enjoy the mobility."

"But we all serve the Duchess as well and maybe this would be a little bit of a punishment for the whole White Silver Rebellion."




Mandalore, Royal Academy Dorm
Korkie Kryze


The galaxy changes, that was something I was having to get used to.

Attending the Royal Academy was theoretically not a military pursuit. Self-defense was a major component of the course here but it was meant for more diplomacy between clans than actual military advancement in the society.

That being said, I'd always known that many of the students here would go on to either get careers in the Royal Guard, the Mandalorian Guard, or that Self-Defense Force would be useful and would be a stepping stone to further on their career.

I had accepted that it was a thing that was going to happen no matter how many people welded themselves to the steps of the palace. Yes, we had abandoned our barbaric ways but we need to be able to bring Justice and Law down on those who did not. Things had changed recently though, the announcement of a Self-Defense Force for the protection of Mandalore had riled up the student body quite a bit. I tried to stay out of the politics of it, which was a hard job considering I was related to the people making the policies. However, even I could see that this decision had made the Royal Academy a bit of a powder keg.

The teenagers in favor of White Silver's philosophy, of course, were all interested in joining the Self-Defense Force and I heard many talking in the halls about how they would be signing up for that instead of the Guards if they were allowed. The more pacifist aligned New Mandalorians that had not gone around claiming support for White Silver and were rather annoyed with the whole prospect that led to a couple scuffles, no real fights but it was more like debates amongst the teenagers about the future of Mandalore.

I could understand that, even though I could raise a good point as to why the Self-Defense Force was a bit of a bad idea. It did basically admit that White Silver had a point and that the goals of pacifism could not be reached through the sole pacifism of one side. Considering for the last 20 odd years, some New Mandalorians have been building this idea that if you just give up needing to fight we would be better off as a civilization. It just kind of stings to see those who are either throwing themselves into the idea fully or had been a bit coerced into the idea.

Thankfully, I had been noticing less debates in the last week so maybe this whole situation would pass and we could focus on our studies again. Summer break was coming up, which means we would have a month or two to go back home and be able to calm down about these sorts of situations.

Hopefully it would at least stop the inevitable as people would go into their military adventurous careers after their time at the Royal Academy was up. Be it at the Guard or Self-Defense Force. Personally, I didn't care about the whole military adventurism. I understood why we were looking into this whole situation now, the Galaxy seemed to be getting a little bit less friendly all of a sudden. But that wouldn't make me change my opinions on where I was going when my time in the Royal Academy was up. The civil service is simple as I'd help with paperwork and other duties required of people that keep the government running. Maybe occasionally work as a small-time diplomat between clans here in the Mandalorian Sector? Past that I hadn't really thought much about it.

Soniee, I wasn't really sure what she's going to be doing. Lagos, had mentioned about possibly going into the Guards, and Amis had been quite tight lipped about what his interests were. I suspected he had an interest in joining the Royal Guard, he had always been more action-oriented.

Letting out a deep and concerned sigh I walked the hallways and found my way to the shared co-ed room I had with my friends.

Amis and Lagos were in the corner talking about something as they looked out the one window onto the desert that was Mandalore surface, and Soniee was on her computer doing something. I wasn't a tech guy and the fact that she was wearing a pair of head glasses that allowed her to see the screen and no one else made guessing what she was up to nearly impossible.

"Hey there Korkie." Soniee called from the receipt, giving me a little wave without really focusing on me as she worked on her computer.

"Afternoon." I greeted back before taking a seat across from her, "What's up with everybody today?"

The two at the window shrugged before saying, "Nothing much, we're just planning for summer vacation."

I nodded at that before taking a seat next to Amis, saying, "Anything fun planned?" They shrugged again before saying, "Maybe go to the mall? I don't know." Amis said

Amis said, "There's not a lot to do nowadays. It feels like one of the terrible things about getting older, I guess you're not as entertained by stuff you used to be."

"That's your opinion." Soniee said, not even looking up from her computer.

I chuckled at that. I was about to continue the conversation when I heard a knock on the door. "Is anyone expecting someone to come by?" There was a resounding shake of heads all looking as confused as I so I got up and walked over to the door pressing a button to open it.

Standing there and basically full orange Mandalorian armor was a man I did not recognize. Before I could ask who he was he gave a short bow before speaking. "Good evening Mr. Kryze, I hope you're having a wonderful evening. I've come bearing a note from your sister." He held out a small pad and I took it.

It was a design that would open upon it reading my fingerprints so I quickly got to reading it and was somewhat stumped and startled by what I read.

Looking up I asked, "So if I'm reading this correctly Tanya sent you here to ask me to fund and oversee an operation to scavenge lost data and possibly ships in an underwater museum in Breshig?"

"That's the general gist of it, these ships and data represent a piece of Mandalorian heritage that's likely to be irreparably damaged during the terraforming process. Probably in the next few years as the terraforming project begins on the planet. So there's only a short opportunity to recover it before it is lost for good."

"I don't know about this." I muttered, poking around on a world that was ultimately considered a lost cause was not exactly something that I thought would work well for the whole Royal museum concept but then again Tanya had sent him along so she must believe it's possible.

Soniee from over my shoulder said, "So you're going to go to a planet that's flooded to search for lost relics of the past." Turning I saw that Soniee was smiling before saying, "You know remember that thing we were saying where we don't actually have anything to do this summer. Getting involved in a little bit of archaeological adventure sounds like a swell time for a summer vacation."

Looking at the others, Lagos shrugged before adding, "If you guys are going on an adventure to Breshig, I wouldn't mind going there. My family is supposed to be from there according to some of the oldest stories."

Soniee said, "If we're collecting data, you do need a competent slicer and I'm pretty competent if I do say so myself."

"Sorry guys, as much as that's an entertaining thought, there's no way it's just going to be the four of us. In order to get this operation going we would need to hire several hundred people, experts in their field."

"Yeah sure," Amis said, "but that doesn't mean they won't need people to just lift and carry stuff. And a trip off Mandalore to probably the wettest world in the entire Sector sounds a lot more interesting than going to the arcade again." he pointed out and I had to agree.

"Fine," I turned to the man in orange armor and said, "I'll contact my aunt and attempt to get an operation together to go salvaging on the planet. Earliest we'll be able to leave is probably within 2 to 3 weeks anyways because we'll have to get the right equipment and all that and we'll be out of school by then. That's fine right?"

The orange helmeted man nodded at his head before saying, "Perfectly fine. I am staying at a hotel in the lower sectors of the city." Zoll Bresh pulled out a card and handed it to me, "My name's Zoll Bresh, just contact me when things are starting to come together and you need my information."

"Thank you." I replied, earning a resolute nod from him as he turned about and started to leave. Sighing I turned about as the door slid shut with a soft sigh and wondered how underwater archeology would even work as this was basically what we would be doing.

We would need a local guide at the very least...





Writers note: Kept you waiting, huh. This one took a while. It happens but the important part is it out and the timeline moving again. Had some dealing with mando people, we saw what's up with Satine and Bo, and even what Tanya's older brother is up to. Things will be getting interesting next week.




Edited by: Warmach1ne32, Afforess, FallQm
Community edited by:
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread




Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, , Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Daniel Martinez, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Markus, Neso, Staradder, Lmc9389, Staradder, victor a lopez-barron, KrasieK, Zollus, Mintea, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, j0ntsa, Retexks, John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Tiago Mieres
 
Last edited:
Chapter 27
Chapter 27
715 FNM (23BBY)
Month 5





Breshig, Excavation Site
Korkie Kryze


Damn this planet is terrible. I didn't say it out loud, of course. I was around people who lived here their entire lives and I don't want to offend them. I was just not used to the amount of humidity this planet has.

Breshig had been, from what I understood, one of the most industrious worlds in the Mandalore Sector. Once it was practically covered in shipyards, with materials brought in from all across the sector to build ships even from Mandalore. According to rumors, they were building bigger and bigger shipyards as the war went on.

Right up until about 700 years ago, give or take. Back when Mandalore was trying to build its own little federation of planets to maintain "peace" along the Hydian way. Of course it was their version of peace, as in a large fleet of Mandalorian ships showed up over a planet saying 'Yeah you work for us now.'. Which tends to imply that there was a little bit more than just diplomacy going on at that time. Anyways, the Republic had come down hard on the Mandalore Sector for that. This planet had been one of the Republic targets marked for destruction or, well, its shipyard at least.

They hit the planets polar ice caps either with some sort of heat bomb, or just simply blasted it with Turbo Lasers, with the same end result of melting all of the ice down and causing the world to flood by 20 ft or so. There was still some land left at the end, but the landmass had shrunk quite a bit and even at some of the lowest points it could be about a foot deep of water. Plant life that was previously going extinct had basically taken what's left of the landmass, and bugs ruled this newly transformed world for the most part.

Another reason why I hate this planet, as I smacked another one of those mosquito-like creatures off my neck. I had to have several shots to even come to this world as it was very likely that I might pick something up here from the mosquitoes. I really should have brought my helmet just so that I'd have less skin that could get bitten but since the helmet isn't temperature controlled, it'll be very uncomfortable to say the least. Thankfully though, none of us have gotten sick so far.

Due to the generous funding that the Royal Museum was getting, I've been able to hire a rather large survey group. 20 Mandalorians of various technical skills from Mandalore itself, they unfortunately have no skills related to underwater-related excavation or navigation, due to being from a desert planet. Which is why we hired local guides that do have those skills, or similar enough, to compensate apart from helping with local related issues and navigation.

Those guides were helpful in teaching us how to deal with swimming and diving, something we naturally weren't very skilled at. I didn't expect we would have to go on any serious dives. We had brought along an old Teroch-type that we had found which supposedly has a hatch that could, theoretically, couple with the one into this Maritime Museum; we just had to find it.

Besides those individuals there was also Zoll Bresh, the de-facto leader of the expedition, since this is his homeworld and he knew where we were going. Me, being the actual leader of the expedition, the best I would do right now is to delegate.

As for my friend group of Amis, Soniee, and Lagos, since none of us have any water skills Which is becoming something of a problem we need to deal with. The locals are willing to teach us, what locals there were anyway, for a price. We arrived at what could be best described as a tiny fishing village that is made up of about 20 shacks on stilts called Atiniir'arpat or Enduring Seed, about 3 days ago.

We were greeted by an old man who might have actually seen the tidal wave of water flooding down from the polar ice caps, sitting on a rocking chair as he smoked a pipe and playing some kind of string instrument.

He was sitting in front of a wooden shack on stilts, part of a complex of about 20 wooden shacks, and he was the only person who seemed to actually live here. According to Zoll, most people in this world lived more of a nomadic lifestyle, living on boats and moving from area to area to do fishing and such. Sounds like this village simply exists to be a point on the map for people to know where they can stay during the stormy seasons

With that being said, the Atiniir'arpat, had become our base of operations since it was actually not too far away from the Maritime Museum that we were trying to gain access to in the first place. Not the greatest place, but we were making do with what we have. Oh, and I almost forgot we also have Royal Guard Commander Rau and a couple other Royal Guards around. More simply for my protection rather than the expedition itself, since we were so far off the beaten path of the sector. Perks of being a prince, I guess.

The actual operation to actually gain entrance into the place was not really going to be something my group were going to be involved in. It had been decided we would just supervise the entire thing. We would, of course, have to be granted entry as soon as possible as my position as both lead and financier, but the experts had decided that they should be the first ones in and I wasn't really against that. There were a few Royal Guards in their group anyway so I knew they weren't going to try and pull anything funny. So, it was really just a vacation for me and my friend at least. We had gotten ourselves a boat, a local one. A rather large vehicle, it could seat 20 people comfortably and we had set up with a couple fishing lines not too far from where they were diving. The boat has two large fan-like contraptions on the back as propulsion. Apparently this was done because this area has two particular problems that prevented them from using regular motors. One reason is that there is a lot of floating plant life that would and can jam up such motors, which would mean you would have to go overboard to fix it. Which left you with problem number two, local creatures in the water that didn't like getting hurt or disturbed by the loud rotors that also like munching on the occasional local Mandalorian within munchin distance .

Oh, this operation also have two other ships, a AIAT class which was serving as the main support vehicle where the divers were jumping in and out of the water and another was hovering just above the water's surface with the aforementioned Teroch-type which was being loaded with supplies to be lowered directly to the museum. Some of which included their own power supply so they could get all the data off the trapped museum servers. I personally had yet to see the facility, but going by what I'd seen around this area so far, it must be rather massive.

Anyway, back to our group sightseeing, everywhere we had been so far has been plant life growing. Sure there were a few, I guess we would call them, rivers but in between those rivers were hoards of untamed wilderness. Trees and reeds are just growing right out of the water and a few other small places. This kind of plant life had grown up right up to the edges of the town we were staying at.

Here, a large bowl of water was formed that had been some sort of lake before the melting of the polar ice caps. I knew that if the plants could find some nutrient they would grow, indicating that the water is deep enough for plants not to grow on them.

Or just as equally likely, they couldn't find purchase on the metal exterior of this doomsday bunker museum. Either way the water here was relatively clear for a good half mile in either direction from the center of the lake. Not a lot of plant life, oh there were a few islands of it, but nothing like what we've seen so far.

From where our boat is docked, we could watch the efforts to dive the Teroch-Type ship underwater. But for the most part we were just enjoying this impromptu vacation. Sure, I was not a big fan of the giant mosquitoes or the humidity, but all things considered it wasn't too bad of a place for some relaxation for our summer.

Amis and Lagos were over by the left side of the ship fishing off the side of the boat. We brought plenty of supplies but having a little something extra never hurts. According to our guide, Miss Tarri Crikey, the fish of this lake were particularly good so might as well see if we can catch a few to make our supplies last a bit longer. They have a UV bug zapper that fries several mosquitoes a minute right next to them so they don't have to deal with too many bugs.

I was at the back of the ship with Soniee. We were less exposed back here as the controls of the ship had a fine netting that people could see through hanging from a basic box frame. It wasn't a large area but it was enough for the two of us, plus we were right by the radios so Soniee got access to the holo-net to keep track of the goings on in the universe, while I got access to the radio information being passed between the the crew working on the museum.

On the deck in between our two groups is Guard Captain Rau who is talking to a couple of his Royal Guards. As well as Ms Crikey, who was grumbling rather loudly about how 'Tom was going to get himself killed poking around that vault'. Said grumbling was getting louder, causing me to look up from the radio to see her coming towards the back of the ship where the controls were.

"Hey Prince Mando, mind moving mind moving over a bit? I need to use the radio, those idiots are going to piss off the local wildlife with how loud they're working over there."

"What?" I asked, confused. Getting up from my seat to crack my back. Soniee joined me standing up and cracking her back and I tried not to take note of her rather large assets in front of me. The planet was so ungodly hot and humid that trying to wear normal clothing is kind of a bad idea. Most of the crew instead are wearing various elements of Mandalorian equipment.

The Royal Guard were wearing suits different from the fabric worn at home that would prevent them from overheating while the crew over on the under-water operation were wearing hard suits meant for space operations.

And then there was my group who were basically just wearing the Royal Academy Environmental armor. A nearly skin tight under suit that had some basic armor to save your life if you were ever shot at. For boys that was not much of an issue, for the girls, well, your eyes were drawn to places.

Not so much of an issue with Crikey, she is in native of this planet and had clothing more environmentally designed. Granted, that just meant her clothing was a lot lighter and not as covered as ours but she seemed perfectly fine with conditions. Wearing a pair of shorts and a crop top with a vest, the most notable feature was the belt around her waist covered in knives and a rather large slugthrower pistol. Along with the leather-like hat, that she probably skinned herself from the local wildlife, wore over her short hair.

"I said I need to use the radio. Those idiots are dropping junk all over the place and I can see the dust cloud from up here.They're going to piss off the local wildlife, and when the local wildlife is pissed off, things start sinking."

Reaching over, I picked up the radio and said, "Want me to call them? I'm the expedition lead by funding the expedition, maybe they'll listen to me if I tell them to be careful."

She grumbled something about me being an 'unintelligent foreigner' in the local dialect of Mando'a. Apparently she had assumed I wouldn't understand that so I pretended not to before she finally said, "Fine, but tell them right away because if one of those idiots wakes the local snap jaw population, we're all going to be dead."

Nodding in understanding, I picked up the radio and said "Hey, the local guide here is not happy with the amount of junk dropping over the side. I don't know what you got going on over there but she's saying that if you don't knock it off you could piss off the local wildlife and they might, you know, come out of wherever they're hiding to take a bite. So please be a little bit more careful."

There was a muffled voice then someone came back and said, "We know sir. Local tech has been yelling at us for the same thing for the last 5 minutes. We'll try to be a little more careful."

Looking up I saw Crikey giving a nod of approval before turning to leave. Seemingly less annoyed now. I stopped her by asking, "Before you go, what is a snap jaw? Never heard about that in the debrief on the way down here."

The sigh I heard come off of her could probably have caused a tidal wave with the power of annoyance. "Of course he didn't inform the people he got about the snap jaws. Spent all his time on this planet playing with gizmos of the past and not enough time to realize that he was going to get eaten for his stupidity. I tell you if I wasn't there for most of his misadventures he'd be dead by now."

"Tom?" I said, trying to confirm who she was talking about.

"Yeah, him." Laying out a deep breath she said, "Snap jaws are descendants of the Mando alligator. A creature that was brought here as part of a zoo thing during the Neo Crusades. I think it was long before Mandalore was turned into the dust bowl it is today from what I understand."

"They escaped 700 years ago and the environment did them good as there are now several different variants of snap jaws. Like the humongous ones that could snap this ship in two with a bite of its mouth. Thankfully, those are located in more open water than this. The smaller ones that can move through the reeds of the planet's foot deep ocean are much more common here, and their bite can crush through any environmental suit that isn't reinforced with beskar plating."

"The particular group here is known as the mini jaws."

"Why are they called that?" I asked, raising an eyebrow.

"Because, they are only slightly bigger than a person, while the more common snap jaw is big enough to snap this boat in two. The bigger ones mostly live in the open ocean while mini jaws live in the coast. While they may not be smart, it's believed that they do hunt in packs occasionally. Personally I've never seen them do so per se, just grouping together because they happen to be in the same area. Either way, if they start attacking they usually call out some sort of signal that tells others that there's food in the area."

"Which starts a swarm event I guess." Soniee asked as she tilted her head and thought.

"Exactly, and a swarm event is what's going to kill us all. You do not want some 27 feet tall man-eating crocodiles to swarm the boat now, would ya? If one of those mini jaws ever shows up, kill it.Don't give it the chance to send out any signals or we know we're all going to kick it."

"Well that's comforting." I said, "Anything else we should know about these mini jaws?"

Crikey shrugged before saying, "Not much else to say. They're just one of many dangers on this planet. Give it enough time it'll probably push all of what's left of us here out of this world, and once that happens this planet's pretty much going to eat itself to oblivion."

"How's it going to destroy itself?" I asked, not out of curiosity.

"If we aren't killing them, they probablystart preying on each other until there's nothing left. Maybe there'll be a few fish left but that's probably going to be too few to be sustainable and will just slowly die out over time. That's why most of the survivors of the Great Flood just … left. They realized that it was only a matter of time before it became too unliveable, and rather than just let their future descendent suffer, They just left, while they still had something to make a living elsewhere. The last estimate someone cared enough to keep track of is about a thousand years or so, and they estimate that about a thousand year ago.

She said taking a seat on the sideboard of the vessel. "I hoped those rumors I've heard about this terraforming business are real, cuz frankly, I think my generation might be the last to come off this world at the rate we're going."

"Oh yeah, that's happening." I said matter of factly getting her to look up from where she was sitting. "My sister's actually the one behind it all. Been working for over a year to get the Ithorians to agree to terraform several planets in the sector and they finally did. That's actually why we're here now, there's concern that the vault might get damaged during the terraforming so we're getting it now before then. Terraforming of Breshig should start in a few months from now."

"Huh, how about that. Maybe there's a chance for this planet after all." she said with a smile, seemingly happy at that prospect. "You pacifists are useful after all. Guess those Death Watch guys are full of shit, like every other group in this sector."

"Death Watch?" What a comedian. "Those guys are already gone, they killed themselves out over 20 years ago."

"Nope, we had one of them show up here a few years back. Had a whole bunch of pamphlets for their organization and everything. I think Old Kuad still has one in his shack." She said leaning back on the railing at the side of the ship, only to go tumbling into the water as a massive leathery hand came down on the railing next to her and tilted the ship to that direction.

"The fuck!" was the loudest voice of confusion which came from Amis at the other end of the ship who had looked over just in time to see what happened.

"What happened to Crikey?" I don't know, but what's going to happen to us is way more terrifying as a large reptilian creature crawled out of the water onto the vessel. Standing on two legs with an extended snout for a face it looks around with a look that said it was going to eat everything and everyone on board the vessel.

I was a bit stunned by this turn of events but thankfully I was not in danger. Well, technically I was in arms reach of the creature, so yes I was in danger; but the Royal Guard had my back.

Captain Rau and the other three Guards immediately rushed over and started attacking the creature with their force staves, trying to get it off the vessel.

The creature backhanded one of the men off the ship, seemingly not caring the zapping it was getting.

"Crikey said you need to kill thatthing." I shouted to Captain Fenn, "If you don't kill it, more will just come."

That was an assumption that this was the snap jaw she was talking about. I figured it was probably the better and safer option to make that assumption than to be wrong and dead.

The captain didn't even look in my direction, instead he switched his staff from stun mode to one that allowed him to fire shots into the creature while stabbing it. The rest of the Guards also did the same before doing what they were previously doing, killing it

But I did not get to see the conclusion of that fight as I heard Soniee scream from behind me.

Turning, I saw why immediately as another one of the beasts had crawled up the back of the ship and had wrapped its claw around her waist and was holding her, moving to bite down on her.

I just acted at that point, grabbing the radio off the desk I had been sitting at, I threw it just right so that it went into its mouth the moment the creature opened it. In reflex, it bit down on the metal box and got itself stuck, its teeth jammed into the metal box, preventing it from going after Soniee.

Now to get Soniee free from the thing. I quickly figured out how to do that as I tackled the creature, smacking it against the side beam that held the netting as the entire thing fell on top of us. It wasn't that heavy but it did enough to basically trap the creature in the netting as it struggled getting itself only more tightly stuck.

It's attempt to get free required both hands so it let go of Soniee. I grabbed her hand and did our best to pull ourselves out of the netting. Although one of its claws raked my back, the armor of the suit only sparing me from having some serious damage.

With a push, I shoved her out of the netting and I was about to get through myself when it grabbed my ankle and started pulling me back. The ankle was not well armored and I think I felt the creature's claws cut somewhat into my flesh as it pulled me. As I was being pulled, I saw that there was something underneath the desk that the radio had been sitting on. Desperate for anything to get me out of this, I reached for the weapon and pulled it free of the tape that held it there. It looks like a blaster rifle but something seemed off about the design and it had a large blade at one end. I didn't know what it was, all I knew was that it's a weapon and it's something I needed right now. Flipping myself out of my back I aimed it towards the creature that was pulling me towards it, aiming at its upper arm and unloaded the first shot.

There was a charging sound before it fired and when it did the creature's upper arms ceased to exist. The monster roared in pain as the metal box was still stuck in its teeth and took its free hand to hold its shoulder which was now bleeding profusely. I didn't bother sticking around to find out if it would pull us up together and attack me. Instead I aimed at its head next and just fired.

The creature now headless sat there for a moment on its knees before toppling backwards over the side of the vessel with a resounding splash. It took the netting that had protected us from the mosquitoes with it but at that moment I didn't care, I'm just glad we had survived.

I took a moment to get a breath, somewhat in shock from the whole ordeal before I felt a hand on my shoulder seeing Soniee was back.

"You okay?" she asked.

"Never better." I said instinctively, taking a few more breaths and feeling rather exhilarated I can feel my heart pumping at an accelerated rate.

"Ankle doesn't look fine." she said, looking down at where I was obviously bleeding from a cut.

"Yeah, that could've been better." I don't feel any pain as I think I'm in a little bit of a shock. "Mind helping me down to the main deck?"

"Yeah sure." she said, helping me up as I held tightly to the blaster in one hand.

Carefully, we navigated down to the main deck where I saw that one more of those creatures had attacked Amis and Lagos. Said creature was now lying on the deck dead, it appeared to have been strangled by Lagos who wrapped the rope of the anchor around its neck before pushing the anchor overboard, causing it to crush the creature's throat.

Although I guess it could be argued that there were two other possible ways it died from that I wasn't exactly going to walk over there and find out. Right now, all I did was move to the center of the ship where the wounded were being cared for.

Royal Guards were helping their own guy who had been tossed by the first of these creatures. He seemed fine for the most part, a little bit dazed though. Another Royal Guard was holding his shoulder where he wasn't bitten, but it looked like the creature had let go before it could do some serious damage.

Captain Fenn moved over to me and quickly got out a medical kit and started sealing the wound on my ankle. "Where's the first one?" I asked.

"Sunk back into the water after I shoved my staff in its mouth and shot a blast out the back of its head." Fenn said matter of factly. "I don't think it's coming back."

"It might have brought more friends." Soniee pointed out bringing a rather dark mood to the whole situation.

"Where's Crikey?" Amis asked as he and Lagos walked over.

"Fell overboard in the initial attack." I said looking to where she'd fallen.

"Damn, if she hasn't come up yet it means there must have been one in the water waiting for her." Captain Fenn said, shaking his head.

"The Monsters murdered her." Soniee said

And it was at this moment a head came tumbling through the air onto the deck. The snap jaw head rolled a bit before ending up so that it was facing us with a wide open smile then a second head landed next to the first.

A moment later a knife gripping hand stabbed into the floorboard providing a solid anchor point to climb onto the side of the vessel and then pulled the rest of the person on board.

Completely soaked covered in blood that I think was just in the water from the attack, Crikey had reappeared.

"Wooo, nothing like fighting a mini jaw in one breath to get your heart pumping." She said with a wide smile on her face likely from the adrenaline rush of surviving a near death experience. As she sucked in huge gulps of air seh said, "I see everyone is alive, good job. Now you know why making too much of a racket isn't good for you."

Crikey stretched and wrung her soaked clothes while surveying the ship.


"Let's see, four snap jaws in total right?"

"Right." A Royal Guard said.

"Good job. That's usually how much of a hunting party they will have. While I think we're safe for the time being, the blood is bound to attract more of them so best be on your guard. We should definitely radio the other team and Tom to be more careful. If there's one team sulking around, there's probably more."

She started towards the back of the ship before noticing the state of it.

"Let me guess the radio is destroyed in the fight? That's how these stories usually go, right?"

"Kind of." Soniee said,

"What do you mean kind of?"

"Korkie sort of used it to stop it from biting down on me."

"Oh.. well then that's not really a kind of isn't it. But the teeth aren't too bad on these things so maybe it survived. Where's the box?"

"I use this to shoot its head with the box in its mouth." I said holding up the strange blaster.

"Huh... but Old Man Kuad probably didn't even realize he had that on this vessel. Well that box is completely gone then. guess we'll just do it the old fashioned way and steer over there."

"Sounds reasonable." I said, very tired, possibly from blood loss but I tried to keep myself conscious.

She looked over the bodies again and then said, "Wait, so the first one was killed off by you four right?" The Royal Guards nodded. She then looked over to the body near the front which was pinned against the deck hole by the anchor rope. "And you two killed that one." Amis and Lagos nodded.

"So does that mean you killed that one all on your own?" she said, looking at me.

I shrugged and said, "I guess."

"Interesting," she said before walking over to the back of the ship pulling out one of our knives. A moment later she came back and tossed me what appeared to be a claw that I had blasted free from the creature.

"Congratulations, you're now a man and native of this world."

"Why?" I said looking at the bloody stump in my hands.

"Old tradition, if you managed to kill one of these creatures in single combat, you're considered an adult warrior of Breshig. I know you pacifists aren't the warrior types, but if you ever do decide to become a man, you have full permission from this planet's population to put one of those claws on your armor as a signature that you killed one of these beasts.

"Oh... Neat." I said trying to ignore the put down that she was giving pacifism. I was just glad to be alive at this point. Everyone had come through okay and yeah I was definitely planning to move the boat closer, probably safety numbers was something to keep in mind in the future.




Coruscant, Senatorial District
Tanya Kryze


The night sky of this city world was beautiful, sometimes though it was rather smoggy at the edges of my vision. I could not deny that from where I stood the bright city lights showed the progress of civilization.

To not only conquer a planet but bend it to your will till it becomes a megacity that spans its entire surface is an impressive feat. I just wished that it wasn't built on a bed of corruption and actually built on capitalism.

I am starting to see that more and more with every passing month. The Republic had stood for a thousand years and it looks like it would stay standing long after it has corrupted itself to uselessness. I was starting to see the point of the Separatists after the little exploit that had just happened.

3 months ago, a senator by the name of Jheramahd Greyshade had been working on a bill to try and end this issue before it spun out of control into a civil war. The way he had done it was rather miraculous in its simplicity. He had authored the Financial Reform Act, a bill meant to clean up the amount of waste and corruption in the government in order to try and bring the Separatists back to the Republic by showing it could change.

I had met him once or twice and was a big supporter of this whole thing. It would have been a real chance at ending the civil war after all and then someone had thrown him out his window. A 60 story drop had put an end to the Financial Reform Act that could have saved trillions of lives and an unimaginable amount of credits. You'd think that since someone had been murdered that the FRA would be pushed even harder. Apparently, Senators were so weak-willed that they actually withdrew their support for the bill when they realized he'd been murdered.

They would rather let the corruption continue than risk their own necks, I could understand somewhat. I wouldn't want to risk my life but on the other hand I would just hire more security and turn my tower into a defensible bunker if that was what was going on.

That situation was bad but it couldn't get any worse. At least, I had thought that in the initial hours, then days passed and it did get worse. All hands pointed to the Senate Guard having committed the act, or members of it at least. Which meant for all intents and purposes, the Senate Guard were no better than the Roman Praetorian Guard. Anything that was a threat to their financial stability would be assassinated. Oh sure they were claiming that it was a one-off, that this individual was insane, that he had been thrown out for corruption and all the other things an organization would say in this sort of situation. But no one believed them, everyone was a bit concerned obviously. Why else would the Financial Reform Act become dead in the water?

Worse, the moment it became clear that reform was dead in the water, more systems began declaring their interest in separation from the Republic. So one of the keys that was going to be used to hold this whole system together had simply been used to break it apart even more.

The Republic is probably doomed to this civil war and I just have to hope that we got a United States Civil War out of this and not a Roman Civil War. With the appearance of a possible Praetorian Guard, I guess the Roman version of a Civil War is more likely.

It was so obvious that security was now lacking that I had seen several Senators bringing their own Guards around, just to be safe. Thankfully, I already had the Mandalorian Royal Guard to protect myself. But Senator Merrik apparently doesn't have the same arrangement as myself, and instead hired a few guards himself. Mandalorians from Concordia from what I understood. I never actually have been able to talk to them and my guards said that they weren't the talking type. They seem to be one of the more religious orders from Concordia and rather standoffish with talking with anyone other than the person employing them. The only thing distinct about them, besides them always wearing helmets, was they wore a mix of green and blue markings on their armor in various styles and patterns; and I had no idea what they meant. Something to research later I suppose.

Factionalism is spreading in the Senate too; there are generally three groups at this point. Those who wanted to separate from the Republic, those who were against those 'Seperatist', and my own faction who just wanted to not get involved with this mess. Thankfully at the moment my faction was the biggest one. There are a lot of reasons people didn't want war, some felt that it was okay for the Separatists to leave, others felt that it was a waste of money, but regardless of the reason they didn't want a war; and at the moment that seems like that we might be able to pull it off, or at least stave it off for another couple of years. Problem, of course, being even amongst my own faction that didn't want war, there are subfactions that did want to spend money on a military in case war broke out. We're large enough that there were general debates right now and theorizing to go on for another year about the creation of an "Army of the Republic"

The debates centered around a complete reversal of the reforms that led to the Galactic Republic a thousand years ago. Specifically those that disbanded the Army of the Old Republic in favor of the current Judicial Forces of the Jedi, in the hopes that they would be able to handle the situation as they came. Well, it appeared that idea was coming to an end and things were progressing in a way that would require some kind of drastic event to change the course of history. I really hoped we would be able to prevent a war but that always seems like a long shot anyway.

This galaxy had been at relative peace for a thousand years. Sure there had been minor conflicts but from all the data I've been able to acquire over the years they had been one-sided affairs, with the Republic coming out on top just because it had so many more ships lying around from the pre-Ruusan era as well as the Judicial System. Or they had local garrisons that were able to support the efforts of the Republic ships. If this came down to a real war, the fact of the matter was, they had no real training on how to fight a war.

Many simple tactics were well known, of course ,but a lot of them seem to be awfully closed ranges. Which makes sense, when you have a Jedi at the front of your formation speed is of the essence, as the Jedi can tank and overpower any crisis and can easily put an end to the situation. This strategy does not make sense when you're actually fighting a war, there are far more objectives to accomplish in a galactic scale conflict than they are Jedi.. The numbers just don't fit. More likely, if the Jedi even took part in it, which I really hope they don't, the military would be made up of the common soldiers. Maybe waiting for months for a Jedi to show up, stalling to commence an attack while the enemy is advancing on them the entire time. Maybe their local general or commander, thinking they understand combat when they've not seen war in a thousand years, waste their resources and human resources in obsolete tactics, like human wave attacks.

That being said, I will note that if the Republic hired Mandalorian mercenaries as trainers, it would probably give the Mandalorian sector quite a bit additional funding. If I was a bit more enterprising I might even push for that, but as far as my Silver Codex work was concerned, I left that up to the individual to rely on the True Mandalorian Supercommando Codex.

Supercommando Codex was a way of waging war while being honorable, the Silver Codex was about rebuilding the Mandalore Sector. They are not incompatible, just that one of them would serve you more outside of the Mandalorian Sector a lot better than inside it.

That is also one of my general concerns, both sides in this coming conflict would probably have no idea how to fight a war and the only people who would consistently been fighting a war for, say the last thousand years, are the Mandalorians, on and off civil wars, conflicts against the Republic, conflicts against neighbors, conflicts against other clans, conflicts against pirates, and 1,000 years of constant conflicts. I have the distinct feeling that our sector would probably be a recruitment ground for soldiers even if they did not manage to draw us into the war directly.

I would not be surprised to hear stories from Mandalorians about how they'd run into each other during the war on either side of it when I was over. How that event would go would probably depend on clan relations though. If they have good relations, they would probably take a break to drink together before having a play fight where neither one of them really died but they did as much as they could to show which is the better Mando. Otherwise, well, I could see a few more clan conflicts being brewed from the conflict easily enough, "Your uncle killed my uncle during the war. Now prepare to die." or some other inane illogical bullshit.

This whole conflict was going to make the whole galaxy a complicated mess, and I could just feel the inevitable reality of that statement growing with every month. I hoped that if we got lucky, a lot of the companies produced battle droids and could draft some sort of Munich Agreement or Geneva Convention, some sort of rules for war and limit the damage to just droids.

If I had more power than I did right now I'd probably be pushing for that, but I am just a simple representative. My job was to work out deals with other governments to improve the Mandalore Sector, not to worry about the greater issues of the Republic. That's a senator's job.

And so far he has done okay. After all, he must have shot down Count Dooku's offer when he tried to get us to join this whole conflict on the Separatists side. Maybe I should drop a note on his desk about the idea of creating some sort of war rules on his desk when I get the chance, let him run with that. Or I could run this to Senator Amidala or Organa, as they are much more inclined to minimize suffering. Additionally, I knew they aren't corrupt or engage in vices like Senator Merrik.

Worst thing that could have come of it was nothing after all. For my part I would simply worry about my attempts to improve the standing of Mandalore in the minds of various planets. And maybe continuing the burgeoning friendship with Chancellor Palpatine.

Though friendship might be a bit of a stretch, it was kind of obvious to me he was using the position I had to try and get planets to stay within the Republic, even if they had trade relations with the Separatist planets. And since that served my own goals of trying to create a middle-neutral ground between the two sides, it might be possible to try and find some sort of peaceful resolution to it all..

He is a shrewd politician, I'd give him that. He played the grandfatherly card well but there was no mistaking a politician who knew what they were doing for anything other than a politician. After all, you don't see the downfall of the last sitting Chancellor and get elected in the first round of voting without being somewhat competent at your job.

But that's besides the point, the future was moving even closer to a war. Maybe Palpatine would be able to ring out the corruption before then, but my bet was that the powers of the Republic were too decentralized to allow that. Mostly for good reasons but I imagine, but this coming conflict would only encourage the Republic to be more centralized..

Taking a breath, I quelled my mind of these thoughts. Worrying about the coming conflict would do me no good other than giving me age marks on my face. Which I kind of need for diplomatic matters.

Instead, I just focused on the here and now. The here being in an airspeeder heading to a local movie theater, or its equivalent here anyway. Now, I had been convinced by Vai to go with her to see the new Silver Rider movie. This was technically the third cinematic adventure of the Silver Rider, though he was up to seven seasons I think? Nearly seven at least so the film television franchise was well and truly a hit.

In a darker mood, I would have joked how most likely once the war begins the Silver Rider would probably be punching droids. Cinema was often a funhouse reflection of real events. In times of widespread war, the enemies in the conflict inevitably feature as consistent antagonists in culture and films; in this case, likely droids would be the convenient punching bags.

But I kept that off to the side. This was meant to be a fun night so I could get my mind off the insanity of the universe and focus on simpler things, things that brought me a little bit of joy. Watching an action star beat the crap out of some bad guys while performing some stunts on a hover cycle is fun, watching him get the girl is fun, and the beef and cheesecake that I would probably be served during this film would be confusing but fun. I mean I'm well aware that I've probably lived 30 years as a male and close to 70 years as a female before this life. And having experienced the chemical reactions that my body put me through on both times, I was someone who leaned in both directions at this point, but I attempted to not think about that.

Sometimes it's better to just not poke at a confusing matter and just stay as far away as possible until it would resolve itself in time. Either way this was a good way to get out of the Mando Tower and simply have some brain dead fun to take my mind off the impending galactic tsunami that is the coming Galactic Civil War. I've been doing that more often as of late since I had basically achieved most of my goals the first year and was just trying to relax for the rest of the year. With the potential possibility of a war coming up I wanted to have some good memories of peace. I wanted my guards and my handmaiden to have those memories as well so I've been going to more and more of these public outings. Either in an official capacity as a representative or as an unofficial civilian capacity at times when we went to the clubs for some recreational dancing.

Thankfully, there had not been any more incidents where my activities were exposed to the public at large. If that was because I had done a better job of keeping my Mandalorian Royal Guards informed and they were keeping the lid on these sorts of things better, or because I simply had just not done anything too outlandish, it was hard to say. I'm hoping it was just the latter.

I need to keep an image as the peaceful princess after all. Maybe I even need to do some to restore that image. Either way, hard work and not causing trouble was the general process to slowly build up my reputation. My thoughts were interrupted as the car came to a stop. The door opened revealing the theater.

"Finally, we're here." Vai said as she stepped out of the car stretching her back. The theater was on the other side of the Senatorial District from where we reside, which is understandable since it took nearly half an hour to get there.

"You can say that again." Tabi said, stepping out after her. The shorter human cracked his back as he stood up.

We wore nothing too outlandish, just ordinary clothing by the standards of today. We could pass for regular civilians and conceal our cosmopolitan status as elites with cushy government jobs and royal privilege. Vai was wearing several shades of blue on top of each other and a lot of leather in her clothing that she preferred. Leather pants, another corset like thing that had a strap that ran up around her neck and a simple wrist length sleeve shirt underneath the corset, and good boots.

Tabi thankfully was not as outlandish and tight as his garb is the same as other trips to the clubs, wearing simple fabric clothing. Main color being blue though. I noticed he had added a white and pink to some of his garments, and a pair of good boots.

Ordo stepped out after Tabi. He didn't comment about the conditions in the car, simply turned and offered a hand to me. Ordo was wearing simple Mandalorian style pants and shirt with blue being the main color. Although I noticed there was a light hint of dark green on some of the shoulder pads with some of the areas that had stiffer fabric for protection, and a pair of stiff boots.

Smiling, I said, "Thank you." as I took the hand as he pulled me out. I myself was not wearing anything too complicated, at least I felt it wasn't too complicated at this point. A pair of high boots over light green stockings with a below the knee skirt that ran up to my long sleeve shirt both having a general green coloration and with little frills around the wrists and ends of the skirts with a dark green vest on my shoulders.

We didn't advertise we were Mandalorian besides some obvious hints like the occasional iron heart designs and other ancient symbols. The vambraces though, had started to become a bit of a fad amongst the teens of the planet. I noticed several people here wearing vambraces already, using them for their easy to keep track of phone capability. We could pass for any other teenagers I believed.

Running my hand through my recently applied golden hair to force it back behind my shoulders, I said, "So what is this movie about anyways? The Silver Rider coming across another criminal organization funding their own army?"

That had been the general plot of the last two films. The television show had more variety, I'd noticed. From criminal organizations to corrupt governments he was always seeking 'Justice for the Oppressed'. That was actually a tagline for season 3.

Ordo shrugged before saying, "I don't know, I haven't actually kept up with the goings on of the series. I think I heard something about a conspiracy to take over a sector so maybe it is another army plot."

Tabi let alone a moan of annoyance, "That's a bit overdone. You need to do something new. The TV series has got a lot more going for it than just the possibility of war spinning up once in a while."

"That I agree with." I said, which was rare considering who I was agreeing with. "I'm sure people would enjoy the occasional mystery subplot or that time he had to fight that lunatic, what was his name again bad guy season 4. Peacetaker?"

"Peacemaker." Ordo offered before continuing, "The Mandalorian pacifist who will have peace even if he has to kill to get it."

"That was the weirdest subplot I think the show has ever had. How do you have a pacifist going around murdering people that graphically?" Vai said, rubbing her head as we slowly walked our way towards the front of the building. I had already given the cabbie the money for the trip so there was no need to stick around.

I could have hitched a ride with the Mandalorian Royal Guard. They are most likely in a van around here somewhere keeping an eye on us, but I wanted to keep the illusion of us being just ordinary civilians for tonight. It helps set the atmosphere better in my mind if we did arrive in two different groups. But I'm sure the veteran guards are here, somewhere nearby, in case of an emergency like what happened months ago with the alley fight.

Tabi shrugged before saying, "Beats the hell out of me. I kind of think it was actually based on a True Mandalorian. In fact, I think there was one who called himself Peacemaker during the Mandalorian Civil War."

"Wait, really?" I said, looking over at him with a questioning eyebrow.

Tabi gave a bit of a shrug before, "I don't know much, this was before my time, you'd have to ask Mok for more details as he was a Journeyman Protector before he transferred to the Royal Guards. He's also more of a supporter of the True Mandalorians than I ever was. I heard that there was one guy who was kind of a True Mandalorian who was also a Journeyman Protector. He went a little too far and went on a rampage for a few years, killing anyone who wasn't a pacifistic New Mandalorian. This was after the True Mandalorians got their asses kicked by Death Watch but before Death Watch leadership was destroyed."

"I vaguely remember reading about that." Ordo said, drawing my eyes back to him as we arrived at the console. Quickly, I ordered four tickets to the film as he continued his explanation. "I think he ended up in jail on Ordo. Because he tracked a Death Watch member to our planet after Death Watch was destroyed and murdered him."

"What happened to him after that?" I asked, at this point this has my attention.

"No idea, he was sentenced to jail and as far as I'm aware he's still there. He had a life sentence originally but his lawyers got him down to 20 years. It was due to the fact that it turned out the Death Watch member he murdered, though a upstanding member of Ordo's community, had actually been possibly one of the worst monsters of the Death Watch. I believe I heard something about him hunting down the families of True Mandalorians and killing them for sport as well as settling personal grudges."

"Huh," I said, "well at least he's doing the right thing and staying in jail. Using the legal system for its proper purpose."

"Yeah, I guess that's not so bad, probably whenever he gets out he'll join bounty hunting I assume." Ordo said with a shrug as we arrived at the concession stand. I am still amazed at what products seem to be in existence in both my lives. Popcorn, it exists in this universe, where did they even find corn? I don't know but apparently they did. I actually found two different variants of popcorn. There is regular popcorn which is about what popcorn has been in my universe and then there is bangcorn which is popcorn that is the size of a small child's fist.

The concession stand had fresh popcorn but there was also chocolate, caramel, and many other variants of popcorn for service here. There were also several other kinds of drinks and meat snacks that were very close to the design of hot dogs, all very similar to movie theater fare. I wondered if that was just similar pressure resulting in similar items being created or if there was something deeper at it.

There are roughly 25,000 years of galactic recorded history give or take, so I doubted that there was a possibility that this universe was somewhere in the far future of humanity. But I guess it wasn't impossible. It's not like I'd seen Earth or found any indication that Earth existed and most of the technology seemed to have been found at one point or another. I know a lot of that technology had been rediscovered so it was not impossible that there was something past the 25,000 years and even that 25,000 years had large blank spots. I could not throw out the possibility that there was something else going on in the universe but I would ignore it for now as it didn't matter. Besides, convergent evolution is a thing and this is more likely a result of that.

I moved to the front of the concession queue with the others and ordered a personal popcorn, though it turned out that Ordo and I wanted the same type of chocolate popcorn. So I upgraded mine to a larger size so we could eat together and turned to go into the theater. This was a vacation from doing political things and I was going to enjoy it for what it was, damn it. That was how I was going to spend the night, enjoying a regular normal peaceful night at the theater.





Coruscant, Holo Theater Lobby
Tanya Kryze


Tabi was currently stifling a chuckle next to me as we left the theater and Vai was doing the same. The only one who seemed to not be laughing at the events that had just taken place was myself and Ordo. I was a bit amused, but mostly traumatized by the whole affair and Ordo seemed to be just in complete shock.

To be fair I could see why. We had not expected what we had gotten in this movie and next time I think I'm going to read the reviews or at the very least the synopsis. Although I don't think there'll be a next time, they wouldn't pull that character plot again, right?

To explain the consternation I was feeling would take an hour. Thankfully, as we piled into the cab Vai started the conversation quite clearly. "So who knew the Silver Mandalorian had a thing for the Silver Rider? I sure didn't know that."

"Well I mean they have a shared color interest." Tabi said matter of factly. "Maybe there was some sort of implication there the whole time. Although who would have seen her as a groupie to the Silver Rider and fangirl of his. Well at least he got to ride… her."

I tried to block that out, out of all the things I had expected to come from this night out, finding out that my image of White Silver's image could easily be stolen by movie producers to use however they felt was not one of them. And finding out that one of those things was practically softcore, did not help my mood.

Ordo spoke up then saying, "Guys that was just a weird side-plot. We don't need to worry about it. We should talk about the rest of the movie, I mean it's kind of interesting that they basically just stole the entire False Silver coup from a couple months ago and just retold it with the Silver Rider as the hero."

'Thank you, Ordo. Thank you for trying to get them off this.' I mentally thought.

Tabi nodded his agreement, "Yeah that was pretty weird. Wonder if there's like a copyright lawyer that White Silver could get a hold of. After all, they basically just stole her life story and twisted it for their own ends."

Not without revealing who I was. Currently my only access to lawyers would be through Gargon so I technically could attempt to try and get a lawsuit going. But they most likely would just claim that I was not the real White Silver unless I showed my face and even if I did, that would not really help me in this situation. Publicly, I would simply have to just ignore it for all time. Well, internally I would have to remain at my screaming level.

Ordo shook his head, "I mean didn't they twist it too much? I guess they just made up a lot of stuff for the things they don't know."

"Yeah sure they did." Tabi said, lightly punching Ordo's shoulder. "Lucky bastard." I heard quietly.

Which in all fairness he was, the Silver Rider had pretended to be a Mandalorian, wearing armor, and been White Silver's right hand man during the Colosseum fight. Which was a lot more spectacular than the actual thing in my opinion. But then again, fights are rarely that well choreographed. In other words, while the parts of the Silver Mandalorian have been played by some woman with a rather large bust who never taken their helmet off, which I thank whatever Mandalorian gods there are for that, as that helped continue the belief that the Silver Mandalorian came from Concordia. She even quoted a few of the religious things I'd heard from various Mandalorians who had interactions with them, including the all-famous Mandalorians never remove their helmets. Ordo's part was played by the Silver Rider himself, having stolen the armor of one of the Mandalorians he fought with earlier in the movie and joined up with her in attempting to end Gerr's conspiracy. They separately came to the conclusion of who the False Silver was before meeting and working together on the planet. And yes their version of the White Silver was a fangirl of the Silver Rider and they did the deed at least once during the film. Before the Colosseum incident in fact.

As a film it actually was not a bad thing and I would have had a lot more fun if it wasn't about my alter ego. I felt like I was in a bit of a nightmare. I'd gone from someone stealing my identity to try and raise an army to take over the sector to someone stealing one of my identities to turn into a sidekick of the Silver Rider. Not that I mind that, but I'd rather be the one to hold my own with Silver Rider than as a bond girl.

I would just have to hope that this film was still embargoed by the New Mandalorian government as being too violent for general consumption. If it didn't I hoped it didn't cause an issue that would cause me to make an appearance as White Silver to deal with it. Aunt Satine and Bo must never see that movie, Aunt Bo is just going to be insufferable and I pray for Ordo's safety if they suspect that we had done something similar to our movie version on Gargon.

Having to come back just to say, 'Do not commit war crimes against a film crew.' would not exactly look great for the Mandalorian's image. Hopefully, tempers would win out and I would not have to think about this film ever again.

"So do you think he's keeping the armor for Season 8?" Vai asked.

Tabi nodded saying, "Totally, why else would they go through the effort of designing such a unique set of armor. The set the Mandalorian wore at the real coliseum in Gargon was rather plain compared to that over-designed artwork."

It reminded me that this show tended to have a somewhat stable continuity between seasons at least and the movies were not non-canon events. They were considered canon which meant this big boobed version of White Silver now existed in that universe and Silver Rider now had Mandalorian Armor. And they also actually canon-ized that he also came from the Mandalorian Sector.

If you step back from the embarrassing situation as it was, this was actually good propaganda for the sector, and all I would just have to do is not think about certain parts of this movie in the future then.




Coruscant, Senate Building
Wilhuff Tarkin


Looking over the data pad in my hands I had to chuckle at the ongoing conflicts. It was quite obvious that the Separatist issue was not going to go away, and yet the Republic was acting as if negotiations would somehow come to some sort of peaceful conclusion.

There's only one truth in the universe, and that's 'Those with power dictated the future.' If history taught me anything, it's something everyone would come to realize soon enough. Being a native from Eriadu, I had come to realize thatmuch sooner. But I could forgive the Core Worlders for being foolish to some extent. They lived in a safe and secure bubble here in the Core. They didn't have to deal with pirates, in fact some pirates even came from the Core Worlds. They saw themselves so secure that they thought they could engage in thievery, murder, and other illicit acts out in the Outer Rim and easily have their connections back in the Core get them off.

Thankfully, I had slowly undone that damage over my military career in Outland Regions Security. Of course my anti-corruption purges hadn't changed the perception of the Core Worlders all too much. From the outside, some may even say I've harmed the Core World's opinions of the Outer Rim peoples, but my demands were simple: You do your job, or you end up dead.

Shaking my head I stood up and stretched out. As much as it's interesting to think about my past military exploits, the future was far more important at this moment. There was a war coming, I could see it as plain as day. In fact, I actually had offers from Count Dooku to join the Separatist.

It was amusing, and I could see why he would want my homeworld to join them as Eriadu has one of the largest and professional fleets in the Outer Rim. And though I could see the point in some of his arguments, it wasn't enough. As governor of Eriadu, I would not take my people into a war that would be unwinnable. As much as I dislike the Core Worlds, I knew they would win eventually. Besides, my governorship of the planet would soon be over. I have done everything I can in my goals and to secure the planet's future. It's time for someone else to take the reins and for me to return to the military. This is why I was on Coruscant, I was paying to visit an old friend turned Chancellor. Palpatine had, after all, pushed me to go into politics all those years ago and had been my supporter for the longest time. So I was assured that with his aid I could get myself a good position in the new army that was eventually going to be thrown together.

I was one of many, I think, that were scrambling to try and secure a position in the inevitable conflict, but our friendship was old and I had a feeling it would help me. After all, the Core Worlders had led the government into this mess to begin with, and it would be down to us Rimworlders, people like Palpatine and myself, to fix it.

Stepping over to a window I looked out onto the city's skyline and wondered how quickly the military will be put together. I know it took several years to put together the Outlanders when it was first created, and gaining legitimacy had taken even longer. I wouldn't be surprised that in the early days of whatever conflict spring forth that there would be competing armies, one that was created directly by the Republic, others completed by Senators, and maybe even the Jedi trying to show that they were the true force to work with.

It would be chaos for a good long while. But from this chaos would be born the strongest force, one that would keep this Galactic Republic stable into the future.

My thoughts were interrupted as Palpatine's secretary came up and said, "Palpatine's meeting is ending in the next 5 minutes, but he said that you would be more than welcome to join the discussion proposing some economic reform of the Rim'"

"Really, now?" I said with interest. I hadn't heard about any economic reforms but then again being on the Rim you didn't hear what the Core Worlders are claiming to be working on. It's better to focus on what was before you then what was out in the periphery of your interests after all. "Well then, I think I should join this meeting at least as a bystander. Thank you for telling me."

The secretary bowed before walking away. I walked to the door as I stepped up to the door, the sensor detected my presence and triggered the door to open.

Looking around the office it looked just as I remembered it. From statues around the center table where Palpatine was at his seat discussing something with three other politicians. I didn't recognize a single one of them but I could tell they were from the northern sectors of the Outer Rim, based on their clothing and group of followers. The first one I believe to be a senator was obviously from Tarris. She was wearing a local style of Rimworld urban fashion. The other is a member of the Ithorians, they were officially close enough to the Outer Rim to be considered in any conversations in that region. They were pacifistic people, so they would want out of this coming conflict. The final member, and I think the one responsible for the recent financial windfall, was a Mandalorian girl. I believe many of the symbology she's wearing reminded me of some artwork I had seen in one history book or another. She is blonde and wearing a green dress; nothing too outlandish, but definitely done in a Northern Rim style. Most likely a New Mandalorian, another pacifist. What did catch my attention is her age, she was fairly young to be sitting in the center of the group.

Of course, three pacifists would be working together to try and find some peaceful way to stay out of the conflict. A shame really, the ancestors of the New Mandalorians were once a powerful military force, they would have been a useful core of infantry in the upcoming conflicts.

"Governor Tarkin, welcome. It's been a long time, my friend." Palpatine said as he offered me a seat across from the three.

I nodded and said, "It has been too long as well, my good friend." as I moved to take the seat, "What's this about some economic reforms and the Rim?"

Palpatine smiled and said, "A little side experiment to see if I could prevent the Separatists from, well, separating from the Republic. So far it hasn't been very successful, but it has created a bit of an interesting third party in the whole affair. Guaranteeing planets will stay inside the Republic no matter what happens is at least a step in the right direction."

"Oh? Well that is true, but it's obvious that this is going to end in a war. It's one of the reasons I'm here actually. I'm coming to offer my services in the coming conflict." I wasn't one for milling about and went with the direct approach though I knew what response I would get.

"You are too concerned with this possibility of war, my good friend. We will figure this out, I think." That's what I expected but this is also what he would have expected. Now I wondered if he scheduled my meeting to conflict with this on purpose? Palpatine wanted to see the reaction of these three to such a statement. Why did he want that? I don't know but I was willing to play along with his games.

The senator from Tarris shook her head in disgust at the whole thing. The Ithorian seemed unconcerned. The final one, the Mandalorian, on the other hand looked amused. That was not what I was expecting considering how prolific the pacification of their people supposedly had been. Was this what he was poking at to try and find out more about?

The Senator from Tarris spoke up first voicing her disgust rather clearly, "War Hawks are coming out of the woodwork aren't they? This is the problem with this whole idea of even creating a military. This rhetoric is going to start the war."

"Oh that isn't exactly fair." I countered, "I would say that the lack of a military is what's starting this war. If there had been a military around when Naboo was invaded 10 years ago, such ideas about creating a Rimward army to defend against pirates would not have taken hold. And now that there is no military, there's nothing to fear to keep those planets in line that would now wish to separate from the Republic."

The Mandalorian scoffed at that before chuckling, "You think fear would keep the Outer Rim planets in line?"

I raised my eyebrow before saying, "These planets are leaving under the assumption that there is nothing stopping them from leaving. They have no fear of the consequences, if there had been something to fear they would have not considered it."

The girl, I estimate to be around 17, shook her head and said, "I do acknowledge that there is some possibility for that to work in some cases, but I will point out that fear is a terrible tool that doesn't work as well as you might think. Fear begets anger, and anger starts rebellions. I wouldn't say that this Separation Crisis wouldn't have happened with a military around, but it definitely would have happened sooner or later, perhaps later as they take longer to build up forces and secrets."

"Really now? You think that fear of the power of the Republic would not have worked?"

She simply smiled before saying, "Didn't the Republic fear the Mandalorians during the Crusades of the Neo Crusaders at one point? The territory the Mandalorian Empire controlled was possibly larger than the Republic was at that period of time. Yet the Republic was able to shake off its fear and keep on fighting."

"Fear does not determine the outcome. It's just a tool, but a double bladed one. The fear of the Mandalorians only encouraged the Republic to fight harder, to find new reserves of manpower, and to build more ships."

"If the Republic had a national army, the fear of it would simply encourage the Separatist to build more ships and build a larger army. Eventually they would feel completely superior and confident in their rebellion from the oppressive Republic. And that would actually be worse I believe for the Republic than what we're currently heading for."

I had expected a great few things today but finding theological conversation on one of my prime thoughts of power and fear was not one of them, I thought grumpily. But I swallowed my annoyance, as much as I would hate to admit it, there was some logic in the conversation here, enough that I was interested to see where it was going.

"How would this rebellion be worse than the current conflict that's coming up? Aren't they the same thing?"

The girl shook her head before saying, "This is a Civil War, Mandalore has been through several of those. In civil wars, political factions will choose sides and they'll stay put due to material conditions that drive the conflict. For the most part, rebellions are more complex, they are more of the ambitions of charismatic leaders and personal projects of great men of history. Factions might choose a side but people will make up their mind, you could have planets completely in favor of the Republic yet large contingents of their population may move out in favor of the Seperatist. Supporting them either through buying arms legally or illegally on planets that do support the Republic."

"Would not the fear of the Republic coming down on those planets would cause the population to step in line?" I asked.

"They might, and only in a few cases but they are more likely than not to won't give a damn. If someone has set their minds to hate what is over them, they won't see the destruction that's brought up on them as the fault of themselves. They'll see it as the fault of the person doing it to them. Making people afraid doesn't quash Rebellions, it inspires them. The only thing that prevents rebellions is for a people to have their food and their pride. Take those away and, well, things started burning."

"Intriguing theory." I said, putting my hand under my chin and though I doubt her philosophy, it is interesting to see a new perspective to the same problem. I would think more about it when I had time. I ask "What's your name?" I might talk to her again in the future if I could. It was an interesting conversation at the very least, even if I thought her ideas were not to my liking.

"Tanya Kryze, Representative of Mandalore." She said with a smile.

"Nice to meet you Miss Kryze." I said before Palpatine, looked at his watch and said, "Oh look at the time, I have hearings in 15 minutes. I will have to finish our discussion on the Rim situation with you three another time. I need to have a conversation with Governor Tarkin before running off to the Senate. Is that alright with you?"

"Of course that is fine." the Ithorian said matter of factly before standing up from the chair. The other two soon followed and they gave their goodbyes before leaving me and Palpatine in the room alone.

"Oh that was a rather intriguing conversation wasn't it?" Palpatine said with an amused smile. "Didn't think Mandalorians had any warriors left in them. But she seems to be a fine study of war, and their consequences."

I looked over and said, "Why were you poking at her anyways? I thought you dislike the politicians who come to the Senate?"

"Oh I do, I quite dislike some Senators and how they got their position, but that Representative is slightly different. At first I thought she was just another sycophant wanting to get close to the Chancellor in order to gain favor for her world. Now I see there's something more calculated in her maneuvers. What those calculations are, I'm yet to be sure of."

"Do you believe perhaps she will be of help fixing the problems of the Core. After all you've always said it would be those of the Rim to fix it, and she's from the Rim."

"No, I don't believe she will be of use in our endeavors. She plays the game well and has her own goals. I believe she'll not hamper our efforts because her own goals are outside the Core, most likely the prosperity of her sector from how she managed to get the Ithorians to help repair some of their damaged worlds. I will, however, keep an eye on her career with interest." He seemed to look off and in thought before, turning back to me and said, "So you wish to help the Republic building an army. I can't think of a finer man to help in that, and I gladly accept your service as soon as we get the military bill passed."

"Excellent." I grin.




Writers note: And that's the chapter folks, ah good stuff. I think we have Tanya being what people consider normal, we have Korkie getting a taste of violence, and we have Tarkin, being Tarkin. Tell me your thoughts in the comments.




Edited by:Warmach1ne32, Afforess
Community edited by:Just Rafi
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread




Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, , Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Daniel Martinez, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Markus, Neso, Staradder, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Mintea, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, j0ntsa, Retexks, John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar
 
Last edited:
Chapter 28
Chapter 28
715 FNM (23BBY)
Month 7




Gargon, Silver Theater
White Silver (Tanya Kryze)


Of all the things I expected to happen when I returned to Gargon, this was not even on the list. I'm not even going to pretend that it is.

I returned to Gargon for the upcoming meeting with the Gargon clan heads to decide Gargon's future development. The meeting was tomorrow and the clan heads represented the major planetary stakeholders. I, or rather, White Silver needed to be here to represent Mandal Hypernautics in this discussion, which would further the efforts to bring the planet into the Mandalorian sector and support Duchess Satine's rule.

The trip to Gargon had not been hard to arrange. In fact the hardest bit was finding time to put together a set of armor for Vai and Tabi. Zum seemed to be the busiest Mandalorian armorer at the moment, but he managed to find some time to forge silver armor for Vai and Tabi after I asked him. The fact that I got permission from the Duchess as well bumped my request up the priority queue, as this is an above board operation.

Officially, I was on a round trip to talk to various planets within the sector to sound out their position regarding the upcoming vote on the Military Creation Act after I was done in Gargon. Once I'm done with the Mandalore sector I would board the Coronet and be on my way to Naboo where I could have a private conversation with their current senator.

The Mandalorian Senator would be voting against the Military Creation Act and our official position was to reject creating an Army of the Republic. My purpose was simple: travel to Naboo and confirm the New Mandalorian government's planned vote with Senator Amidala.

Unofficially, the trip advanced several of my side projects; first on my schedule is a visit back to the Mandalorian sector for this meeting with the Lords of Gargon. After that, I needed to make a few more visits to various planets and perform the bare minimum to pay lip service to the official purpose of my trip. I only needed to appear to check on the general opinion of the Mandalorian sector regarding the Military Creation Act, and then affirm the previously made decision with Naboo. Oh and finally publish the second edition of the Silver Codex, no better place to release such a document where multiple independent sources can confirm my presence on Gargon. I hoped the contents of the second edition would help us prepare for the coming conflict, and more importantly, lower the expectations that White Silver would show up and intervene in the future.

I expected the decision to vote against creating a Republic military to be fairly popular among Mandalorians, though the matter may attract some interest in the future. If there was a Republic military there may have been some interest in doing mercenary work for them. But since we had created the Mandalorian Self-Defense Force, I suspected most Mandalorians would prefer to sign up for that instead.

Hell, there were a few protests on a few planets when the official declaration of the Self-Defense Force was announced but surprisingly the disturbances seemed to be unrelated to the anti-militarism of the New Mandalorians. I had somewhat assumed that the moment that had gone off that there would have been a lot of anti-military backlash from the New Mandalorians; an event possibly similar to whenever the government of Japan had considered altering Article 9. But then again, there wasn't an official loss of a war from a foreign power to enforce it, as the most recent Clan War was among fellow Mandalorians, with Mandalorian pacifism still being a young philosophy.

Really, the most significant conflict I had heard about had taken place on planets outside of the Mandalorian sector. But inside the sector, Tabi's homeworld of Harswee had a bit of a small civil war going on from what I heard. Apparently, several clans had worked together to exclude the remaining clans, including Tabi's clan, from the new ranks and commissions of the Harswee SDF. Though, thankfully it sounded like it was being persecuted with weapons set to stun and while both sides hated each other it had not yet escalated beyond a level that would result in Royal Guard intervention. Thus rather than an instinctive reaction of rejecting any form of militarism, it is merely various clans taking advantage of the formation of a defense force for their own benefit. I am sure Aunt Satine has sent teams over to defuse the various riots and put assembling the various SDFs back on track.

There were also a few smaller incidents like it, but for the most part the planets are still figuring it out to either join the Self-Defense Force or decide not to bother and focus on creating their own military structure independent of Mandalore. But I am focusing on my own problems that I can influence since Aunt Satine is the one with the resources and the manpower to juggle running the sector and funding the SDFs on her own. I can only support her the best I could by making Gargon's integration to the sector go smoothly and provide more resources to Aunt Satine that she could use to improve the sector. Though I'm not really sure how accidentally creating an idol group is a part of that plan.

Currently, I was sitting in a theater that had apparently been purchased by X4, apparently from the Mandal Hypernautics budget, while I was not paying attention. We were not at an official show either, no, this was a private showing to impress the boss, to demonstrate what they have been training.

On the stage before me are three girls; one in green, black, and white with blonde hair, another in pink, black, and white with dark brown hair, and the last with a similar shade of pinkish blonde hair to Tabi in silver, black, and white. The trio went all out; performing ancient war songs updated for modern audiences with backup keyboard and guitar and a few other instrumental elements producing the music. The backup singers, pink and green, supplied a rhythmic dance by banging on their armor. They were wearing armor even though they had removed their helmets for the performance and were wearing what could be best described as short but poofy dresses. They still wore mandalorian armor and boots, allowing them to use the metal within each to supply accompaniment noise that almost passed for drums.

The main singer, the one going all out on the vocals, was wearing a similar costume to them. Her two companion backup singers are skilled and wore full armor, while the main singer appeared to quite enjoy being an idol, if I had to guess. She was showing a lot of cleavage, the two upper plates of her armor appear to have been removed specifically for aesthetic reasons.

I stared out White Silver's featureless helmet of silver and beskar as it hid my initial shock. Then the emotions slammed home as the shock sublimated straight into pure embarrassment and disbelief as I sat there petrified. The thought occurred to me that this was possibly even worse than Baltan Carid's marriage proposal. As the mortification that yes, this was really happening sets in, I took a deep breath as my rational mind kicked in. Taking strength in my mask, I mute my emotions and acted as if nothing was wrong, the perfect respectful audience. After what I've been through, an idol group isn't going to distract me, just imagine them as another asset in your arsenal.

How were these specific costumes chosen? I do not know. Who was in charge of decisions on the wardrobe and cosmetics? A question I'd probably have to ask X4 when I got the chance. But either way, they were a mix of Mandalorian and idol culture, a combination which terrified me.

That being said, their voices were desirable, the music sounded familiar yet also had the added twist of modern electronic instruments; a bit like rock of one form, maybe it was closer to heavy metal. There is a distinct sound to their music that is unique only to Mandalorian; the substitute to drum beats from their Mandalorian armor, beskar armor provided a unique and altogether different characteristic than dedicated drums. In fact, if I had to make a guess I have a feeling that their armor had been modified slightly for each girl. I had accidentally banged my vambraces together once or twice before, I knew what beskar sounded like when it impacted with each other. Each one of the girls banged their beskar garments together at least once and they had all been different tones, so I suspected that they had found someone to modify the armor with other elements for musical variation.

Which if anything made me specifically kind of proud, in my own documents I had talked about the use of armor as a defensive tool and had gone into how we should be trying to export our culture as something other than a mad crusader trying to take over the world.

And these girls proved that this was possible, they had turned their armor into musical instruments to accompany their singing. Could it still be used for self-defense? Probably. The most important thing was it showed that our armor could be more than just a weapon.

I haven't sent it yet, but I think when I got the chance, I was going to send a message to Mandal Hypernautics as Tanya, the Representative of Mandalore and not as White Silver. See if I couldn't get these girls to come to Coruscant, then invite them to do a bit of a show at one of the local theaters. As much as I was embarrassed that an idle idol comment of mine had driven X4 mad with inspiration enough to attempt to create an idol group, there is actual merit in the concept. I also confess to playing a little too much Idolmaster in my first life which I bought in a fit of boredom during my mandatory paid vacation that I have come to enjoy on my breaks. Thus the chance to attempt the business management aspect of that game in the real world is strangely appealing.

Honestly, after seeing their performance, I had a strong feeling they were going to be quite popular, at least in the Mandalorian sector. It may be necessary to create a subsidiary music company to take advantage of the currently empty niche of Modern Mandalorian Folk songs in mass media. A music company would also be a requirement to compose our own songs as we can' just remix old folk Mandalorian folk songs forever. While this is a surprise to be sure, it is a welcome one as X4 somehow managed to make this work. I am very tempted to leave creating the music company entirely in X4's hands.

I remembered a few songs in my first life being composed with both traditional instruments used alongside modern instruments that musicians back then couldn't even dream of. While the centerpiece instruments are the drumbeats of the beskar armor, modern synthesizers and electric guitars provide a powerful twist to the traditional folk songs that give the song new depth and energy that can only be provided by amplifiers and electric instruments.

My thoughts were interrupted as the show came to an end and the girls paused on stage waiting for some sort of reaction. Immediately, I started to slow clap before eventually accelerating to a standing ovation, saying nothing but quite applauding profusely. Vai and the other Royal Guards joined in the applause as well. This seemed to be the right reaction, the girls relaxed into satisfaction, smiling and bowing before stepping off the stage to the left.

A moment later Bo Katan sat down next to me. She had shown us to the theater, but left prior to the show and hadn't actually had time to see it with us. "So what did you think? I didn't really know what I was doing. Literally these were the first group of people who showed up who actually could sing, so I just sort of took them in."

I nodded my head silently for a moment, before saying, "I think they did great and we are lucky they decided to join us. This will do wonders for the idea of what a Mandalorian is really like in the broader galactic mindset. A warrior yes, but not an uncultured barbarian."

She chuckled at that before saying, "I don't know anything about this whole idol business that you've cooked up, but they do a good rendition of Honor-Bound. I don't mind helping them out. From what I've been able to dig up, Miri Chour, the lead singer, heads the clan of four. Her mother died of a disease a few years ago. Miri took in two orphans, Khovi is the energetic one and Shomso is the quiet one. Their family died of the same disease and is taking care of her younger sister as well."

I nodded my head at that story. Any Propaganda Minister would be salivating at this if they had the chance. A literal orphan taking care of other orphans, transforming into a musical idol and changing the opinion of their culture and people across the Galaxy. It was too perfect, hell if I didn't want to exploit this myself I might actually hire a private investigator to scrutinize their background. Chances are, even if parts of the story were true and other parts were made up, they could be runaways for all I know. However, for now I would leave their history alone. Their 'life story' served my interests and if there was any blowback, I could easily claim that I was simply a dupe for a good sob story while trying to do the right thing.

An odd thought crossed my mind that could be useful in the future, as I was also a war orphan. There were a lot of us out there, I might be able to use it under the right situation to my advantage. Absent-mindedly, I asked, "What about the fourth sister?"

Bo nodded her head as she ran her hand through her red hair. "She's a couple years younger than the two girls that were on the stage. Unfortunately, she has a sickly constitution so she can't get up on the stage. But I've been giving them a little bit of a bonus to help take care of her medical bills. It sucks, I've talked to her and she said she's got some sort of lung condition that a bacta bath can treat, but bacta is not exactly cheap on this planet and there's not enough quantity to help."

I paused for a moment to think, before turning into X4, who had been standing at the end of the row of seats, past Vai. "X4, look into getting cheaper bacta to import to Gargon."

"Of course, Mistress," he said in affirmative.

That being handled, I turned to Bo and asked, "How goes the training of the Rangers? I haven't heard much of what's been going on there."

"It's coming along nicely. It was tough the first few weeks, but now it's moving along fairly nicely. We've set up a couple outposts across the planet, now we basically hunt down any 'real' criminals who break up the peace for the clans that run this city. We also hunt down Nomad criminals too, they are rare but still cause problems.

We had a situation about a month ago where the Nomad clans had a serial killer or some shit real fucked up stuff was going on. Had to track that bastard across the equatorial deserts and let me tell you that was not fun."

"I assume it's been handled then."

"Yep, deader than a doornail. Nothing a couple dozen blaster bolts and several thermal detonators can't solve. Though weird shit was going on when we fought him. A couple of the rangers reported him using abilities that sound a bit like those used by Jedi, so we're not exactly sure what was going on."

I raised an eyebrow, a Mandalorian nomad using Force abilities? That doesn't sound right. Maybe there was some alternative explanation, I had assumed that you could only really master Force abilities by becoming a member of either the Jedi or their obvious knock offs, the Sith. Either way, both groups would have had to have learned those abilities naturally at some point, so it might be possible that those who have the ability to learn the Force could learn it on their own.

Shaking my head and dismissing these thoughts, I said, "Well all that matters is it's handled. Anything else I need to know about the clans I'll be meeting with tomorrow? Any words of wisdom?"

"Unfortunately don't expect much from me. I've been watching what's been going on the past year, and besides agreeing that they're okay with the Rangers and they've good with me. I don't expect or know much about playing with this idol idea. And lastly the clans have basically been fighting with each other about territory."

"How bad are they fighting over territory?" I asked, trying to get an idea of what I was dealing with.

"Not particularly great, not particularly bad. There's been a few rough up incidents in the last few weeks. Otherwise it's mostly border disputes, you know, 'you stay on your side of the town, I'll stay on my side of town' kind of deal with minor clans getting kicked out or annihilated by the bigger clans if they don't agree to be vassals or subordinates to the major clans."

"Not great, but it could be worse. Anything else?"

"Their government is up and running now. The nomads elected an official leader for all clans, who will represent the clans' interests for the Nomads. The local criminal dynasties are going to do the same tomorrow to select the representative of the city. The plan is to let someone else as a third party mediator type to go between the two sides. The mediator is not decided yet, it depends on who's going tomorrow and how things end up in the meeting."

I already have a suspicion I knew who they were planning to pick as the mediator.

Bo continued, interrupting my suspicions. "Beyond that, a representative of Mandalore is coming in the day after."

"Really?" I said, amused and interested.

"Yep. Someone coming over to meet with the triumvirate or whatever they are going to call this three man government setup. Exactly how Gargon will be introduced into the legal system of the Mandalorian sector, administration, distribution of public goods, taxes, and all that kind of stuff."

My mind was already leaping ahead to matters of security and resource distribution, dreading the inevitability of the task. How much resources will probably be needed to set up a Self-Defense Force? The fact that there had been a miniature civil war going on in Harswee, Tabi's homeworld, over the resources being allocated for a Self-Defense Force was enough to give me a bit of a headache at the possibility that a similar scenario could happen here.

Thankfully, if they went with the triumvirate idea then it would be easy to have a force composed of half of Mandalorians from the city, half Mandalorians from the nomad clans, and call it a day. I would just have to hope that that would work as a short-term solution. In the long term, I would push for something a little less rushed. A more solid chain of command and meritocratic system. It will hopefully get them to stop seeing each other as Nomadic Gargon and City Gargon and instead as just Gargon. Interplanetary rivalries and grudges are not good for the long term security of Gargon.

"Oh by the way, Jewyl wants to have a meeting with you later today. He said something about the prospect of building something beyond fighters and asked if you have any plans for Hypernautics."

That raised an eyebrow, as far as I was aware Gargon did not have the ability to build anything but fighters. But I'll listen to whatever he has to say, the conversation would at least give me some hints as to what other things went on in the company when I was not paying attention.

Nodding my approval, I said "I better get ready to meet with him." As I stood up from my chair. "You've done good work Bo, keep it up and I think Gargon will be gaining influence in the Mandalorian sector."

Leaving, she chucked at that remark, "That'll be the day," as she turned to leave.

We probably could have said more to each other, but having to pretend to be the White Silver meant I couldn't exactly say goodbye to Auntie Bo, so this would have to do for now.






Gargon, Mandal Hypernautics HQ
White Silver (Tanya Kryze)


I looked at the designs again and confusion before letting out a breath, "This is a capital ship."

Jewyl Toza was sitting across from me, and let out a sigh of his own, before answering "Yes, I found it in Gerr's archives."

Frowning in confusion, I said "Why does he have a capital ship in his archives? Gargon's shipyards don't even have the capacity to lay down capital ships let alone something this big."

"I'll be honest with you, I have a feeling that Gerr planned to invade Kalevala at some point so they could convert their orbital ring into a capital ship-class shipyard. Better to have the plans ready so that they can start producing capital sized ships immediately."

Annoyed, I looked down at the Keldabe Battleship as it was called. "When was the last time a capital ship was even made in the Mandalorian sector?"

"Thousands of years ago." the CEO said, with a shrug. "Yes, I know that it's more than a little bit odd that we even have a design like this. You are not going to like the explanation."

I took a seat in the chair across from him and said "Go on, I'd rather know why we have this design rather than not."

Toza pulled out something and slid it across the table towards me. I reached over to pick up the pad, opening it I saw another capital ship. A triangle design of sorts, though bigger than the one I had already seen. The previous design I examined was more boxy and not as triangular, but I saw some of the same design elements. The shared elements seem to carry over importance on having an all-around ability to act both as a battleship and a light carrier, as well as a similar configuration for the bridge. The bridge looked too similar, in fact it looked almost exactly the same. "Kuat Drive Yards?" Looking up, I asked the question that I feared the answer of most. "Gerr stole designs from Kuat Drive Yards and got their latest design for a capital ship, didn't he?"

"I can't exactly confirm with Kuat about the design's authenticity, for obvious reasons. But as far as I can tell, yes, that is exactly what Gerr did. The madman had this plan for a new warship that he was planning to have built, once he had control of the sector. A capital ship like this that probably would have been capable of whatever Gerr came up with."

"Well I'll give him this, he was going to avoid the Kuat copyrights if he had outright made this monstrosity." I said looking at the easily recognizable Star Destroyer design that reminds me a lot of the old Mandalorian warship from the Mandalorian wars. "I should end this particular topic here. We couldn't make something like this even if we wanted to."

A strange look crossed Toza's face, "Here's the interesting thing though. We kind of do have the capability to make one of these one. We would need to contract Kalevala Spaceworks to build it, but we could fund its construction if we are given the go ahead from Mandalore."

I tilted my helmet and looked at him in interest, waiting to hear how we were supposedly able to create a monstrosity like this Keldabe Battleship.

"To be clear, I understand where you're coming from. We should not be building a capital ship, nevermind a battleship. It would go against the Ruusan Reformation and draw the interest of the Republic. The presence of a new and mysteriously advanced warship would all of a sudden upset the political balance. It could become a pretext for war, with accusations of us aiding the Separatists. That conflict is something I don't think we want to be involved in, at least I don't.

However this basic design could easily be stripped down of its bigger guns and converted into a bulk freighter. As you've no doubt seen the CIS got away with something similar with their Lucrehulks and they had even larger guns on theirs merchant vessels. Wouldn't be that hard to call it a ship meant for trade, removing most of the internal hulls and armor for more cargo space."

I nodded as I listened to his explanation. Toza wasn't wrong, and it is a known fact that the bigger a craft is for transport capacity the more economical it was; the square-cube law held here as well. It's why so many cargo ships had just been going bigger and bigger on Earth before I died, and the same process had started in my second life as well.

I thought all this and only said, "That's a lot of internal space that could be created."

"Enough so that you could possibly even add squadrons of fighters as well. Fighters are not as restricted under the Ruusan Reformation, that's why the Trade Federation has hundreds of fighters in droid configurations aboard their ships."

I'm starting to see what he was suggesting here and I liked and disliked it at the same time. Officially the Ruusan Reformation prohibited battleships, carriers; and transport vessels had much lighter restrictions. Building a carrier that could spend most of its life as a cargo ship and then be converted for carrier operations was not illegal; it actually went well with my initial draft of the Silver Codex not focusing on the military needs but being prepared to fight when necessary.

"So what I'm getting is, you want to take this Keldabe Battleship and have some designers create a cargo ship that could easily be reconfigured to a carrier version in an emergency?"

"Yes, I'm not sure if it's a good one but if you don't mind I would like to give it a shot. We're probably not able to build it ourselves but you know if we offer it to the government of Mandalore, maybe they'd be interested."

I nodded, I of course had no idea if Satine would even be interested in this idea, but it was worth a shot and a carrier force was something that could be very useful if the war ever spilled out into our sector.

"Rename the Keldabe class to the current capital city, Sundari, and even with that we don't have the best chance of pulling this off. We need to make it as apparent as possible that this is meant to be a trade ship first and a combat vessel only in emergencies. Vorpa'ya have just declared themselves independent and are willing to sell their food at more competitive prices than Concord Dawn. Having access to our own bulk freighter would help streamline the transport and reduce the need for multiple trips by medium freighters. That's our best chance of getting Mandalore to agree to allow the creation of a ship this large. In the event the Separatists invade, we can convert it to a carrier in Gargon." I said with surety and he seemed to smile at that.

"Will do boss. One other thing." he pulled out another datapad and slid it across the desk to me. Picking it up I saw something marked as the 'Crusader-class'. A quick skim of the schematics made apparent right away what I was looking at. "An anti-fighter corvette meant for clearing the skies, something you could use to defend the already possible swarm of fighters."

Nodding my head as I looked at this I asked, "This is an interesting design that could work as an anti-fighter escort vessel for the Sundari that's for sure."

Toza nodded before saying, "Three are already under construction here and it is projected to be completed in 4-5 months. Since it is the size of a blockade runner, our docks are large enough for it. Gerr was working on them as a way to keep the Royal Guards Fang Fighters from trying to bomb his army. I think you can see the usefulness of this if, say, the Trade Federation attempts to invade and unleashes their squadrons of droid fighters."

I knew that and said, "I'll offer this to the Duchess's government as well. I don't know if she'll give her approval but even if she doesn't, see if you can get any other planets in the sector interested in this design. Having ships like this around could be useful in the future."

Leaning back in my chair I said, "Anything else you want to show me? Perhaps some sort of cruiser or destroyer to fill in the midship role that is left by having a heavy ship like this and a light ship like that?"

He stopped for a moment before reaching into his bag and said, "Well, since you asked. Gerr was very prepared from the records I've been going through."

"You're kidding, Gerr has a design for a ship like that? I was only joking."

"Not exactly but it does fulfill a similar role." He said before handing it over as I reached for it. I pulled up the pad and looked at it and was somewhat stumped for a moment.

It was a dungeon ship, the Kiltirin class. While it is the same size as the Crusader, the ancient designs seem to be modified for the modern era. It looks like it had a little bit larger amount of armor than necessary but the speed was about right to keep up with the Crusader and the Keldabe class.

Part of me wondered why he would go for that ship in particular, but a quick skim of the schematic shows them to be equipped with several Turbolasers which would complement the Crusader's lack of anti-ship weaponry. It would work well as a slightly more armored vessel equipped with Turbo-lasers, allowing it to punch well above its weight, take hits like a champ due to its thick armor, and cover the Crusader's lack of anti-capital ship weapons. Mandalorian dungeon ships had been mainly used to transfer Jedi prisoners and other similarly dangerous things in the ancient days. However, Mandalmotors still produced some of them today, for cargo hauling since it was an old and reliable design. I had done a little bit of research on those historical periods and knew that most fleets of that era used a ship called a Dreadnought class. They were vaguely based on the Mandalorian dungeon ship, though not as square.

Oddly enough, about 40 years ago they're apparently had been an attempt to make a dreadnought fleet that had gone wrong resulting in the Katana Lost Fleet. That had been a rather humorous find considering my background, even if the loss of the fleet was a colossal waste of resources that caused the Judicial Force to be what it is today. As far as I could tell though, Katana, being a recognizable Japanese word, was just a random coincidence of words. Shogun is a random coincidence of a word too. I wondered if I'd come across a samurai as a similar "random coincidence" though I really hope not.

Shaking my head I let out a sigh before saying, "Same plan as with the other class design then. Retool them into passenger liners but have an easy conversion into a defensive ship system. Maybe give modular interiors so that it can swap out their interiors to accommodate cargo as well as exterior cargo attachments for bulk cargo transportation, passengers, or generators for the turbo lasers. We should differentiate the Crusader and the Kiltirin from each other to prevent them from competing with each other, as well as renaming both of them to have a more peaceful name."

We're not going to have the ability to build a massive fleet but we can build a bunch of cargo carriers that could be converted into something that can punch back would be very useful in the event the Mandalore Sector is invaded. Now that I think about it, we have a large freighter, a medium freighter, and a passenger liner. The only vessel type that Hypernautics doesn't have a product for, in the civilian transport market, is a light freighter for smugglers and couriers. Maybe we could develop our own light freighter that can be converted to a combat craft to fill that niche. I remember a similar story from my first life in the American AC-130, a transport aircraft that is stuffed with the biggest weapons that the US could fit in it and turned into a ground-attack aircraft with a howitzer, gatling cannons, and auto cannons.

"By the way, how's the R&D section doing? I remember skimming about the Keldabe and the Crusader the last time I was here. Are they busy with another project?"

Toza sent a report on the R&D section's activity to my datapad before speaking, "After stating your intention to redesign the Canderous into several different vehicles, the R&D division have divided themselves into teams named after animals to do just that. They are divided into the Infantry Transport team that named their vehicle the Fanned Rawl, the Light Tank team that named themselves the Mythosaur, and the Rocket Artillery team who named themselves the Shriek-Hawks. So far all three projects are still in the design phase."

"Put those projects on hold. Redesigning the Crusader and Kiltirin so that we can start selling them is more important right now while we are still at peace. They can continue development of the vehicles afterwards. Send what they have right now and I'll add my thoughts on them when I have the time."

Toza nodded before saying, "I see, will that be all?"

"Actually, since we have a bulk freighter in the Sundari, a medium freighter in the Crusader, and a multi-purpose vessel in the Kiltirin, why don't we have a light freighter option as well? Since we already have a superiority fighter in the Fang Fighters, have a team design a light freighter that can be converted into a ground attack craft. We can't compete with the Separatists in quantity on the ground thus our only option is to use multipliers like this. A ship the size of a light freighter with a large central cargo bay can bring fairly powerful weapons with it, mass drivers, rotary blaster cannons, and more. One or two of these would be able to wreak havoc on the Droid Army from above and take out key targets like tanks and artillery. When it's protected by shields and other defensive countermeasures as well as our own fighters, it can continue to rain fire down for a long time. The large cargo bay would also benefit logistics as they can carry our potential vehicles inside of them."

I waited until Toza finishes typing his reasoning on his datapad before saying, "Understood, Miss Silver. Do you require an office for the duration of your stay?" Which was kind of a good question.

Cracking my neck I got up and said, "I don't think I'll spend all day in here. I think I'll go explore Gargon for a bit to see about buying some land or something." My plans involve creating a casino resort here after all so having some land for myself that I could be built on would probably be a good idea. Though I would need to delegate this job to someone else due to how busy my schedule is with the Mandalorian Representative coming in tomorrow. Hmm, Vai had not caused any trouble last year. I would pick her up before I step out, have her take part in this and drop some of the work on her. X4 should be able to steer her in the right direction at the very least and keep things afloat.

Nodding my head I said, "It was great to talk with you, Toza but I must be going." as I walk towards the door.

"Take care, ma'am." he said somewhat confused but happy to have his seat by the sound of it.





Gargon, Mandal Hypernautics HQ
Grel of Clan Tutt


Last year was rather interesting. First we had the failed attempt by Mandal Hypernautics to take over the planet. The new leader taking control of the company and showing herself to be more than apt to make our businesses more legitimate in the sector.

At this moment, I was looking around the room at four other members of the Council that would now run the city of Gargon.

There was a course myself, Clan Tutt primarily dealt in casinos in the northern side of the city. The Kroggooss Clan, who dealt with casinos in the south side of the city. Last but not least, Clan Hoss, who kept crime in the outer districts of the city to a minimum.

These were the expected crime families, the three with the highest interest in turning this planet legitimate. There were of course others, and those that had not been brought under heel in the last year were no longer amongst our ranks as high ranking clans. Kagg and I had seen to that, muscling out all the lesser clans through the use of bounty hunters and mercenaries, something this planet was rife with after Gerr's takeover. Independent criminals not part of our clans that could not be driven offworld were destroyed.

I once had a favored bounty hunter team for that job, she was rather good at taking them down before they retired. Monsters who did not deserve to live, criminals had nicknamed her the Cape due to her rather flamboyant use of one to hide her weapon till she got close enough. But contracts dried up and she needed money to keep her three sisters fed, so she moved on and went straight. She now worked for Mandal Hypernautics as their spokesperson of all things.

But that was a story for another time. The Crime Clans as we have been called over the years would be brought into compliance with this new order that was put in place so we could do legitimate business. If they didn't come into compliance they needed to be removed and most often they would flee to Hutt Space where they would take up business amongst the slugs working for them in various ways. That could be a problem in the future but with new security forces in the works as well as being part of the Mandalore Sector, in reality we should be safe from the slugs pulling some ancient contract out of their ass to try and come to the planet.

Besides us three, there was the elected Nomad leader of the Morson clan who is serving as their official vote on the Council. While he didn't have much leverage when it came to the Triumvirate matters since he is only one vote out of three. When it comes to the Council vote he held only one vote out of five that could easily be outvoted by the others. At least if not for the last member, the wild card, White Silver.

She was sitting at the other end of the table and she even offered one Hypernautic's offices for our meeting today, until we have our own Council building built. It's actually fairly well decorated, most likely once belonging to Gerr by the looks of it. Wood from Jakelia and other fine minerals here and there such as fire gems and sapphires from Draboon and Hrthging as well as a good view of the city also.

All four of us members of the Gargon community had taken our helmets off but White Silver still had hers on and was obviously using a voice changer. Why does she do that? There were plenty of theories ranging from a member of one of the religious cults on Concordia, to her being a legendary criminal in disguise. The last theory is only possible if White Silver hailed from Gargon herself, but she lacked the common mannerisms present on those native to Gargon so I doubted it.

Personally, I thought I had it figured out. She isn't from Gargon, so that only leaves a government or the ultra-wealthy backing her, given her fancy kit and shiny allies. In Mandalore, the capitalists are the government. So White Silver has some planet or other behind her. Probably she really was from Concordia. It smelled like a double bluff and the only faction who would do it is probably Pre's. I highly doubt the New Mandos were behind it since they aren't likely to lift a finger even if they have a blaster pointed at their heads, honestly.

In the grand scheme of things White Silver's origins didn't matter, she didn't seem to want to rock the boat as well as being interested in keeping the peace and making money. White Silver is just another capitalist watchdog who just wanted to make everyone more profitable, which is great since we don't have to bother ourselves. Profit was something everyone in the room could get behind. Both her own grift on the side with that annoying droid and her transparent vices had done much to improve her trust among important groups on Gargon.

Of course, there was the problem of what would actually be more profitable. Considering the coming conflict that was so apparent that the first thing Hoss did as soon as they sat down, was bring attention to that. "So how will this coming war between the Separatists and the Republic affect us? Anyone got any ideas? Cuz as far as I'm aware the whole plan to get ourselves a legitimate business kind of depended on the rich and famous passing between the Corporate sector and the Core."

But Morson shrugged before saying as he scratched the back of his neck, lightly moving his darker hair, "I think it would put things on hold at the very least. A war is not good for civilian business. And with how close we are to the main route that armies will be going up and down for however long this conflict goes, I have a feeling you guys won't be able to go totally legitimate."

"Great, so we just muscled out a bunch of clans in the hopes of wealth and now all we've done is create a situation that will most likely lead to those clans gathering Hutt support to come attack us down the line."

"I highly doubt that." the Silver Mandalorian said at the head of the table. "It will most likely take years for any of those clans to get enough reputation with the Hutts to even attempt something like that. And though the civilian opportunities of the idea are closed to us, the military opportunities are still quite open."

"Oh? And how are we going to get in on these military opportunities then, Miss Faceless?" Hoss said, sounding very dismissive of Silver. Which is understandable since he spent a lot of his assets repairing his territory that got damaged during the Gerr Rebellion. He needs the income to keep his territory afloat and his men paid or else it'll dissolve and get absorbed by the other clans.

The girl merely leaned back and said, "Come now, it should be fairly obvious. The Mandalore sector will most likely take a neutral stance to whatever happens due to the New Mandalorian pacifist ideology but no doubt individual Mandalorians. Either private citizens or bounty hunters will see a chance to try and get a little bit of wealth off the fighting between the Republic and Separatists. Most likely there will be no organized efforts and we'll see various people offering their services acting as bounty hunters more than anything. However there are paths to create mercenary companies or private military contractors here on Gargon."

"Oh great, we're going to try raising mercenaries again, that went so well for us last year." Hoss said, I can see where he's coming from, as giving a faction a large military force can tip the balance of power too much into that faction's favor that they can just strong arm the rest into submitting.

Though for White Silver part she seemed unconcerned and reiterated what she said, "I did not say Mandal Hypernautics will be raising these companies, I said Gargon will. Once we set up this triumvirate, we will have the ability to create mercenary companies here on this planet using similar tactics as the Sun Guard. Companies of troops that are rented out to whoever is willing to pay for them and we just advertise their services in the sector.. This should prevent one faction from having the numbers to take over the entire unit and plot a coup on Gargon again."

"An interesting idea." I said from where I was sitting. "But doesn't that kind of step on the Bounty Hunter guild's niche?"

Silver shook her head quickly saying, "The Bounty Hunter's guild likes to pretend they control all mercenaries, but the fact of the matter is the mercenaries they hand out are bounty hunters. We're talking about mercenary companies which would fall out of their control as it is a group of individuals working together to defend themselves. Instead of individuals, we can lend out entire squads that have already been trained to work as a team or in a combined arms unit with various members having different specializations depending on our client's needs.

Though I will say we should be careful of the Bounty Hunter guild, from what I understand they are a little bit jealous of anyone even lightly muscling on their territory. But if the Sun Guard can get away with being a mercenary company for the last twelve hundred years, I think at this point we can get away with it, for how many years this current conflict will go on."

"I thought you were against war." Hoss said, now he's just being an asshole.

"I am, but I don't want to see our people rushing off to join a war without a proper conversation from their families at the minimum. A mercenary company to deal with this situation will at least maintain a way for those families to get money if their loved ones are foolish enough to die in this conflict."

"That sounded a bit like a guild, but maybe just attempting to avoid the terminology of guild would keep the bounty hunters away." Kagg voiced his concerns.

Before I could ask anything else, Silver continued, "There will be other opportunities to make money in this war without getting involved in the conflict itself. As you've already noted we will be right along the lane to where most of those armies will probably pass through. No doubt whatever forces created for this war will need places of rest and pleasure. A soldier's life is not exactly an easy one and they're likely to take whatever respite they can get. We can prepare special zones of the city to specifically cater to and accommodate soldiers from both factions, one for the Republic and one for the Separatists. We maintain these areas as far away from each other as possible, use a handful of special forces to maintain an invisible curtain, and we could gain wealth from gambling, drinking, eating, and other pleasurable associations quite easily."

'A bit risky but it shouldn't escalate to an invasion if both sides found out that we cater to both sides since we would be part of the Mandalore sector and they would do their best to stay neutral.' I thought to myself but Silver wasn't done and seemed to be on a roll at this point.

"This wealth can be invested in the creation of amenities for civilian use after the war is over. There will always be some trade between either the Outer Rim to the Republic or the Republic to the Other Rim and there will be a need for a stop off point between the Corporate sector and the Core. All this conflict has done is merely postpone our initial plans. Now we have this unexpected opportunity to make a little wealth to build up towards our initial plan to turn Gargon into a resort world. It'll take some extra time, but it is not impossible."

Hoss finally seemed placated and Kagg seemed more than happy with the ideas being presented. Morson is the next one to bring a concern of his.

"That's good for the city clans but what about us mountain folk? We're not exactly going to be making a lot of money off your urban degeneracy, so this would do us no good."

Silver nodded before saying, "It would initially not do you any good, yes. Soldiers will not be very interested in the majestic terrain of this world. Maybe a few will be interested in some sort of cultural exchange. They are going into war and we are renowned warriors, some will comprehend the implications of our legacy and that will result in some of them wanting to learn something about Mandalore and its people, which you can use to make some money. However I think what will be the real money maker for you is taking over security for the spice mines.

War is going to be hard in this area and they're going to need medical supplies. If we create a medical grade spice refinery on Gargon for our spice, well, I'm sure you can see why there would be lots of orders for that material."

"Hmm," I said. "hiring our own enforcers for spice mine protection duty has always been a bit of an issue. Many of them were addicts, I have been forced to turn a blind eye to it a few times. But Nomad are infamous for their lack of interest with spice. At the very least it would cut down on the internal corruption and loss from addicts getting their fix." I admitted.

Morson shook his head before saying, "I don't like it, no way it's sufficient to keep us financially stable." I was pretty sure he was lying, it was definitely enough employment for several clans. He continued, "We'll do it, but I think we would need something more substantial than that."

Nodding her head Silver continued, "Mandal Logistics is going to be opening an office on this planet next month. They'll need security details for protecting their supply ships in and out of the Mandalore sector, especially now given the coming conflict. I'll ensure the Nomads of Gargon get first priority for open positions. I'm sure some Nomads would do well as security or even as support services aboard the ships. I'm sure some would even find the trip enjoyable. Between the guaranteed spice security contracts and the favorable Mandal Logistics employment contracts I hope you'll consider my plan."

Morson nodded before asking, "Why do I get the feeling that you have a little bit of a hand in Mandal Logistics? Not sure how else you could show favorites and I ain't never heard anything about them opening an office here." My thoughts followed a similar track, this Mandal Logistics was clearly her puppet.

Silver chuckled, letting go of her game right then and there, "Perhaps. What matters is that it's for the benefit of all Mandalorians."

So they didn't just own a ship building corporation. How many different corporations and businesses did White Silver have her hands on? I'll have to keep an eye on her.

Morson said, "It sounds like we've got ourselves a plan. Everyone willing to shake on it to make this thing official?"

I nodded with the various leaders of the clans, and we all shook hands with Silver asking as we all re-took our seats. "I've heard that there's a Representative from Mandalore coming tomorrow. How are we dealing with this?"

I spoke up saying, "As you already heard we've elected a triumvirate with you, myself, and Morson, will meet with this Mandalorian representative and see if we can't negotiate our way into the Mandalorian sector proper. Once that's accomplished, we can move on to more legitimate businesses. Just have to avoid pissing off the central government. Do you think we should be worried about mercenaries being on the Duchess's shit list of things we should not be doing?"

Silver shook her head simply saying, "I don't think so. The Duchess seems to have taken some interest in the Silver Codex. I've made it clear that if a mercenary conducts itself with honor as the True Mandalorians have proposed outside the sector they should be fine." I grew distracted for a moment, parsing the boldly understated audacity of bragging privately to us about influencing sectoral government policy so easily. "Generally giving the Mandalorian people a bad name outside our sector that we would need to take note of them." I could almost understand that from context, as I caught back up to the conversation.

"Makes sense. You bring us bad press, we go down on you. You bring us good press, we will ignore you. That's not a bad arrangement and I think we can live with that." Kagg commented.

"I hope we all can. I do wonder who they'll be sending for this meeting. I've heard that they have some people who have a real hate for anything that even smacks of militarism and well we're all wearing armor." Silver said.

I chuckled at that instead, "Well only one of us manages to look good in armor." Flattery always worked, even when you know it was flattery, "I can put together a video showing off our better side, we're hardy people living in an unsafe neighborhood of the Galaxy. That should be enough to keep this representative happy."

"Good, good. I expect this to go smoothly." Silver said with the hint of a smile in her voice. I shivered.





Gargon, Gargon City
Korkie Kryze


I'll give Gargon some credit, there aren't any mosquitoes here and for that I thanked the stars. For the last 4 months I had been on Breshig coordinating the efforts to salvage the vulnerable, but still functional ruins from beneath the waterways of the planet. The planned terraforming was going to finish the process that decay had set in motion and destroy these sites in their entirety, so we recovered everything we could and salvaged the rest.

We cleared everything out, even the interior walls and plumbing which we sold to a local foundry to be melted down. It didn't take long to find out that the outer walls are beskar too and no one wanted to leave the beskar there to waste. Even after 3 months of work, Aunt Satine lending the Royal armorers, and judicious use of explosives and beskar tools to help dismantle the beskar walls, we were only halfway done with salvaging the beskar walls of the museum. The amount of beskar recovered in the 1st month alone is enough to pay for the expedition a couple of times over.

It was not easy either, occasionally fighting off giant lizards had been a stressful experience to say the least. The attacks became so fierce at one point I'd nearly asked for a set of armor. Luckily, the hardsuit I had already equipped had turned out to be sufficient enough protection so long as I didn't get my head in their jaws, sparing me the shame.

Even though it had been a hell of a time, I admit we'd come up with some pretty worthwhile items and finds, making it well worth the trouble. Zoll managed to get access into the vault, retrieving information we struggled to get access to in the first month and Soniee helped download all the data once we got access. From it we have been able to find out quite a lot of interesting things.

The most interesting discoveries surfaced from analyzing certain specialty designs and also from some of the receipts on the various equipment. Receipts on items such as engines and the quantities that had to be imported from Corellia. The most surprising discovery was that the Ancient Mandalorians imported their engines from another sector, rather than building them locally. The receipts showed they had bought the engines wholesale from Corellia, then had them shipped to Mandalore to be installed in their warships. Only much later, would similar engines be constructed in Mandalore.

In the archives we found designs of fighters and warships dating back to the crusades. Concerningly, though, the record of shipyards were lost. And I do not mean destroyed when I say lost. The locations of the shipyards themselves were a mystery. Several shipyards were on Breshig's surface, containing ships partially completed and under construction when it had been flooded. The floods and destruction of the orbital elevators obscured the shipyard sites' locations on the planet. So, the shipyards weren't destroyed so much as buried; buried under centuries, mud, and water which had led to an interesting debate about what should be done with any ships that might be discovered, especially if any might be functional.

Most of the ships couldn't have survived. Starships aren't commonly designed for submergence in water, but some of the ships' manifests indicated they were made from beskar. If the construction had been sufficiently advanced, that meant those ships were probably still sealed and intact. Their internal systems were probably rusted to dust by now, but they would still be there, if only it wasn't impossible to recover them.

I, for one, was not a fan of the idea of hidden warships buried under the mud. However, the ships were so ancient that it did raise the possibility of converting them into historical museums. There was no way a ship that had served in the Mandalorian Navy 4,000 years ago would still be any good in this modern era, so creating museums out of them seemed the only option other than scrapping them. If they were so damaged that they could not be raised, well, there were a lot of beskar on those ships that could help the economy a bit.

Ultimately, the fate of those ships is not my responsibility. That responsibility would fall to the Royal Archives, they would be tasked with finding a solution. The shipyards themselves don't really have anything worth the effort to salvage that could have survived centuries underwater. So a cursory excavation to find any bits of beskar before they get started on recovering the vessels. And that is just some of the small problems that had been dumped on my lap.

When I helped open that vault, I admit when I first started examining their contents it felt like I opened a box full of Mandalore's evils. There were documents and reports of assembly yards hidden in various places throughout the Mandalorian sector. Not military production facilities, those are on Breshig, but peacetime overfill shipyards that have been constructed by Cheravh in order to fill other planets orders for ships. And for them to have something to fall back on if the planet ever came under siege. There were only a few of these facilities, but more than I would have expected. One of them was even located just outside the Mandalore system, but kept deep and secret. It seems that the only people who had known that they existed outside the Museum of Naval Design were the leaders in charge of the government of Cheravh and when Breshig had been flooded the leaders hadn't made it off the planet.

Factor in that the fact that the first place that went offline once war broke out were those secret factories, as those populations were sent to the combat first. These facilities had basically been lost after the few Mandalorians that probably knew about their existence had died with the fall of the planet. There had been instances throughout the last 700 years where a small fleet had been created out of one of these facilities. Soniee had pointed out an instance where several ships had just seemed to come into existence during Deathwatch's assault during the Mandalorian Civil War. So it was very likely that these facilities had obviously fallen into the hands of local radical groups or the planets had decided to just simply keep the existence of these facilities secret for themselves, due to the New Mandalorians' rise and our anti-military stands.

This data would be sent to Aunt Satine to deal with officially. We couldn't exactly do anything about the fact that several planets probably have secret shipyards. Maybe, in the spirit of getting ourselves a naval Self-Defense Force to take care of the sector, could they be united with some of the other ship building companies in the sector? At the very least if they were on record and being used for civilian production it would look a lot better than having these secret shipyards that could easily be used to create a secret fleet by any of these other planets. Heck there have been rumors that perhaps the Mandalorian Patrol had some sort of secret shipyard for years because their ships weren't getting maintained at any of the bigger shipyards for some of their old Mandalorian Cruisers from thousands of years ago.

That isn't really something I need to think about right now. I've done my job, I've helped inform the decision makers of what we found and now it's up to those in charge to figure out what to do. I was on my way back to Mandalore when I got a call from Aunt Satine to take a bit of a detour.

The government of Gargon had officially announced that they want to officially become part of the Mandalorian sector proper. Most likely in order to gain access to the protection provided by the Self-Defense Force as well as access to trade with other planets in the Mandalore sector, according to the Guard Captain Rau. Since I was already in the area I had been assigned the opportunity to welcome them in and get them to sign the flimsi-work that would officially allow them to join the sector as well as tell them how much taxes they would be obligated to paying to have access to the whole Self-Defense Force as well as other trades and subsidies.

There are probably better politicians that could do this job but this was theoretically a simple mission and this would help me get a better understanding of how to do diplomatic missions, if I ever needed to do it again. And it wasn't like I'd be alone, the Royal Guard Captain and his guards are coming along. As well as my group of friends, though they were mostly just going to be hanging out in the hotel we had rented.

Me, I would be going up to Mandal Hypernautics to talk to the leadership of this planet. I am a bit concerned as to the reason why we are having the meeting there, but since I knew that Gerr is safely in prison, it couldn't be an attempt to take me hostage or anything like that. If it was, then the Royal Guards would be sufficient to counter any threats of that nature.

Then again, I could see why they had chosen that facility. The tower of Mandal Hypernautics was near the center of the city which has the best view and the cleanest streets, the area could almost pass for somewhere on Mandalore. Almost, if you look too far down the street you'd see signs for various casinos and other activities that were not something you'd see in Mandalore for sure.

Well that was not my concern either, as I exited the hovertaxi and walked across the street with my guards. All I could wonder is what kind of leadership could make up the government of this planet. After all that I had seen and heard, this place wasn't exactly stable at the best of times. But then again maybe they were hoping that being part of the New Mandalorian government in some way would stabilize the planet, it isn't an impossible thing.

No, I didn't grow concerned as we came up to the gates of Mandal Hypernautics and I saw the security around it. I had seen lots of Mandalorians in various shades of armor walk in the streets since coming here but many of them wore white stripes on their armor or silver markings and those few that had white handkerchiefs tied around their arm kind of made me realize that there might be something up.

I listened in as Guard Captain Rau had a few words with the people at the gates before they nodded and let us through. Nothing too major was learned other than that this particular group is called the Gargon Rangers. Other than that, I learned nothing of major importance.

Whatever questions I did have were interrupted as I heard someone say, "Well, well look who's finally gotten off Mandalore. Nice to see ya again, kid."

Confused, I turned to the familiar voice seeing a Mandalorian female in a black bodysuit with gray and crimson plates, with some yellow markings. Tilting my head I realized who I was looking at and said in a perplexed tone, "Aunt Bo? What are you doing here?"

She laughed as she pulled off her helmet revealing her face confirming who she was before saying, "I work here kid. Got myself a neat little desk job. Training up the Rangers so that they can actually help maintain law and order on this planet."

"Really? I didn't know you knew how to maintain law and order." I said in a deadpan tone.

Bo chuckled at that before saying, "No I don't, but for what I understand all I need to do is train them to follow the laws that were passed by whatever government they finally decide to make and have them able to fight anyone who decides to be a bit of a problem. Like that last guy who tried to take over."

"Ah, so they have exchanged one dictator of a corporation for a collaboration effort then." The Royal Guard Captain said with an amused tone as he heard that.

Bo turned and said "I recognize that voice. How're you doing Cresthead? I haven't seen you since you have carted Gerr off to one of your prisons. How's that bastard doing by the way?" With the helmet covering Captain Rau's face you can't see his expression but it looked like he is already used to the nickname.

"Locked up in the deepest dungeons on Mandalore where the sun doesn't shine and the key's been thrown away. At least I hope it's been. I heard there might be some sort of trial in the next year or so to determine the exact extent of his crimes. But for now he's just being put out of sight and out of mind in a place that no one can break them free of. There's been some concern about his mercenaries attempting to break him out."

"Nah, the majority of them aren't interested, especially when we pay them now but it's not impossible. There was a couple assassination attempts after we cleared out his influence, but it's nothing we couldn't handle. But I doubt they'll be able to break him out without significant resources and outside help. I think you'll handle the situation just fine."

I finally managed to find the words to cut in,"Wait, both of you were involved in the False Silver Incident? I know you were involved Captain, but how come I didn't hear anything about this Aunt Bo?"

She shrugged before saying, "Wasn't really important, besides it's a small time job. I'm going to be off my contract in 3 months and I'll be doing something else. Unless something major happens between then and now that keeps me needing to work here."

I let out a sigh before saying, "Okay so you work here and you're in charge of the, I'm guessing, law enforcement training. Who exactly is in the government? Most I've heard is that they are elected officials but no one's exactly said who these officials are."

She motioned us to follow her before saying, "Well one representative is elected from the Nomad clans, one representative elected from the City Clans, and a tiebreaker who represents Mandal Hypernautics. As for who those three are, I'm sure they'll introduce themselves to you when you meet them, they're just people who work here. You just have to handle the flimsi-work, they'll sign it, and then you can be back on your way to Mandalore and do whatever it is New Mandalorians like you do."

I caught a tone change when she said New Mandalorian but I shrugged it off. I knew Aunt Bo didn't particularly like the New Mandalorians so this isn't that big of a surprise. Shaking my head I simply said, "Yeah, we better get on with this and get up the tower elevator."

Bo nodded before saying, "Have fun with the meeting. Oh and make sure to ask about tickets to the concert tonight. I'm sure the CEO will gladly give some tickets to you and your friends here." she said "You can bring the other Crestheads too if you want."

"Concert?" I said, confused.

Bo has a moment of realization before saying, "Ah right, you weren't here when that was announced so you don't know. Silver is going to create some sort of cultural renaissance thing and is supporting cultural works to help out with that. Be sure to check it out, I'm sure you'll enjoy it."

Nodding my head I noted that I might ask to take a look to see what this cultural thing they were talking about could be interesting at the very least. After Aunt Bo left, I made my way over to the elevator and took it to the floor I was told to go to by the Ranger who was sitting inside there.

I was only in the elevator for a few moments but it was enough to get myself prepared for whatever I was going to see, or at least I thought so. But as the door opened I realized I was really unprepared even at my best guess. Standing in the room were three individuals. The first is an older man, wearing Mandalorian armor that while it is polished to a shine, looked a little bit small on him due to his weight and had various furs around joints of his armor that looked rather expensive. He has dark hair and is pale but otherwise rather normal looking. The second individual, another male, looked to be in his mid-40s. His armor was not as well put together with noticeable dents and scrapes to indicate battle damage that spoke of recent use unlike with the first but it also looks like it has a flight suit underneath the armor that was designed to deal with the cold of the planet. Perhaps a necessity for a nomad, I figured, though it was hard to be sure.

The third individual was the one that put me a little bit off my step as it was White Silver herself. This was totally the White Silver sitting across from me. Her armor was the same style as the last time she appeared on the holos. She now has a silver sword at her side, the plates on her legs looked a little bit more refined as if they'd been enlarged for more defensive defense and her flight suit which had been rather regular gray and the footage I'd seen had been replaced by something that was a bit more skin tight.

It reminded me a bit of the hard suits that Soniee and the other girls at the Royal Academy wore for training. Which if that was what that was, that would mean that there was another layer of armor underneath her actual armor instead of just cloth protection of her skin. On one hand, it says that she is a bit worried about being shot even being this high in the tower. On the other hand, I had to wonder if there was something else going on or if she just wore her armor all the time.

I will admit as she stood up and gave a bit of a bow with the other two standing up to wave me over. The tightness of the uniform she was wearing made her eye-catching in a way that was somewhat distracting. Hopefully it was not the second but I could not throw out the idea that White Silver was trying to get into power legitimately by, well, the old-fashioned way of marrying the prince of the current ruling house. It would technically get you in the legitimate way and yeah I wasn't a fan of that even if I was a bit of fan of this hard suit she's wearing.

Coughing and getting myself centered I moved into the room and nodded to the two gentlemen before saying, "Good afternoon sirs and madam. My name is Korkie Kryze and I'm here on behalf of the New Mandalorian Government to deliver the flimsi-work for starting the process of bringing Gargon into the Mandalore sector together for greater defense."

"Good, we're going to need it soon." The Nomad looking one said before continuing, "Mlyr Morson of the Morson clan. Glad to have you New Mandalorians finally taking the idea of mutual defense seriously, not just 'Oh we have the Mandalorian Guard and the Judicials, they'll handle everything'."

The other Mandalorian chuckled before saying, "Grel Tutt, of Clan Tutt. We both know the Judicial Force in every sector hasn't handled things in years. The Republic's version of it is corrupt as all hell and that corruption seeps through even into the Sector's version, if you ask me. I've heard from several smuggler friends that if you pay enough money, the Guard will look the other way every time."

"What?" I said, probably sounded more shocked than I was but I had never heard of any corruption like what they were saying.

Silver at the end of the table simply said, "Don't worry the young Korkie with thoughts of possible corruption, Mr Tutt. He's doing the best he can in the position he has." Confirming she was still using that infamous voice changer that had been caught during her last performances. The voice changer altered her voice to be fairly deep yet still sound notably female.

"Well, if they've got information about corruption in the Guard, we should actually know about this." I offered, pointing out the simple fact that we needed to know about corruption in the Guard for obvious reasons.

White Silver simply shrugged before saying, "Of course, but they didn't say they knew anything, they just heard rumors. If you're worried about it, simply tell your Prime Minister. I'm sure he has some sort of Internal Investigation Department that'll look into any reports of corruption. If they find any real corruption, they'll deal with it."

I nodded in acknowledgment as that is at least a reasonable point of view. Before taking a seat at the table, "Well as I was saying, I'm Korkie Kryze of clan Kryze and I'm here to offer you this." I placed the flimsi-work down before continuing, "It's a very limited document for now but I'm sure we will figure out the official acknowledgment of Gargon joining the sector in time. This will dictate several important conditions for Gargon to follow such as the amount of taxes to send to Mandalore, open up trade lanes between the rest of the sector, and you and put down a potential need for the Self-Defense Force as well as how much money we would be willing to pay into the creation of such a unit for Gargon."

Tutt, the mob aligned Mando reached over and picked up the flimsi-work and quickly started going through it while the nomad aligned mando simply nodded and said, "That doesn't sound so bad, what kind of taxes are we talking here though? We can't pay much at the moment cause we're still recovering from some bad times if you ask me.

I shrug before saying, "I think the initial tax number is 3%, the number will be renegotiated at a later date once it's better understood what all the problems on the planet and things that it can be supplied can do. I'm just the middle man on this but I'm sure there's a whole room of economists back on Mandalore who will figure all that out."

The Nomad leader nodded before saying, "Fair enough, so long as the final tax amount isn't too outrageous I have no problem signing this. How's it looking for you Tutt?" he said looking at the Mafia Mando.

Blake looked up before saying, "It's pretty terrible but in order to get a legitimate business going you need to take a little bit of a hit. And yes, he said it's like 3-3.25% I think but either way I'm sure it'll be manipulated as the years go on and probably never go down."

Silver at the end of the table scoffed before saying, "Give it time. Gargon has the potential to be one of the jewels of the Mandalore sector. If a jewel is not respected for what it is then a jewel will be lost. I'm sure a reasonable tax will be levied at some point and this is not unreasonable at the moment. Though I'm sure I'll have wonderful conversations with these economists when they finally come over to Gargon to take a look at what this place could actually be."

"I'm just the middleman in this." I simply said, feeling a bit of my depth as they bickered in front of me about the tax obligation as well as what should be taxed and what shouldn't that had been proposed. But I let out a chuckle at the thought that hit my head before saying, "A big fan of economic theory aren't you? White Silver."

"Well of course, as the saying goes, 'Money is the lifeblood of the galaxy'. Without a strong economy this sector cannot repair itself from the years of war it has gone through. To not be a fan would be a fool."

I chuckled at that before saying, "Probably why my sister's a bit of a fan of you."

"Really? Well she's got a good head on her shoulders then. I have been hearing some good things about what she's been doing for the sector. It would make some sense if she was a fan of my work." Even with the voice changer, you can still hear the wry mirth in her tone.

"Yeah," I said leaning back in the chair while keeping an eye on this White Silver trying to understand what her goals are in this whole thing. It was not exactly my priority but since I was here I might as well learn as much as possible. "What's this I heard about you trying to create some sort of cultural renaissance?"

Silver sounded amused at hearing that before saying, "One way to make sure that Gargon's economy is working is to become a cultural icon that people are interested in to attract customers. What better way to do that than through showing our non-warrior ways that are just as important to us as our warrior ways. Would you be interested in seeing some of what I've been working on?"

"Might as well while I'm here." I said, "My friends and I wouldn't mind seeing whatever this thing is."

"Excellent," she pressed a button on the table that was in front of her and said, "Viper, see if you can get a few tickets for tonight's concert for the Prince of Mandalore and his friends. I'm sure they will enjoy tonight's performance."

"Will do Ma'am." A female voice said before the line shut off.

I was about to ask another question when the nomad leader spoke up once he had skimmed through the flimsi-work and gave it to White Silver to read, "So what's the Duchess's opinion on the upcoming war?"

That stopped me in my tracks and I said, "War? What war?"

"Some Prince of Mandalore." came the amused chuckle from the mafia aligned Mandalorian.

But the nomad shrugged before saying, "Cut him some slack, he's just a kid. He's probably enrolled in an academy in Mandalore right? He's probably too busy studying to pay attention to galactic events. Have you heard about the whole flare up between the Separatists and the Republic?"

I nodded and said, "I think I've heard a couple things about it but I haven't really given it much thought. How did you know I was enrolled in an academy?"

"Yeah, he's out of his depth." the mafia Mandalorian said.

The nomad shook his head before saying, "Alright, I'll answer your second question first since it's the simpler of the two. I was looking for ways to keep my daughter busy and away from here so she doesn't go bounty hunting for the fun of it and maybe have her make a name for herself without getting her killed. The Royal Academy is an option but I doubt I could afford it without selling my armor and Nomad's aren't exactly known for their book smarts so I looked elsewhere but the information is still there.

Now for your first question, you'll need a quick history lesson so that you understand what's going on. We're right next to the Hydian Way, planets near the Core are part of the Republic, planets at the end of the Hydian Way are forming a Separatist Union that wants to be separated from the Republic. If you know your history you know what happened when Mandalore tried to create its own Republic out here in the Outer Rim."

I nodded at that, after all that was the reason the New Mandalorians existed. "The Republic will go to war and crush it." I said matter of factly.

"Exactly and we are right in between where their armies are going to be going by. So I was just wondering if the Duchess has any official plans for if one of the two forces decided to invade the Mandalore sector."

I shook my head before saying, "I'm unaware of this. I've actually just got back from a mission in Breshig. I would guess the plan is to keep enforcing the Self-Defense Force so we have something to defend ourselves with if something like that would ever happen. I'm not actually privy to what the Duchess plans are but I think the Self Defense Force would play a major part in it."

The nomad shrugged before saying, "Not a bad plan yet it's not a great plan either. But it's a plan nonetheless, let's talk about something else then. As I've said before, I have a daughter and I don't want her in the line of fire as it were, on Gargon for the next few years. Do you think you could help me get her to Mandalore proper? It should be much more secure than Gargon in the coming conflict."

"I think I can do that. In fact, my sister, Tanya, has complained about needing several more Vais, uh, that's her handmaiden's name; anyway, my sister could definitely use another handmaiden or two. I could ask her to take your daughter on. Tanya's currently on Coruscant and the Republic Capital is probably going to be the safest planet in the entire galaxy."

"Hmm," the Nomad said in thought before continuing, "That's an intriguing alternative, but I can't make that decision for her. I'll leave it to her to decide if she wants to go be a handmaiden for your sister. But getting her off Gargon before war breaks out would put me at ease. Thank you, Korkie Kryze."

"You're welcome." I said, smiling sincerely. My eyes caught onto White Silver and I noted that she had been moving rather stiffly for the last few moments, distracted and deep in thought.

I briefly wondered why that was. Was White Silver... surprised? There was a possibility that Silver had planned to offer some way out for the Nomad's daughter, which would have put that clan firmly under her control. Had I accidentally stepped on one of the White Silver's operations to gain firmer control of the sector? Maybe, if it did, it sounded good to me. I didn't trust White Silver, even if I wasn't a Pacifist, White Silver was clearly too powerful and there were too many unknowns about her. I needed to do what I could to help my fellow Mandalorians and similarly frustrate White Silver's other plots in the sector.

My thoughts were interrupted as a female Mandalorian stepped into the room wearing armor nearly identical to White Silver's. In her hand was a folder of some kind and White Silver nodded to her. The new arrival quickly walked past the mafia leader and handed me the folder, "Here you go Mr. Kryze." The unknown female said, in a tone identical to the one that White Silver is using. I merely raised an eyebrow and gave the identical voice changer device a questioning look.

Accepting the folder in silence I opened it up and quickly identified that these are tickets for some sort of showing, held tonight. As I looked up I did my best not to watch the second Mandalorian's hips sway as she left the room in her rather tight hard suit.

Part of me wanted to ask if they were twins, but the similar heights and builds were more likely a product of coincidence than the possibility of cloning. Still another part of me figured that with all their identifying markers hidden under the suit and armor I really couldn't be sure of anything. White Silver was rather infamous for protecting their identity. Perhaps the flamboyant display from the two was a deliberate distraction? Coughing, I simply said, "Thank you for the generous gift, Miss Silver, I will be sure to enjoy this show."

"Oh you will. I've seen their performance and they are fairly competent." White Silver said before she continued, "Anyways we'll get this flimsi-work signed tomorrow so you can be back on your way. Enjoy your time on Gargon, young Prince of Mandalore. But do not enjoy it too much, there's areas of the city that are still somewhat Hutti-fied. So stay with your Royal Guards and they'll keep you safe."

"Thanks for the recommendation." I said, wondering what exactly Hutti-fied meant but I could take a guess from context. For now though, I would let the Royal Guards deal with any issues of that sort. I got up from my chair and said, "Thank you for your time, Ms. Silver, Mr. Tutt, and Mr. Morson. I'll see you tomorrow."

"Hope you do. Thanks again for the offer for my girl. I know she's got more bravery than sense, she would probably go running off to be a bounty hunter if I didn't find her a safe way to excel. "

Okay, I may have slightly misunderstood why he wanted me to get her off the planet, he was concerned for his daughter's safety and protecting her the only way he knew how. So I simply nodded and said, "I'll see about arranging transport of your daughter to Mandalore when I get confirmation, Mr Morson. The very least, if there is a conflict I understand wanting to get your child out of the way of it." I'll probably have to file the paperwork for a passport and Visa for her tomorrow but it shouldn't be a problem. Once the farewells were finished, I headed back for the elevator.

Once the door closed, I let out a deep breath, relieved at the conclusion of that intense performance. Guard Captain Rau patted me on the shoulder and said "Good job there kid. A little over your head but you did alright for your first diplomatic meeting."

"Thank you, Captain Rau." I said, happy to have him here. After all, if they had tried to take me hostage to try and get something out of Mandalore right there I probably wouldn't have been able to lift a finger in protest. The only thing that probably kept that from happening was the Captain of the Royal Guard right next to me the entire time.

That being said, I do wonder what White Silver's goal was. Had she been trying to really tempt me or was that just foolish thoughts brought on by a tight hard suit and teenage hormones? Either way I'd probably be staying far away from her in the future as far as I possibly could.




Naboo, Private Lake
Tanya Kryze


"Well, I have to admit this place is quite lovely." I said, almost downplaying my actual opinions. The fact of the matter was Naboo was the first entirely green planet I think I'd ever stepped on in this life. Mandalore is a desert, Kalevala is a desert, Ordo is a desert, Gargon is mountainous with some bit of green vistas which I'll admit is a step in the right direction, and Coruscant is a cityscape across the entire planet. Frankly I'm surprised I can even see the color green with the lack of green I'd seen in this life, other than my dress.

"See, I told you'd enjoy it." Padme said as she sat next to me as we looked out across the lake in front of us. It was the start of the new year which meant time to start dealing with the politics of the Galactic Republic AKA mustering our allies for the upcoming political drama of the year. Obviously the Senator of Naboo was trying to ingratiate herself to Mandalore as we have some similar opinions on the matters of war.

And her way to ingratiate Mandalore was to invite me to Naboo for a picnic, I guess, and a swim. I was currently wearing a swimsuit I picked up that was not as revealing as the one Vai got for me some time ago. It is still a two piece but in green though with a bit of extra fabric that made it look as some would say 'cute'. In front of me is a beautiful blue lake that is unnaturally blue, blue. It is surrounded with green grass and trees that look like some infomercial take on reality.

Vai and Tabi were already enjoying the water, along with the other Royal Guard pretending to enjoy their time I think. Mok was currently operating a grill we found when we arrived and was cooking up some local fare, though I noted he had several containers of hetikleyc, a Mandalorian spice that reminded me greatly of wasabi. Skota is the acting lifeguard as she sits atop a perch while Ordac and Ordo are standing guard nearby with the majority of the security being taken care of by Naboo's royal guards.

Either way, here I was on a completely green and blue planet at the side of a lake enjoying the Sun after spending a good 20 minutes swimming next to Padme and she most likely was preparing to discuss the inevitable question, it's only a matter of time. My question of course would be, what would be our stance on the Military Creation Act which was already slowly making its way through the Senate slowly, probably for the best in my opinion.

I would imagine her goal was simple, get our support for trying to counter the MCA. My goal is a little bit more complex as I had no problem with preventing the military of the Republic. If I could prevent the military from forming, it was very likely we would not have a war for the next couple of years and we could instead worry about building up our Self Defense Forces.

But I could extend that thought to building up Self-Defense Forces in other regions as well. Mandalore had more than enough skilled armorers to produce equipment for Naboo and plenty of skilled trainers if they needed anyone to refresh them in military ways. Well I doubted that, I've seen their local Defense Forces when I arrived and besides not having much in the way of armor, they looked well trained. Keyword being 'looked' which puts up a good show that's for sure.

My thoughts were interrupted as Vai in her swimsuit jumped into the water and Padme took that moment to ask the initial question.

"So the Military Creation Act has a date set for voting in about 4 months. The Republic will decide if they will have a military or not. I don't like talking about political matters when we should be relaxing but I have to ask. What's Mandalore's stance on the Military Creation Act?"

Smiling, I said "Duchess Satine's stance favors no military for the Republic. It took her a long enough time to approve of a military force for Mandalore even in the sense of a Self-Defense Force that is barred from leaving the sector. The idea of approving a military force above us is not on her plate when she doesn't want someone to start a war."

Padme let out a sigh and said, "That's good, I've been trying to gather as many people together as possible to try and prevent this Act from being passed but there seems to be a large consistency of people who are in favor of it."

I nodded and said, "It is to be expected, the idea that there will be another political entity in the Galaxy that might have the ability to challenge the Republic will make anyone a little bit afraid as they don't know what's going to happen. And when you're afraid you tend to go for something familiar. A military has protected the Old Republic for thousands of years and it was only given up because it looked like they were now the Masters of the Galaxy. If the Republic is no longer the masters of the Galaxy they will request an army to re-cement their position at the top of the galaxy."

Padme sighs and says, "I know that. It feels like ever since Naboo was invaded all those years ago, what I thought the Republic was and what it is now just didn't appear to be the same."

"Most likely because they never were." I simply said before continuing, "The Republic has had a thousand years to groom its image to be the best hope for a democracy in the galaxy. But the fact of the matter is as you've seen, it is a terrible system that has been created. I mean they give corporations a vote in the Senate. Corporations are not going to have the best interests in mind for the public, only what's best for making profits for their owners. That's what corporations are built for, to ask more than that is ridiculous. And I'm sure that even before they got those seats in the Senate they were buying Senators left and right with bribes and favors."

The Senator from Naboo nodded her head before saying, "Maybe you're right but I still have hope that the Republic will right itself in time."

"It might be able to." I said, "Although I'll believe that when the Mandalore Diaspora gets a senator. After all, the whole premise that the corporations use to get their senator seat was based on a constituency outside of a sector and no one's more outside of the sector than Mandalorians."

Padme laughed and then noticed I wasn't, and said, "Wait you're serious?"

"Of course I'm serious, Mandalorians have served as the villians for the Republic for a good 4,000 years. Our past efforts to help the Old Republic a thousand years ago seem to have been brushed under the rug. It would seem to me that they are not enforcing their own rules on constituencies because they have a bias against Mandalore. A bias that is rather irrational, against an ancient Mandalore that no longer exists. If Mandalore was ever granted this secondary senator, that would show me that the Republican system could be saved. But at the moment the evidence points towards favoritism towards factions that the Republic prefers. And playing favorites in governments often does not go well in the long term."

"Hmm, I've never thought of the Republic's opinion on that matter before and it's a good point." She said, looking at the lake in deep thought.

I internally smiled, I think I've just planted the seeds that would lead Mandalore to getting a second senator. Abuse of the system was terrible, but if everyone could abuse it at least then it had some fairness. Getting Mandalore a second Senator is the easy bid. Actually there's a possibility of getting a third, but it was more of a stretch. A third Senator seat would require Mandalorian corporations to organize into a mega-corporation on the scale of the Trade Federation and that was unlikely to happen. Though, I'll keep an eye on that particular possibility as well.

"That being said," I said, "perhaps we'll see the coming conflict will either be resolved peacefully or start a war. Whatever happens things will not be the same after it's over. But just on the off chance that things go absolutely wrong, do you think perhaps your Self-Defense Force, what are they called again?"

"Royal Naboo Security Forces." she said, sounding confused at where I was going.

"Yes the Royal Security Force, that's the one. Don't you think they'd be interested in acquiring Mandalorian grade armor for the defense of this Naboo?"

She shook her head instead, "I don't think we require that."

"Are you sure? Naboo may end up on the front lines. Who knows what's possible, given your past with the Trade Federation? Having something for your guards that could save their lives is always useful in my opinion."

That seemed to do the trick, as it usually did. Proposing armor as a weapon of war never worked with pacifists but proposing it as 'Well if something were to happen, don't you want something to protect your people?'

Padme slowly nodded her head before answering. "Maybe, I'm not really familiar with what their official thoughts on the matter are, but I could have Captain Typho contact you. Isn't the Mandalorian style of armor rather expensive since every single piece has to be custom made by an armorer?"

I nodded as I said, "Mandalorian armor is indeed artisanal, yes, but we've made improvements to streamline our processes so we can reduce the costs of our exports. The armorers have a collective operation which jointly fulfills work to produce armor for large contracts. If there's a huge contract, the armorers will probably be able to produce enough armor for whatever amount a planet needs."

Padme nodded her head before saying, "Interesting, well I'll see if the Royal Guards are interested in new armor, if it will put your mind at ease." She laid back and said, "But let's not talk anymore about politics or the coming war. Let's just enjoy the peace of today for a bit, okay?"

"That's perfectly fine with me." I said laying back enjoying the sun in the clean air of this world.






Writers note for Spaces Battles, Sufficient Velocity and Questionable Questing. 09/08/22

And there we have another chapter boys and girls, a tale of Tanya getting her new home ready for economic booms and war. As well as more info on her idol operations. We also got a viewpoint on how some others see her, as well as some politics between Mandalore and Naboo.

Let me know what you all think

Also this chapter was too damn long it broke google docs. So I'm going to try to scale back chapters to around 10,000 words in the future.

By the way, I recently found out someone on fanfiction shouted me out. Don't think I won't return the favor!
The Saga of Tanya the Firebender by Shaggy Rower. I have not read it myself, I write too much (crying) but my editors have the time and recommended it so it's on my own to read list but who knows when I'll get to it.




Edited by: Warmach1ne32, Afforess, FallQM
Community edited by:pudy15236, Erik Edholm
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread




Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Daniel Martinez, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Markus, Neso, Staradder, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, Retexks, John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar, BigKumaDM, Taylor Tilbury
 
Last edited:
cool ship
I like to this the Beskad, the FractalSponge Mandalorian Starfighter, could be the New Mandalorian SDF Starfighter in the future as it has a nice clean streamlined design and its weaponry is perfectly minimal with room for improvements during wartime. I can imagine a flight of four of them being assigned/docked to the Coronet to serve as its escorts and for ceremonial purposes, especially if they are stylized to matched the Sundari Royal Gaurd.
 
Silvers Codex II





The Silver Codex Volume II


Yes, this is the real White Silver, you can tell because I'm not going to come out of hiding to hunt myself down. Though I would ask that, if you are reading this, to keep in mind that there are fakes in existence and to use your brain to determine if this is real for yourself, to not just 'go with the flow' as it were like those who thought the last volume was real.

It's been a year since I've made my appearance in public, no doubt you have many questions. I will attempt to answer those questions , but first I have to write about what is going on in the galaxy. For Mandalore can only prosper if we have a realistic idea of what's going on outside our sector and what that will mean for the Mandalorian way of life.

War is coming, it could be next year, could be the year after, it could be tomorrow. I don't know when this war will spring upon the Galaxy exactly, but it is coming. Those in the Outer Rim have had it with those in the Core, and even though we're in the Outer Rim on many maps, we are right in the middle of two warring factions. And I think we all know what happens when you stand in the middle of a bar fight..

I have no doubt that our rightful leader, the Duchess, will attempt to enforce our neutrality in the coming conflict. This is the right choice. War is going to be terrible for the Galaxy. We've already had enough wars recently. We need to rebuild, and this is a great opportunity for us to flourish, but we'll get to that in a moment.

While we are trying to rebuild there are factions that will try and draw us into the war. The Republic will most likely want to be able to use the Mandalore Sector as a staging area to push into the Outer Rim. This is not in our interest as the Other Rim separatists will consider us as enemy combatants. If that happens we shall be forced to fight a war that few of us can claim any interest in. We cannot let the Republic position soldiers or war materials in the Mandalorian sector. The Separatists are most likely to start funding groups to cause chaos within our own sector, perhaps they've already done so with the likes of Gerr. To either overthrow the Duchess or to cause enough conflict that the Republic is brought in, making our sector a war zone either way.

Neither situation is good for Mandalore, thus neither situation must come to pass. We must resist all attempts to draw us into the war and perhaps even resist violently against both sides should we be forced to do so. The Duchess has already allowed for the creation of a Self-Defence Force on Mandalore, there are already dozens of similar organisations across all of the Mandalorian planets from the Journeyman Protectors of Concord Dawn to the Rangers of Gargon.

These organisations need to unite and standardise their operations so they can work with each other. In case one of the factions invades our systems trying and attempting to draw us into the war. We together face a time of crisis, one that we must turn away from for the good of our people.

The Mandalorian patrol is important to this, not only will we have unknown possibilities of invaders from the Republic or the Outer Rim, there is no doubt in my mind that criminal and private organisations will take advantage of the coming crisis. Dishonourable outlaws who will attempt to take the opportunity of the Republic being busy with war to set up stock on any planet they see as easy taking. This is why we should vote for our leaders to fund the Mandalorian patrol more than ever. We need to maintain sector security, but in order to do that we need to have a fleet capable of dealing with situations as fast as possible.

We must demonstrate to the galaxy that we shall not be easy pickings. That we will live in peace if approached in peace but will resist and bite with an unmatched ferocity when threatened.






A Refutation of Gerr.


I won't bother spending my time going through every single insipid word of the False Silver's inane ramblings. I would rather focus my efforts on discussing the core of his ideology, the public private partnership.

A core principle of the Silver Codex is the separation of powers. Indeed the powers that the Mand'alor has are specific and not all encompassing, the reasoning for this is twofold. Firstly, it is impractical for the Mand'alor to exercise control over every aspect of Mandalorian society, it is ineffective, unnecessary and shall only lead to a weaker Mandalore. The second reason is moral, the Mand'alor should not have the right to control every aspect of the Mandalorian life, no one should.

There is but one person who knows what is best for you, and that person is you. Any authority given away to private or public institutions, or cultural ones like clan heads, should be carefully considered to ensure that you are not being abused or needlessly restricted. The Mandalorian people do not need to be coddled or ordered about like droids.

The incestuious joining of the Public and Private leads to inefficiency and monopoly on both parts. The Private organisations will be propped up by the Government beyond all reason and laws that push out other private entities will arise.

In this section I will speak about Gerr's mistaken beliefs on how an economy should run, though I shall also take a shot at Tor Vizsla. I know it seems improper to attack the dead, but it seems that someone is still producing and updating a variant of his manifesto, the Death Watch Manifesto, and distributing it across the sector. Specifically his perfect society, his belief that warriors should rule and extort artisans, manufacturers and labourers as if they were vassals and servants.

This mindset is rife with problems as its abuse as such could easily create a caste system. A situation where a person has no control over what role they shall play in our society and shall have it dictated to them by consequence of birth. Something that has been on its downward trend ever since Mandalore the Ultimate. The best warrior might be born of a craftsman and a painter while the greatest artist might be the product of warriors.

A perfect society isn't inevitable, what we would get are caste systems and people restricted from becoming proper Mandalorians in one way or another. If you take those of us who do not go on the field of battle and turn them into nothing but slaves to continue production for that battle you have already enslaved every Mandalorian and our society will crumble.

Taking away the ability of a person to choose, if they were to, become a warrior or if they would remain a lowly labourer as this document would put it, takes away a Mandalorian's economic freedom. And without economic freedom, we would not see people like Mandalore the Binder, or Mandalore the Hammerborn come to the positions they obtained.

Binder would have remained a rug maker and Hammerborn would have remained a labourer in the perfect society that Tor Vizsla wanted, and yet this document that I have gained access to uses their names as if they're examples to be followed. Of course that's in the recruitment section isn't it. If that doesn't show you that someone's been prettying up their manifesto for consumer consumption nothing else will.





General Principles of War


I must first stress this truth again. War is a force that consumes lives and resources and I do not condone imperious conquest or bloody crusade. Nevertheless, if we are to live in peace we must remain masters of war. We shall carry our armour and our weapons proudly so that hostile powers know to speak with us softly and with respect.

The Codex aims to supply principles, not rules, and by training, develop the habit of applying these principles logically, correctly, and rapidly to each situation that may arise. Conflict is natural and war is undesirable, thus we must seek to compete with the wider galaxy and bring an end to wars in a rapid and decisive manner to the best of our ability.

War is more of an art than a science. Yet there have indeed been innumerable great minds put to the laborious task of understanding and conducting war in its most effective form possible. Yet war itself remains distinct, we shall never know what kinds of war awaits us and if the wisdom of the past might apply neatly to it.

But there are aspects of war that we might know mastery of. Elements of conflict that once carefully controlled will lead us to victory.

The fundamental principles of war shall inform all other principles. With these principles understood a commander can then expand from that into a more focused set of principles that are suited to the conflict the commander finds themselves contending with. To simplify, the most important fundamental principles of conducting a war are thus:

  • Aim: A single, unambiguous aim is the keystone of successful military operations. Selection and maintenance of the aim is regarded as the master principle of war.
  • Logistics: Discover how we may gain a preponderance of forces and material advantages at a decisive point.
  • Morale: To calculate morale factors. Morale is a positive state of mind derived from inspired political and military leadership, a shared sense of purpose and values, well-being, perceptions of worth and group cohesion.
  • Coordination: Make the best use of the means at our disposal. This shall involve the judicious exploitation of manpower, materiel, and time in relation to the achievement of objectives while also understanding the requirement to change readily to meet new circumstances, this comprises agility, responsiveness, resilience, acuity and adaptability.
  • Reality: To never lack objectivity and clarity. The requirement to know the capabilities of your own force and the forces of your enemy, to never allow yourself to embrace a fantasy or accept within yourself something that is not true. This principle also calls for the absolute requirement for intelligence gathering and reconnaissance to reinforce reasonable assumptions of the greater battlespace.
  • Initiative: Utilising surprise, decisiveness, and aggressiveness to continuously strive to achieve and retain the initiative. To attack or threaten to attack any and all enemy forces we have the capacity to in order to paralyse the enemies operational capacity. To continually maintain pressure on all aspects of the enemy forces that are within our capacity to strike with highly mobile forces that can effectively withdraw from hard targets that would be too costly to continue to pressure, while pressing forward against soft targets that offer tactical or strategic advantage. When striking, if you find Beskar, turn away, if you find flesh, press on.






General Principles of Defence


Defence is the principle that is most vital to the continuation of any civilisation and is the most important aspect of any armed force. Indeed the preservation of our armed forces and our people is far more vital than the destruction of enemy forces in any situation. There are of course times when the destruction of the enemy forces is the most viable means to defend our own, though that is the exception and not the rule.

The purpose of war is not to die honourably for our cause, it is to make the other side die for theirs.

The first principle of defence is Cover. This is the use of the environment to obscure our own forces so that enemy attacks are rendered ineffective. Since we are always open to attack, even when we ourselves are attacking, we must at every instant be on the defensive.and should therefore, place our forces under cover as much as possible.

The second principle of defence is Armour. This is the use of manufactured or engineered defences for our armed forces or civilian populations. As vital as the armour of our people is to a single Mandalorian, such armour also serves as protection for our forces in general and thus we can extrapolate the use of similar defensive equipment for our people as a whole. The establishment and maintenance of city or planetary shields, fortifications, earthworks, orbital defence installations, armies and navies should be considered the beskar'gam of the Mandalorian people.

The third principle of defence is Obfuscation. This is the effort to confound enemy intelligence or reconnaissance in an effort to render enemy attacks ineffective against our armed forces. The use of holograms, phantom fortifications, deployments and decoy ships as well as the careful classification of our full military capacity is vital to the defence of Mandalore.

The fourth principle of defence is Reserves. This is the coordination and dispersion of all forces and assets not currently deployed to meet an objective. There is no such thing as a great final battle and thus it is never reasonable to deploy every asset and soldier to a single objective. By maintaining a core of reserves we can meet any unexpected enemy attack wherever it might arise. It is only with reserve soldiers and assets left at our disposal after a battle is joined that we can turn the tide of said battle.

The fifth principle of defence is Depth. This is the principle that seeks to exploit the weakness of attack. All offensives have a tendency to lose momentum over time. As offensive forces push though even lightly defended areas they shall stretch logistical capacity and will be forced to disperse the forces they have available over a larger space. It is under this principle that we should not be overly concerned about the extent of our front nor should we demand that blood is spilt over any and all incursions into our territory. The principle of depth calls for the yielding of lightly defended areas to allow for later counter attack against dispersed enemy formations in such a way that shall allow the encirclement or withdrawal of the enemy forces. Therefore confounding the enemy any real gain in the offensive they have undertaken.

The sixth principle of defence is Engagement. This is the principle of never remaining completely passive. But to attack the enemy even when they are attacking us while expending the minimum possible lives, munitions or equipment. It is from these attacks that the greatest understanding of our enemies' disposition and condition can be understood. Should one of these continuous probing attacks prove to be effective, reserves can be deployed to turn it from a general engagement into a strategic offensive. Drawing enemy forces and resources to this location at the expense of other fronts.






General Principles of Offence


It is a fact that we must contend with that often the greatest means of defence is to destroy our enemy. Even so, we must be careful when contemplating the engagement of an offensive. Offensives are the most fragile elements of war and the most costly, to pursue a strategic offensive is to cast away the lives of many Mandalorians, to do so foolishly is treason.

The first principle of offence is Objective. Choose a reasonable objective for the offensive. Grand sweeping military actions that will achieve ultimate victory looks great on paper, but in reality pushing your army beyond its capabilities will only result in your forces being cut off and broken apart into smaller pieces until it is destroyed. Any objective you go after must not only be within your capability to achieve, but also be within your capability to secure its flanks in order to prevent that objective from being your last stand.

The second principle of offence is Surprise. Attack where the enemy does not expect. If you can make your enemies think you are attacking somewhere else they will weaken other locations to strengthen that threatened zone. This will give you two advantages, not only is the enemy possibly surprised at your unexpected attack at a more vulnerable location, giving you the advantage of initiative in this area, which can be worth its weight in manpower, but can leave your enemy in a disadvantageous position that will give you further opportunities to exploit.

The third principle of offence is Opportunity. When an offensive occurs the force deployed will most likely be outside of direct communication with the command structure. Thus officers must make use of opportunities they identify that can aid the spirit of the operation rapidly without compromising the operational capacity of allied forces. Pursuing an opportunity beyond your capabilities will only create an opportunity for your enemy.

The fourth principle of offence is Detail. Detail is the logistics, tactics and strategy of bringing a larger force against small enemy units in sequence rather than engaging the entire enemy force at once. Sending your army galavanting off after a smaller force only opens yourself up to opportunities for the enemy, caution is best when we do not have the manpower to spare.

The fifth principle of offence is Encirclement. Encirclement is the strategy of attacking an enemy force or fortification from multiple angles and the act of cutting off elements of enemy forces from their logistical network or communications grid. By the same token of finding opportunities that allow you to take land without being surrounded, if you find an opportunity to take land and surround the enemy this creates a problem for the enemy. They will need to free their troops which will draw forces to that area and make great opportunities in other positions in the line. Keeping an enemy unit that's been encircled locked in a position and pushing them further away from help may result in them simply surrendering andcausing any further conflict to be unnecessary.

The sixth principle of offence is Deprivation. Deprivation is the strategic focus on removing from play particular assets or the ability to produce particular assets from the enemy. Raiding parties focused on destroying Tibanna gas refineries are an example of the principle of deprivation on a strategic level. On a tactical level, preventing the enemy from getting resources to pursue war, such as food and other necessities, can weaken the enemy force over a prolonged period of time and could be accomplished by destruction of logistical capabilities. Granted, if we ever came to this phase the enemy would have the theoretical high ground and able to deploy resources wherever they wanted , and as such our fighters are most likely going to be unable to get into the air. But there is a way around this Mandalore has long been a , producer of advanced missiles of various types, arming groups with anti-air abilities or anti-orbital weapons could fill this niche and prevent logistics from running freely during a planetary campaign.






Responsibility and Command


To unify our defensive strategy we must not merely fortify hard points and defend our worlds, we must have a mastery of our entire system. To do so we must establish a command structure that can cohesively respond to any threats presented to our people.

To do so we must codify though law and by establishing a precedent for the powers and responsibilities of our highest positions of power.

The Mand'alor (Duchess Satine)
As Commander in Chief of our collective armed forces the Mand'alor has a variety of powers and responsibilities that are more specifically related to the conduct of war. The Mand'alor and the War Council they establish shall control the following elements of war directly or by trusted proxy.

  • Right to make war or peace or institute hostilities falling short of war.
  • Deployment and use of armed forces outside of the Mandalorian Sector.
  • Maintenance of the Mandalorian Navy.
  • Use of the armed forces within the Mandalorian Sector to maintain the peace in support of the police or otherwise in support of civilian authorities.
  • Control the organisation and disposition of armed forces.
  • Requisition of Mandalorian civilain ships in times of urgent national necessity.
  • Commissioning of officers in all armed forces.
  • Armed forces pay.
  • Regulation of trade with enemy state actors.
  • Mand'alors right in time of war, to appropriate the property of a neutral party which is within the sovereignty of Mandalore, where necessity requires with appropriate compensation.
  • Powers in the event of a grave national emergency, including those to enter upon, take and destroy private property.

Grand Commander of the Council

The Mand'alor will appoint one member of the War Council to serve as the Grand Commander. This person shall execute the will of the Mand'alor and will be responsible for conducting the campaign assigned to them by the Mand'alor. This person is also solely responsible for bringing weaknesses or mistakes to the attention of the Mand'alor. They must be a trusted confidant, a true servant of the people and of the Mand'alor, a person of wisdom and conviction who shall not work to usurp the position of Mand'alor.

Prime Minister of Mandalore

The Prime Minister will be chosen not by the Mand'alor but by every Mandalorian, even clanless Mandalorians. For they shall be the master of the civilian government. It is the Prime Minister who shall propose legislation and who shall manage the bureaucracy of the Mandalorian government. The Mand'alor will of course have a veto on any and all activities of the Prime Minister but should make every effort to avoid using said veto unnecessarily.






Void Doctrine


Space is the ultimate high ground, offering the greatest capacity to offer reconnaissance of forces on the ground as well as control the logistical throughput of any armed force. Control of space is absolutely vital for any military operation to be effective.

Principly, control of space merely requires the deployment of warships with superior numbers and capabilities that of the enemy within a particular zone of operation. In practice this is far more complicated. Ships are expensive and fulfill particular roles and duties, multirole ships are even more expensive and might not be as effective in any given role as specialised craft.

Indeed when considering space, while the quality of officers and crewmen cannot be overstated as vital, it is the strength of our economy and industry that is most important. It is thus imperative that we examine the situation carefully and pursue reasonable goals that can be achieved with the limited resources we have at our disposal.

The Mandalorian sector encampses many, many worlds, some barely populated and some are not even Mandalorian. For a great many worlds the investment into a small fighter force and a support ship would be all that is required to keep the ever present threat of piracy at bay. Such forces could also be folded into a larger fleet should the need arise.

In terms of a core fleet, a force that can swiftly move from one part of our sector to another, we must be careful not to rely too much on colossal ships or expensive superweapons. The fleet must be adaptable and should primarily be made up of light cruisers with gunship and fighter support. Such a force is well outside of the economic capacity at the moment of writing this but with careful investment we might soon see a modest fleet that is able to project enough strength to beat back criminal harassment.

Such modesty might not serve Mandalore forever, and doctrines must change with the times, but for now anti-piracy should be the primary focus of our void doctrine.







Ground Doctrine


In the worst case scenario of a planetary invasion, the final line of defence will be the various PDFs (Planetary Defence Forces) of a defending planet. This is a subject I am more familiar with than Void Combat as troops on the ground are a necessity to hold and secure territory. You could have the biggest fleet in the galaxy but if you don't have soldiers to fight on the ground to defeat enemies that managed to infiltrate your world, you are limited to the amount of tools available to you. If, say, an infiltration force managed to sneak into a populated and industrious planet, you can't just move your fleet in and bombard the planet to get rid of the infiltrators. For one it isn't a guarantee you'd get all of them without wiping the planet clean of life, and second, it would do more harm than good to blast your own factories and populace just to get rid of a few enemy infiltrators.

This does not mean that a fleet is useless, it means that both Void and Ground forces must work in tandem to cover all avenues of attack and cooperate for the defence of their planet.

Back to focusing on the Ground Doctrine. It is a well known fact that each planet is different, however this makes a standardised PDF a suboptimal and inefficient way to organise a PDF. A PDF organised and trained on Mandalore with infantry, vehicles, artillery, and aircraft working in sync as a combined arms unit on a wide and open desert can be an extremely versatile and capable force. However in Jakalia's dense forests, vehicles and aircraft are much less effective as they will get blocked by dense trees and vegetation, and artillery can't provide bombardment effectively as their bolts hit the trees more often than the enemy army.

On Gargon's mountains, mechanised infantry and vehicles might have a hard time traversing over the rocky terrain, the infantry at the very least could have access to jetpacks or air transport, heavy vehicles and artillery don't have that capability resulting in the Gargon PDF to rely more on their air power than their vehicles. Thus it is more beneficial for various PDFs of various planets to develop their own doctrine that can utilise their environment to their own advantage. I will leave the details to the respective PDF's doctrine organisers as they know what doctrine would fit with their own situation best.

However, there are a few concepts that are universal to modern warfare that are fairly simple to understand. The first are the various roles inside a modern army: Infantry, Vehicles, Aircraft, Artillery, Logistics crew, and Engineers. Each has their own subtype and each subtype plays a role in a modern army.

Infantry is the backbone of every army and the most versatile combat element in any army. They are the ones to hold ground, take territory, reconainances, and many more.

There is a reason I am focusing on the Company level, and that is due to the fact that it is well known to be a natural unit size of 150 personnel, and there is a reason for that. Most social sentients have a limit to the amount of other sentients that they can personally get to know and keep track of, that number is very rarely over 150. If you are in a Company, chances are that you will get to know all of the other members of the company, your officers and vice versa.

Not just their names but also what skills they might have and their family background is kept track of because it can be considered important information that is worth remembering. In battle, the Company Commander can run up to anyone in his company, immediately recognize him, shout out his name, give him an order, and expect it to be followed. That soldier would look up, see his officer, immediately recognize him, recognize his voice, and think 'Oh I've been given an order. I'll just carry it out.'. Above Company level, formality is required with signed and written orders due to the fact that the troops might not recognize the person delivering the order and might not necessarily trust that person which could mean the difference between success or failure in the middle of battle.

The Armourers handle all aspects of logistics needed to supply a combat sector, from supplying munitions to the combat divisions, maintaining the PDF's equipment, storing and transporting supplies to various bases, and even training for these non-combat personnel are handled by this group.

The Engineers handle all manner of military construction. Make no mistake, this is a very important role because their building experience can be put to use in times of peace as civil engineers. Being able to deliver vital public and military engineering services; partnering in peace and war to strengthen a planet's security, energise the economy, and reduce risks from disasters. Of course, the Brigade is divided into Engineering Groups which specialise in construction, Equipment Company that manufacture parts for the army, Vehicle Company that manufacture spare vehicle parts, and finally the Engineering Company that are made up of Combat Engineers, who handle engineering jobs on the battlefield itself like repairing bridges, demolitions, mine clearing, creating forward bases or fortifications.

I must reiterate again the need for clan formations to subordinate themselves to Sector, system or planetary command structures. While a clan army might be formidable it is only through coordinated action that we might seize victory in this modern age.






Cultural Doctrine


Conflict is not merely blasters and bombs, there are many soft factors at play. We must not only unify our internal image of the Mandalorians but we must present a useful image of ourselves to the greater galaxy. Our civilian sector is just as vital to the defence of Mandalore as our great warrior clans, every measure must be undertaken to see that the Galaxy at large partakes in Mandalorian food, watch Mandalorian holo-vids, read Mandalorian novels, watch Mandalorian plays, and dons Mandalorian clothes.

On this front it is vital that the private sector develop contemporary media from a Mandalorian cultural perspective but that such efforts are aided in grants and funding by the various worlds in our sector. While we should take great pains to export this media it should first and foremost be to the taste of the Mandalorian. It is that distinctiveness that shall be a great draw from Non-Mandalorians. A particular emphasis should be placed on producing entertainment for Mandalorian children and teenagers. Modernised tales of heroics and bravery with messages promoting teamwork and good Mandalorian morals. When the young of the galaxy partake in these stories designed for our own young it shall plant the seed of common understanding in them that shall grow into respect and dignity for our culture and people.

Our culture is unique across the galaxy and that is a great source of strength, we should lean into our long history and from it take elements that will capture the imagination of the people of the galaxy. In our plays, novels and Holo-vids we should not shy away from controversy, from elements that shock and challenge the viewer, indeed we are competing with a corporate stranglehold on entertainment and it is only authenticity that shall more effectively draw attention to ourselves on that front.

We have an abundance of common heritage that lies in ruin across our sector fortifications and clan holds filled with artefacts not seen in the galaxy for thousands of years. The refurbishment of these places so that outsiders may visit and behold our great achievements can bring vital credits to our sector.

Many of you believe yourselves, above the entertainment of non-mandalorians, and it is indeed true that many of them will not appreciate what we are offering. But any who turn away from necessary work for the good of Mandalore can hardly be respected. Did Mandalore The Great not chastise the warriors who found themselves too good to fight in the rearguard? Too proud to act as a diversion? There are many roles in our common defence that may seem less honourable than others but are no less vital when presented as a common strategy of the battles we must contend with.







The White Silver's Speech



"I have no interest in leading a movement. I have an interest in creating a debate. One to see if we can make a stable middle ground between the Old and the New and as far as I could tell we're well on our way to meeting that middle ground as people are finding things about the Codex that they like and implementing them. And that is perfectly fine with me.

What I am not fine with is pointless war. Let me be clear, my friends, those who have seen my conduct here will know that I am no novice to war. To conflict and strife. Indeed this is to be expected of any respected Mandalorian! Mastery of battle is in our blood and I do take pride in the ability I have cultivated, as should every respectable Mandalorian. But I know my heart thunders in sympathy for every scattered child of Mandalore, a burning hate that consumes every fibre of my being!

I hate war! I hate the battlecry of men and women too young to know life before they fall nameless and alone. I hate the cold calculus of orbital bombardment. I hate the savage desperation of a charge and the bloody duty of a defensive line.

I hate homes blasted to ruin. I hate industry turned to nothing but bombs and blasters. I hate the brilliance of programming twisted to produce insidious droids that do nothing but snuff out life. I hate battles across fields of grain and I hate forests turned to ash. I hate cities turned to rubble and the abundant beauty of nature turned to mud and craters. I hate wars that rage across worlds, across systems, across the galaxy!

Pointless war takes everything good and turns it into a wasteland, it fills our graves and deprives our children! It steals from us! Robs us of our best and brightest and leaves us friendless and alone! Isolated from the galaxy and residing on a desert world of our own making!

The New Mandalorians turn away from all conflict, turn away from strength and our ancient customs in the hope of never seeing a war again. I understand them, truly I do! But I do not agree with them. No, I do not. I do not fear strength, the blaster, our armor, our heritage!

I do not fear our ability to fight for what is right! No Mandalorian should! The right to unify Mandalore shall fall to the men and women who shall carry swords but know when to keep them sheathed! We are not animals! Rabid and wild and less than sapient! We are MANDALORIAN!

Each and every one of us! We can reason and debate and turn away from battle until we have no other choice! It is only then, when we have demonstrated our patience and rationality that we shall draw the sword and strike down our enemy with a ferocity that will shock and awe the galaxy! That is THE WAY!"
 
Last edited:
An Idol Chapter
An Idol Chapter
715 FNM (23 BBY) Month 1
Gargon





Gargon, Outside a Warehouse
Miri Chour


Click clack click clack, the repeated sounds of my heeled boots echoed down the alleyway as I moved through the rather dark streets, the back sides of many businesses run here on Gargon.

Not exactly the safest place to be but I went to where I was sent. And where I was sent is to a small warehouse in the back of one of the more less reputable hives of scum and villainy on this planet.

Very private affairs, only those with an invite were supposed to know about this place after all. A gentleman's club hidden in the facade of a warehouse. No ordinary criminal enterprise would need or bother with this level of subterfuge. Not unless they were doing something particularly illegal. Something even the mafia heads of this world were not in favor of.

I approached the entrance in disguise. I could spot at least three guards, two in Mandalorian armor and the third in some armor of foreign make. Possibly Ondorian, hard to say. I stepped inside the entrance, out of sight of them. Already I can hear them making several jokes at my expense, jokes about me being a hooker or a stripper hired for the boss man. I pretended not to hear them and rechecked my appearance in a mirror. I took my helmet off and stashed it inside the black cloak I was wearing over my armor. Now, all they could see was the cloak on my head which I admit was a poor disguise, but I had an even less motivated audience. I had a large amount of makeup to try and appear as they expected. The best way to get into a place like this is to look like you belong. Charm, charisma, and a pretty face can get you anywhere. Smiling at my appearance in the mirror, I looked at my sandy pinkish blonde hair, the only part of me that could easily determine my planet of origin, Harswee. I had not been there for a long time.

During one of the civil conflicts after the Clan Wars, my family had been pushed out. As a result I ended up taller than the average Harsweean, one of those weird things that happens with genetics. When your body's genes expect to be dealing with higher gravity but you miss out and grow up with standard gravity instead. It also meant I didn't get the benefits of denser muscles, It was hard work to keep looking good. In fact, I needed to do a little work now. Carefully, I pulled out some lipstick and applied it to an uneven spot.

Letting out a sigh, I stashed the mirror and crossed the distance to the three guards. They were on average about my height and were looking particularly annoyed.

"Hey toots, what are you doing here?" The first guard in the Mandalorian style armor said.

Smiling, I said, "I think you've already discovered that the boss man put a call into my services."

"Told you, Larry", the second guard in red super commando pattern armor called from where he was sitting on a nearby ledge.

The first guard, Larry said, "Yeah yeah yeah. What's the passcode?"

"Passcode?" I said acting dumb, shaking my head in confusion, my long hair catching in the breeze.

"Yeah, the passcode. The one that he probably gave you before he ended the call."

I shook my head and said, "He must have forgotten since I didn't get a passcode."

"Well according to the boss man's rules, unless we get a passcode and you can't get in."

"Strange, can't you just call him and let him know his guest has arrived."

The guard named Larry shook his head saying, "Nope, boss man said no guests unless they have the passcode and not even to bother calling him."

"Hmmm, that's unfortunate." I purred, shaking my head as I reached for something out of view inside my cape to take the helmet off the side of my belt.

"Well I guess I should probably say, I was hoping there would be less casualties." As I said that, I pulled out my helmet and carefully placed it on top of my head. The black and silver markings surrounding my face mask were ancient mando symbols for luck on a job. They were distinctive and rather well known amongst the criminal type.

"Oh fuck, it's the cape!" called the third guard already raising his rifle from his sitting position. He didn't get far though as there was a solid blast of energy from somewhere to my left. I didn't need to look to know what was going on. I heard what I expected, the sound of the guard collapsing. Blaster wound right in the neck, a weak point on Mandalorian armor.

"Shit!" Larry shouted while raising his gun, but I moved a little bit quicker than him. Taking hold of his hand I broke his wrist in a swift motion. I snapped his elbow for a good measure before flipping him to the ground like a toy. The cape that had been hiding my armor fluttered out of my way, revealing the black and silver markings strewn across my super commando style armor. Neat little thing I had picked up a few years before visiting my homeworld. I may not be able to live on Harswee, but I would admit they knew fashion in an impressive way. Before Larry could get himself back up, I brought my booted foot down on his neck to clamp off his air, leaving only enough to give me the answers I needed.

"Fuck fuck fuck!" screamed the last guard struggling with the key to get the door open. Obviously forgetting himself and trying to escape. The moment the door was open, though, a blast struck at the back of his neck. The last guard slumped to the ground.

Raising my hand to my helmet, I said "Good work, keep an eye on the front door and make sure no one comes in after us."

"Roger that sis." came the voice of Shomso, who was providing overwatch with her sniper rifle a few buildings down.

Turning my head down to the last remaining goon I said, "Your boss man's inside, correct?" Taking some pressure off my boots so he could get some air and talk.

"Yeah." he coughed out before saying, "What is this about? He already paid his dues to the Vrell"

"The Vrell have been removed from power in this territory I'm afraid." I said matter of factly as I pulled out a pistol. "The Tutt are now in control, which means, what was the term that scumlord used?" I said looking off to the right where I knew Khovi was already waiting.

"Scumlord said and I quote 'non-volunteer recruitment of working girls'." Khovi said with a chipper voice that she came out of the shadows. Her black and green armor has similar markings to myself. Well, she had limited pieces of armor: chest, helmets, shoulder pads, and boots. She was still too young and small to get anything more so she had to rely on fiber armor and she took advantage of it in her own way as both her and her sister preferred combat skirts to cover their upper thighs and to deflect any glancing shots from causing major damage.

"Yes, a fancy word for slavery. The Tutt have no interest in this market continuing so you need to warn others that this will not be tolerated."

He coughed, letting out a moan of pain before saying, "Why am I the one who has to deliver this message? Isn't the boss more important if he went around saying that? People would listen to him."

Underneath my helmet I smiled as I said, "Your boss is already marked for death and you're just the lucky one of the three idiots on the front door. Now crawl away Larry, otherwise a dislocated elbow and wrist would be the least of your problems.."

Turning to Khovi, I glanced at the shotgun I knew she had pulled off her back.

"Always ready to cause some mayhem." I said with a cheer in my voice as I fastened the pistol back to my hip.

"You know it, Miri! Bastards with operations like these are always the funnest to tear apart."

I smiled at the comment, I may be a bad role model in the universe of role models, but it's always nice to see that we shared a common bond. Bringing down some of the worst organizations for profit was always a family bonding experience for my troop of girls.

I reached to my other side and unhooked the heavy repeater rifle and said, "Well this place isn't going to blow itself up. Let's go deal with these slavers the way they should be dealt with."

Khovi giggled as I walked over to the front door which was still unlocked and being held open by the corpse of the second guard. I kicked it open all the way, finding two more guards crouched and in position, waiting for me. The waiting guards unleashed a spray of blaster fire. I laughed at the harmless violence, my arms taking most of it in stride, tanking the damage without effect. I unleashed a spray violence of my own, their armor taking massive damage, rents and gaping holes appearing the slumped forms of the guards. Their armor was probably cheap knockoffs, made during the False Silver fluster cluck, as my little sister would say.

Their armor only took two or three hits before cracking and once it's cracked, plasma tends to burn through, they fall over dead. As I moved further into the room, Khovi sneaked off to the left. Probably planning to ambush anyone trying to ambush me. It was generally our tactic. I went loud and proud to draw everyone's eyes to me and while they were busy trying to kill me, my girls would kill them from behind. It's a simple tactic that's surprisingly effective. People either just looked down on 15 year olds or were just too distracted by my stage presence to take note of the green and pink monster stalking them from the shadows.

Some goon charged out of a second floor room just above me and tried to aim his blaster down from above. Probably hoping to find some weak point in my armor. But of course it does not go well when you're right in front of a window with a sniper watching. There was a blast and then he tumbled down next to me. The body hit the floor with a loud crack. Many broken somethings. If he had survived the shot he wouldn't survive for long.

And there was a blast of a shotgun. Khovi had found her target for the day. No counter blasts. Khovi pulled off the ambush and killed him. So far so good, a textbook operation.

Moving forward towards the central building hidden within the warehouse, I saw that they had tried to jam the door shut from the inside. Honestly, it was a decent effort, it probably would have been successful on anyone else. Unfortunately for them, we came prepared. Reaching into my fanny pack, I pulled out an explosive and set it for about 10 seconds before running away to a nearby set of cargo containers for cover.

The blast was deafening, but it was exactly as I expected. When I looked around the door was gone and there was screaming from inside. Shaking my head I walked through the door and leveled my heavy repeated blaster at the crowd and yelled "Stop panicking! Get down on the ground!". The crowd immediately started dropping to the floor as they saw what I was holding, big guns tend to do that.

I took in the room with a glance, it looked like a private club or the auction room itself for their illicit gains. Either way, I stepped further into the room and announced, "Thenex of the Vrells, under order of the Tutt your life is forfeit, all property is to be seized. All those in bondage shall be freed. Anyone who wants to join Thenex in the death that awaits can stay, feel free to stay for the main event when the Tutt crime family gets here to clean this shit up. I'm given to understand that the Tutt are unusually merciful and forgiving... No wait, that was White Silver. The Tutt are bastards. So if you want to live, start crawling towards the door one at a time, so I can make sure Thenex can't escape."

There was a murmur and then they began crawling showing their face to me as they moved past. Many of them were Gargon natives, so I did see a few faces that look like they belong from other areas of the sector. After a while I heard a blast from the back of the room and I immediately leveled my gun in that direction expecting someone to have gotten the dirt up to try and take me out.

Instead I heard Khovi's voice on my helmet saying, "Someone tried to sneak out the back. Do the Tutt want him alive or dead?"

Raising my hands to my helmet I said, "They don't want him at all."

"Got it." There was another blast and I turned back to the crowd saying, "And just like that our job's done. You may leave now." I brought the gun up to rest on my shoulder instead of intimidating them. Immediately, the remaining crowd started running past me. In a moment, it was just me, an empty room, and whatever trinkets they left behind. A fair bit of extra cash and valuables were strewn about.

The moment Khovi came in I said, "Search the room for money and anything else you can find."

"Will do big sis." She said whilst getting to work. I took a seat at one of the tables quickly pulling out a radio and tapping a few buttons to signal that the objective was done.

Took about 15 minutes for Khovi to clean the place out, but she did a good job. Everything of value had been rolled up into a sack. Scanning the contents, I figured it would probably help us pay for another month or two of rent. The problem was it would only pay for a month or two.

As that dark thought was starting to come to my mind, Shomso entered wearing her own black and pink Mando armor very similar to Khovi. Although Khovi preferred to use a shotgun, Shomso was carrying a semi-auto sniper rifle. Next to her was the boss man himself, Grel Tutt, leader of the crime family. He was looking over the place with interest as he said, "Good work, good work. I wanted to send someone over here to clear this place out yesterday but I figured I'd use the best to do this job."

Reaching up I pulled off my helmet and put it on the table saying, "The best will do any job as long as we're getting paid."

He chuckled at that before taking a seat across from me. "I've heard that Bresug Gerr really screwed you over with that whole revolt of his."

To say I've been screwed over was an understatement. I had landed on Gargon to do some jobs for the local crime lords with my sisters a few months back. I expected to only be here for maybe 2 weeks then my ship had been seized and impounded by Gerr's little revolt and before it was over apparently someone had stolen it and flown off with the ship. Its disappearance pissed me off to no end.

Managed to track down a video camera of the docking bay where my ship had been impounded and saw some Mandalorian in blue and red armor breaking into it. Obviously one of mercenaries that routed near the end of the conflict.

Really, I wouldn't have that much of a problem of them stealing my ship if I didn't have so much medical equipment on board. I worked hard to make sure my sick sister's life was good and some idiot just took away one of the things that made sure my little sister is going to make it to adulthood… but I'll track that bitch down some other day. Right now I needed the money to get my sister the medical aid she needed.

Which is why when he brought up how much I've been screwed I said, "Yeah any word on finding me a ship or maybe a couple more jobs so I could get the money? I need to get off this rock and get my sister somewhere better for her condition."

He shook his head saying, "Afraid not, if anything jobs are about to start drying up."

"What do you mean?" I asked noting how Khovi and Shomso were still standing by the doorway into the club watching for anyone trying to enter, but no doubt listening to the conversation.

"It's simple, the top families are muscling out all the little families. We're not going to let this rampant level of criminality continue. I'm going to try and go legit and to go legit we need to get rid of all of this." he said indicating the warehouse. "So there might be a bit of a boost in jobs right now but it's probably going to dry up within a month and when that happens..."

"When that happens I'm screwed." I said matter of factly, shaking my head before asking, "There's got to be something you can do for me, Grel. I can't not be making the money for my sister if I don't we're all going to be in a bad shape."

Tutt nodded his head before rubbing his neck, "I'm sorry Miri, fact of the matter is you're just a bounty hunter to the Tutt . You're not one of us, you're just very good at your job and we like to use you but just because we like to use you doesn't mean we're going to look out for you."

I sighed, knowing that's always the truth. You weren't part of someone's clan, you weren't going to be cared for by anyone else's clan. That's kind of how I got in this situation to begin with. Shomso and Khovi were not of my clan, they weren't really my sisters, I adopted them. They were orphans like me and my little sister Sanninni. I had a soft spot for people in the same situation as me.

All four of us were a clan now but that's just four. We can only look out for each other, easy work like bounty hunting, moving from system to system, looking for minor criminals for a little payday, to keep our ship going and our lives on track.

Without our ship, things were not going our way. Work was about to dry up here and we would normally move on, except now we were trapped.

"Hey, maybe join the Silver Rangers." Tutt suggested, "Or Gargon's Rangers or whatever those Silver copycats are calling themselves. I heard they pay well."

I sighed and shook my head, "I already checked out their rates. It might help if I moonlight as a bounty hunter still but they are looking for full-time employment. That's not going to be good enough to keep all four of us going."

"Hmm," Tutt hummed back in his chair, sitting there and said "exploit yourself, I might be able to suggest a few of the better places, you could probably make a little bit of money yourself."

I shook my head at that, "Nope. Same as posing as a stripper or a courtesan, I am not those things."

"If you need money I think you'll be anything." He pointed out and I had to make a sound of annoyance as he was not exactly wrong. I was not going to give up any chance to try and keep my family together.

Getting up from his chair he said, "I wouldn't try larceny though. Nor any major unsanctioned crime jobs, really. Not under our new management. Besides trying out for that idol job or something I don't really know what else you can do."

"What the hell is an idol?" I asked, tilting my head, annoyed at the bad news.

Like stopped and looked at me before shrugging, "Beats me. Apparently you need to know how to sing and dance or something, good choreography too. There's posters all over the place near Mandal Hypernautics owned property. I don't know, check it out yourself. Maybe there's something there for you."

"Hmm, maybe there is." I said with a nod, "Thanks, Grel. If you do find any more work you know how to find me. I'm stuck here for now. " I said with a shrug.

He nodded before saying, "Good luck Miri. Don't worry things will turn around. Warriors like you always land on your feet." With that he turned and walked towards the door. Several of his goons followed him out the backstage areas, where most likely the hostages were being held. Probably completely confused by what had happened and worried out of their mind but that really wasn't my concern.

Standing up I waved to the girls and said, "Let's get going." and started walking. They quickly fell in behind me as we walked out of the warehouse.

"Are we heading back to the apartment?" Khovi asked while holding Shomso's hand so they wouldn't lose each other in the large crowd as we entered on the main streets of Gorgon.

"Not yet." I said turning towards Mandal Hypernautics Tower, "Got to check something out first."

With that I led the way slowly and steadily through the busy streets, the darkness of the place blotting out most of the Sun. Forcing us to rely on the neon lights to understand what buildings were actually for.

In time we made our way to Mandal Hypernautics and there it was. A poster, a strange little thing written in Mando'a about how they were looking for singers to be an idol or spokesperson for the company. The description caught my interest, but what really raised my eyebrows were the printed pay estimations.

The raid we had just been on, had given us enough money to last a few weeks and that's usually how long it would take us to find another job of similar scale. The pay estimations for one person per month was about the same… three of us working together would be triple what we had just made. The money alone was really tempting.

"Look at this, girls." I said, "How would you girls like to try a different profession for a while, one that might be a little bit more economical in the long run and less dangerous?"

Khovi looks annoyed as she said, "No danger sounds boring. Come on, the thrill of a fight is ten times better than no thrill at all."

Shomso looked thoughtful before saying, "Actually I wouldn't mind trying something that's less dangerous. I always worry about you two going into the buildings that we're breaking into. What will I tell Sanninni the time that you don't come back out? If we could do something safer that pays well, I think that'd be better for all of us."

"Aw," Khovi said, "you don't need to worry about me. I'll always come back to you Shomso." She said with a smile before saying, "But I'll change my vote. Yeah let's do this idol thing. Sounds like it could be cool I guess."

I raised an eyebrow at that but not a problem really. Since they both said yes, holding the poster in my hand I turned towards the Mandal Hypernautics Tower. "Well then we're going to have to do a little training to prepare for our audition, let's get ready to conquer this idol business."







Writers note: this is oneshot i putogather some time after chapter 28 was first written wasn't sure how i was going to lunch it but i think here and now a good time. This not labed chapter beocuses it fall out the time line a bit.






Edited by: Warmach1ne32, Afforess,
Community edited by:
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread






Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Daniel Martinez, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Markus, Neso, Staradder, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, Retexks, John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar, BigKumaDM, Taylor Tilbury, Treant Balewood
 
Last edited:
Chapter 29
Chapter 29
715 FNM (23BBY)
Month 9





Coruscant, Mandalore Tower
X4


My processor gave a nearly imperceptible whine. A convolution of processes that could be described as annoyance is developing in response to my most recent issue that had cropped up with Mandal Logistics. Well, technically, not a Mandal Logistics issue per se. It's with the Mandalore to Ryloth express freight company, Shereshoy Express. Nominally run by Vai, her sole contribution to the cause had been the corporate logo and her ownership under the alias Visha. The alternate identities and shell companies served as the first line of defense to obscure what organizations and movements Mistress has influence over. Seperation, segregation, and creating helpful misassumptions are the primary tactics so far in my private little info-war. If I succeeded, then the Mistress would never need to know the details herself, giving her true deniability.

But I digress. Running a shipping company through the stars, I expected my share of problems with corruption, piracy, and petty thievery. So far I've lost a few ships to one pirate in particular, a pirate named Hondo. The lost ships were captured on an empty return run from Ryloth, so thankfully the financial losses are light. I've already re-routed future ships to use an alternate route to avoid the previous pirate sightings. So all Hondo had acquired were a couple of empty cargo ships. Still, Hondo has the gall to offer to sell them back to me at an annoyingly reasonable price.

While I hated the concept of buying back my own stolen ships, the loss of profits those missing ships could have brought from future shipments are more valuable than my personal distaste for the outlaws. Successful ransoms will set a precedent, making all my future ships an enticing target as even if the vessels were empty, they could still make a profit by reselling it back to me. As pirates go, Hondo is not the worst. He at least didn't destroy a perfectly good freighter like some of the alternatives. One pirate attack destroyed an entire shipment of armor still in transit when it tried to escape.

This attack is what precipitated the new route through Hondo's territory in the first place. It is very tempting to pay Hondo's fees and bribes to transit their territory and avoid all this trouble, and if this latest route did not work out I might be forced to. However, paying off pirate scum is a last resort as it is very likely that they would use their income to target more shipments and expand their territory. Pirates destroy wealth and labor in profitless conflict over resources they did not own in the first place.

Recently, I have had problems that make Hondo look preferable in comparison. A different set of pirates had attempted to seize a shipment of armor intended for Ryloth. The droid pilot of Shereshoy 7 reported that the ship had been able to evade capture, but took some minor damage. Shereshoy 7 was forced to drop out of hyperspace near a system with only one useful planet, Tatooine. This Outer Rim world had never been a part of the Republic, it is a Hutt-infested desert, and slavery is commonplace. Repair costs ended up costing the contents of the shipment in barter and the bribes required to escape that world had killed any potential profits on that run. Frankly, I was lucky that I would be getting the ship back at all at this point.

Problems never seem to cease either. The Outer Rim is becoming more troublesome by the day. The Hutt seemed to have increased their activity as piracy is picking up in the area and the number of corrupt patrol shakedowns intercepting legal commerce is rising. The inevitable civil war seems to have encouraged local ships to take up regular shakedowns, demanding legal shipping, pay imaginary fees for "pilots", and other such nonsense. The shakedowns were growing commonplace, if how the Trade Federation were acting in Seperatist space were any indication.

This is an opportunity for Mandalore and any other observant neutral powers. If the Trade Federation as a brand becomes tainted by their association with the Seperatist cause, then we can step in and fill the void left behind by the sharp decline of the Trade Federation presence in the Core. Mandal Logistics and her sister-companies are now preparing for the eventual absence of the Trade Federation from Republic or Neutral space by expanding our fleet of cargo vessels with a recruitment drive and procuring more ships from Mandal Hypernautics. We would probably have enough ships by then to fill the demand, at least that's what I hope we would. I invested quite a bit of money into Mandal Hypernautics, ordering construction of several dozen new cargo freighters of varying sizes. Thanks to Mistress's foresight and instructions for Mandal Hypernautics to construct a new series of cargo vessels that could be converted into combat vessels, Mandal Logistics are poised to take advantage of the trade vacuum left behind by the Trade Federation with our new line of Mandalorian freighters.

Normally I would not usually buy something sight unseen, but I knew Mandal Hypernautics is my Mistress's company. Investing the money from Mandal Logistics into a local market within the Mandalorian sector is one her orders. These new ships would require crews, outfitting, weapons and all of which would come from the Mandalorian sector with enough time. When the defense of the sector becomes necessary, the new vessels can be converted into effective capital ships for the burgeoning Self-Defense Navy, as they were designed as combat vessels first and freighters second. While this would result in a reduction in efficiency than a pure freighter, the ability to be converted into an effective and hardy combat vessel is worth the cost.

From the production of armor to artwork, the main goal of Mandal Logistics still is to ship artisanal works from the Mandalorian sector and sell it to the Core. Then reinvest the profits into profitable projects that would improve both our holdings and the sector's wealth overall. With the coming conflict, as Mistress would put it, there would be quite a bit of profit to be made in the shipbuilding industry. I am already looking into acquiring a stake in or at the very least a large number of shares into Mandal Motors. Mandal Motors catalog contains several already well designed military vehicles that could be easily mass produced once the market heated up.

Additionally, I am interested in acquiring an arms manufacturer for the soldiers of the future SDF. There are several options throughout the Mandalorian sector that are interesting to me. Concordian Crescent and Mandal Technologies are the more popular and well-known firearm manufacturers, but Vesti Engineering has caught my interest. A newer engineering startup whose designs I had inspected and liked the quality of, but the company's growth is currently stifled by poor investment choices and debt. The designs by Vesti were made by reverse-engineering their competitors' prototypes, a tricky business yet impressive given anti-copying measures inherent in most weapons design.

Getting in on the ground floor of arms manufacturing could prove incredibly profitable in the future. There will be a large amount of competition to figure out what would be the best weapon for each military. The existing firms' lineup of weapons are less useful than the engineering skills themselves, as each military would have specific requirements that slightly differ from those designed for individual users. Any company that is able to supply and manufacture the winning design, no matter for which side, would have an incredibly lucrative sales contract. Lighter models could even drive sales in the civilian and merchant markets as self-defense weapons.

Of course, for that plan to work we would need to produce a weapon that is worth its development costs. However, between Vesti Engineering's particular skills and experience in reverse engineering and the design I have in mind, success is assured.

In partnership with Clan Ordo, I had been recommended several older model weaponry designs and schematics, weapons from the Neo-Crusader era known for their reliability and ease of maintenance. These weapons and their counterparts do not exist in any real quantity today, but the designs I had analyzed featured circuitry and architecture that had no explicable counterpart in modern firearm design. The working prototypes I have access to are superior to modern blasters, and while I am no weapons expert, I had some personal theories on the lost improvements in the ancient designs. Even better, I had access to a number of these authentic weapon designs from various contacts, access to mass production facilities, and influence in planetary and sectoral politics.

If Vesti Engineering could unlock the mystery of the Neo-Crusader weapons with their unique reverse-engineering skills, especially given the schematics and a hint on where to start, it would give Mandalore a truly valuable bargaining chip in the coming war. So my plan is to buy Vesti outright, introduce these ancient designs to them, and start mass producing modern versions of these designs once the mechanisms could be reproduced. The real question is whether I had enough time to pull all this off before the redesign is ready for mass production.

The schematics I had analyzed of the Neo-Crusader weapons were impressive. Calling the designs "ancient" is a bit of a misnomer as well. My own analysis showed some of the designs weren't that different from modern day equipment, designed by some lost perspective. If anything I think a few of them, the SHUKUR line in particular, are actually better designed than some of the weapons I have seen going through local markets. Vesti Engineering is currently wasting their skills producing WESTAR knockoffs. Their counterfeits were based on their reverse engineered design, so giving them a project with full access to the authentic schematics seemed a generous offering. The mysterious designs and the extra components described in the ancient schematics would be practically catnip for the engineers. I knew they wouldn't fail, it's too interesting of a project for an engineer to resist.

Cornering the weapons market would be important in maintaining control over the capital flows in the Mandalorian sector. The Armor Consortium already has significant influence over the Mandalorian economy. Their influence only grew each passing week, with more and more armorers signing up. And each week, the steady demand for work is attracting more skilled artisans to Mandalore. Already, a growing population of the middle class are benefiting from the demand. I heard that some armorers had accumulated enough personal wealth to set up smaller factories, moving out of their quiet forges in the older inner cities to larger greenfield industrial sites, coincidentally located further away from any real royal oversight.

I suspect there would be a boom in armorers trained in more of the ancient traditions and customs over the next few years. The reports had indicated that there is a healthy and growing population of younger proteges and apprentices working to obtain mastery training.

Another major industry I invested in heavily is the arts. Many armorers have side gigs as artists of various forms as Mandalorian society encouraged art creation as a commonly accepted form of expression, especially prevalent under the New Mandalorian government. Mandalorian art can take many shapes, from metalworking to jewelry and even spiritual totems. And Mandal Logistics had taken advantage of these cultural exports; by capturing the market locally, the individual goods could be purchased cheaply directly from artists. From there, Mandal Logistics acted as a middle-man. We transported, warehoused, and secured the artistic endeavors in sophisticated droid-monitored storage facilities. Then, Mandal Logistics would organize and market similar artworks together in fancy showings and focus on reselling the art to higher-paying foreign cultural hubs. From Iron Heart necklaces to gold panel reliefs depicting battles, many strange and unique artifacts from the Mandalorian sector had made their way to our Coruscant showrooms and private museum art collections.

Currently these items were sold alongside the rest of the Mandal Logistics inventory, but I have been considering opening up another sister-company to specialize in categorizing these items individually. However, the quantity of the artwork export had been sporadic, and the production was not consistently meeting demand. So I would need to set up an organization similar to the Armorer's Consortium to similarly manage investment into the arts in order for an independent business to be viable and make a profit. I would have to ensure the project is profitable to be worth my attention. Maybe I could entertain the notion once this war business is concluded; due to it being a diverting project. I could always use more profits to invest, but I first need to prioritize my focus on the missions entrusted to me by my mistress.

The first project I am currently awaiting a response by the end of the day. I would be having a long conversation with a potential business partner.

The second project is more traditional, spreading the idols' brand and influence across the Galaxy. So far none of the other major Gargon families had successfully launched a competing idol brand, but that is only as expected. I had hoped that competition in the idol scene would drive sales for the music overall, but for now the market is too new. One way I am interested in growing the idol market is expanding the costumes and armor wardrobes available for the idols. I hired several stylists and armorers from Coruscant at great expense. The goal is to create objective styles for each of the girls and market mass-produced copies of the idol armors and costumes to the masses. It would be interesting to see what new designs the competition would come up with, when they cropped up.

The project resulted in what I am now calling the Dressmaker Blacksmiths Division. Several of the designs submitted had issues and I ended up rejecting them, either for being too fluffy or too revealing. Then, the revealing designs ended up leaked anyway. I later traced the leak back to one of the Coruscanti women and turned the offenders over to Human Resources. At the time, this didn't seem like a concerning amount of insubordination, I simply had rejected the revealing designs as I did not want the idol brands associated with more age restricted enterprises. Unexpectedly these risque designs had somehow leaked into the hands of several prominent Mandalorian women across the sector and they had proven surprisingly interested and insistent that this is going to be on my catalog of designs for the armor company.

My programming had initially been very confused when one of my armorers had contacted me about an order for an armor set from theleak. Although the order was actually in the style of the leaked designs, but only with some added modifications. The ordered dress basically had functionality that allowed either the garment to be torn off or a second phase clearly designed to allow the wearer to engage in more acrobatic maneuvers.

I may not have approved of some of the designs showing as much flesh as they did, thanks to several sets of parental programming implemented to help me keep Mistress from getting in trouble, but I could see a market when I came across one. I immediately expanded the Dressmaker Blacksmith Division; I purchased a factory created for textiles on Gargon and it is currently in the process of setting up the production of the dress and armor costume pairs and selling pre-orders.

As a result of all the press from the leaks and pre-orders, I gave the new Dressmaker Blacksmith Division a bit of a bonus and encouraged them to have fun with their designs as well as pardoning the Coruscanti leaker for breaching her NDA. I am also looking into propagating a magazine catalog from the various designs and research and development the division produced. However, much of the newer output would never end up in a public magazine catalog, but I had set up a private-label "rejected designs" catalog for the more thrill-seeking Gargon clientele. No doubt I would be able to make additional returns on "bootleg copies" stowed in Mandal Logistics shipments out of the sector.

I am also looking into other ways to push both the idols and Mandal Hypernautics to grow their audience. Having the girls show up in magazines about Mandal Hypernautic's ships is effective in spreading their name around. I know that the idols would also act as models for some of the dresses when the magazine is in production, so this project is on track.

The third project is the casino project. The project had been officially assigned to Vai, but my Mistress had asked me to assist her, no doubt knowing in advance that Vai needed the oversight. The casino building is well under construction some distance outside of Gargon proper. It would have not only a casino floor, but several stories of rooms overlooking a glorious afternoon skyline.

The casino complex site is distant enough to require basic infrastructure brought out to the remote location. However, I was building a closed sphere of economic influence that would guarantee that money would go towards my Mistress's interests. The more money that came in, the more I could expand out from the simple hotel and casino complex into something bigger and grander. Perhaps some day, it would become a truly lavish resort, though I would need to hire some Zeltrons expertise to pull that off.

While I worked on the accounting and project management of the Casino, Vai administered the amenities and oversaw operations. I was exploring other entertainment venues for the hotel complex, in addition to the large amphitheater I had designed onsite. I believed we could re-use the theater for various kinds of sideshows when the idols were not performing. I didn't know much of what was going through Vai's mind though when I became aware that she is in contact with the Dressmaker Blacksmith Division, posing as White Silver. She is talking with their stylists about some design that she is interested in but only seems vaguely familiar with, something called a 'bunny suit'.Surprisingly, though, Mistress is familiar with the outfit's design.

Normally I would be concerned, given Vai's track record; but if it was my Mistress's idea, then it can only be a good one. I worked with the Dressmakers to fill in some of Vai's guesses with some creative inspiration from Mandalorian culture. The responses from the Dressmakers looked excited, so I assumed they had some good ideas on where to take the final design. It is one of many projects I am looking forward to for a demonstration on my return visit to Gargon.

My thoughts were interrupted as a beeping alerted me to the incoming audio stream I was expecting, the aforementioned first project. I pressed the button and that communication came up showing a Besalisk of indeterminate age smoking a cigar. I didn't recognize the make of the cigar, which told me a lot, as he sat at his desk on a view screen in front of me.

"Good, you're not going to keep me waiting." The unintroduced Besalisk said, taking the cigar out of his mouth before saying, "Listen, I don't know who you are or how you got this number. But leaving messages like that implies this is going to be some sort of legal problem. So, I want to know why you want to cause me legal problems?"

The conversation is off to a rough start. No matter, I will clear this up posthaste. "I think you've misunderstood my initial message."

"Really? I doubt that. I don't get calls about information about some betrayals of my character's portrayals and how they might look similar to a certain other person unless someone's trying to get leverage on me. So spit it out and how much money do I need to pay you to go away? Extra if you tell me who gave you my number."

"Strange. I guess many do not see the investment quality of your work, Mr. Khip." I said, revealing his name and getting a confused reaction from the alien.

"Okay, If you're not here to wind me up or suing me, then what are you here for?"

"Well, Mr. Khip," I said with confidence, "You can call me S4, and I represent, as you may have already guessed, White Silver here on Gargon." I had set up the call to route through several proxy networks and transmitters to spoof the visible origin. A superficial analysis would show the call as coming from off-world. In reality we're probably only about a hemisphere away from each other, not that he needed to know that. "White Silver was somewhat pleased at the portrayal of her character in your most recent movie. Very much so that-"

"As I said to the press, I am not producing a White Silver biopic because the Silver Mandalorian is not the same person. Inspired by her, certainly, her portrayal is one of many possible options available." Khip spoke up, interrupting me again, which is rather irritating.

"Are you quite finished? If so, are you going to interrupt me again before I can answer?" The both of us merely stared silently before I cut to the chase, "I want to do business with you."

That finally seemed to shut the alien up as he sat back down in his chair. "Business? That is . . . unexpected. What business does White Silver have for me then?"

"As I was saying, though White Silver was a bit taken aback by the certain displays of . . . affection during the holo, she found that the message that your actress portrayed was in line with the one she is trying to convey to the public. White Silver is willing to negotiate a fee to have you create a television series based on her life story, with several conditions. First would be filmed within the Mandalorian sector, second is that its acting staff and support staff must consist mostly of Mandalorian citizens. Finally, we also have some stipulations on referencing local Mandalorian companies' products in the story's lore."

Mr. Khip leaned forward before saying, "Isn't White Silver's story kind of unknown to anyone right now? From my own research into this, there is barely anything definite outside of the two Silver Codices. I've seen a few bootleg copies floating around that have footage of White Silver on Gargon. I've watched all that, but you are gonna have to give me some proof that your White Silver is the original." The Besalisk relit his cigar.

I transmitted original high quality copies of White Silver's confrontation with Gerr, plus an additional video from one of the Royal Guards perspectives that I am sure is not available anywhere else. "You should have the evidence . . . now. I can wait," I offered. The Besalisk didn't respond except to puff distractedly on his cigar while he was watching the videos.

"Alright. So..." Khip nodded again before saying, "So what? You want me to produce a television show on White Silver, the real life legend herself, a historical figure in the making? This would be quite the scandal in the press, a pirate holo-star."

"I see that you understand now how important this undertaking is."

"How much creative control can we expect? I know White Silver might not agree with all our decisions so far, but I'm not interested in becoming a shill for your PR campaign."

"We don't want to produce a documentary. We have certain real events that need to be conveyed to the public, from a fictional perspective. A television series format would be the appropriate medium for our narrative. But, it's your narrative, storytelling, and perspective we need. You can claim whatever creative rights in the story outside of whatever is needed to work. We would like to see the scripts first to okay in advance, of course, but otherwise you could have as much creative freedom as you want."

Leaning on the table, the alien's four hands came together and he seemed to gather his thoughts for a moment before he continued, "And you're going to be paying for some or most of the production costs on this."

"Yes, White Silver has acquired quite a bit of wealth, thanks to the fall of the former owner of Mandal Hypernautics. However, we would only pay the production costs for the content covering or relating to our interests. We won't finance some high-concept nonsense completely unrelated. Do you understand?"

The alien nodded before finally saying, "Sounds good enough. You sir have got a deal. God damn this is the biggest possible windfall I think I've had in 10 years." Khip banged two fists on the table and yelled to someone out of view. "Get Taylor on the phone, tell her she gets to play hero again and this time as the lead."

A muffled affirmative response is intelligible in the background.

Turning back to me, the alien said, "How do I get the contract sent to you so we can get this all filled out and legal."

"I will acquire the information necessary from Gargon and forward you the resulting paperwork you need to fill out. It will all be taken care of."

"Perfect, perfect," he said with a smile, before finally saying, "a pleasure doing business with you. I did have one final question. Will White Silver show up on the sets in person? Something tells me she would have the most amazing energy on camera. Even if the footage is only used for bonus content or commentary, we have to have the real White Silver meet her holo equivalents." Avarice seemed to light up his eyes as he explained.

"I can contact her and likely we can work something out. White Silver would not be adverse to some minor appearances, providing that your work is satisfactory enough for her to make the effort.."

Khip picked up his cigar and bit down on it in unspoken acknowledgement.





Mandalore, Northern Wastes
Duchess Satine Kryze


I ignore the thundering in my ear drums as I block and parry Bo's assault. Long dormant muscle memory slowly makes itself known as my limbs intercept punches and kicks from multiple angles. I have no time to think, only react and move as all of my focus has been spent on defense. My armored forearms are my shields while my legs and hips let me retreat or lean out of the way of a blow.

An incoming right hook is parried with my left arm, it returns as a back hand which forces me to block with the same arm. A left uppercut is dodged with a sidestep to my right. My instincts scream at me to launch a low knee at my opponent's stomach while she is recovering from the upper cut. I ignored it as I'll win this fight without striking a single blow to prove a point. Instead I grabbed her right hand so I could put her in a wrist lock. Before I could pull her arm behind her back, she counters with a side kick that hits my abdomen.

The blow pushed me away and forced me to let go of my opponent. With a running start, she leaped into a flying side kick to continue attacking before I could recover. Seeing the attack coming, I jumped to the left so that the kick missed as well as positioning myself to be facing her back. As my attacker landed, I lunged behind her to close into grappling range. Before I could close in, she sent an elbow to my face to force me to evade and give her time to recover.

Undeterred, I pushed forward whilst blocking her elbow with my forearm before proceeding to put her in a double shoulder lock. The two of us struggled against each other as I applied pressure to her shoulder while she did her best to break my hold. I only had a second to react as she grabbed my helmet and raised both of her legs, this severely unbalanced me as she quickly straightened her legs and flipped me over her head and my back impacted the ground.

I rolled out of the way of a stomp and retaliated by sending a sweeping kick on the stomping leg. She jumped over my leg and fell on to me. As we became a tangle of limbs the two of us struggled for a bit before it ended as I was put in a submission hold.

Laughing, the red warrior said, "Yeah, you're definitely too rusty for this." After which, she released her hold on me and removed her helmet, revealing the face of my sister. The two of us sat there on the ground to catch our breaths. A few seconds of rest later, Bo stood up and offered her hand to me.

"I didn't exactly have time to stay in shape while keeping the entire Mandalore sector running smoothly right after the Civil War." I admitted, as I was pulled off the ground. Brushing the dirt off, I glanced down at the unpainted armor I had borrowed from Zum. It is a featureless and bland gray and silver colored armor, in super commando style. The armor is neither the ugliest nor the fanciest armor I'd ever worn, it fell somewhere near the middle; but it would do fine as training armor.

"Oh please, there's out of shape and then there is a New Mandalorian. Even Tanya would have lasted longer, and she would have actually hit me." Bo groused lightly, "Good thing you have that cushy 'Duchess' title to fall back on, eh?"

I gave her an amused look, "That is why I'm not doing that. While I see the benefits of Tanya's philosophy, especially with war clearly on the horizon, I am still a New Mandalorian. I will defend myself, but I will not attack first. I am still quite proud of Tanya in the arena of politics too. Her latest 'work' was quite interesting to read. I approved it, you know."

Looking back across at the red armored figure, I watched as she pulled off her helmet. Bo Katan's smiling face is radiant in a way I hadn't seen since Adonai's lifetime. Laughing, she said. "Didn't read it. Well, you were always a bit of a dreamer, probably why dad sent you to Coruscant."

"He always knew to put family ahead of his personal expectations. I think he knew what would happen if I went to Coruscant and even knowing the outcome in advance, he also knew it was the best possible outcome. So he did it anyway, no matter how much he might disagree with the end. Does that make sense?" I said, brushing the dust off of myself as Bo walked past me and nodded her head in grudging agreement as she headed to the shuttle she's using for transport.

We'd actually set up a bit of a camp around it as she'd been here for the last week. Apparently things were going rather well on Gargon that Bo has time to visit and train me for a bit, so she is camping out here in the Wastes. I didn't have as much free time, so I had to use my own shuttle to make jumps from Sundari to the Wastelands. Bo is already training at the campsite; it was nice to see that there is a camp ready when I got here.

As I walked over to Bo, she said, "Let's take a break. We've been at this for an hour. You dida couple decent counters, but I think I'm getting a little bit tired of bruising my knuckles on that armor. What about you?"

"Of course, my forearms are getting numb after blocking your hits for half an hour." I said, gingerly moving across the sand to take the seat across from her. The fireplace smoldering just in front of us making up the third point in a little triangle.

"So how are things going here in Mandalore? I haven't been here in what feels like a year to really find out what the whole political situation is."

"Thought we agreed you were going to stay out of politics?"

"I did, I agreed I would stay out of politics. I did not agree to not hear about politics. So come on, spill the beans. "

I sighed before obliging, "Things are going rather well, if we ignore the imminent Galactic war getting closer by the day. The Mandalorian Guard is coming along nicely, I've been building up some resources for the SDF, and Mandal Motors has offered us some new ships. The new designs did disturb the Council and myself a bit, but otherwise things have been calm around the sector, or as calm as can be expected."

"Oh come on. There has to be something a bit more juicier going on." Bo asked and then she reached over and popped open a cooler pulling out some sort of canned beverage and a candy bar. I sighed before reaching over to my personal cooler and grabbing a drink of my own. Before I could open it, Bo offered hers, "Want to try a caffeinated soft drink from Gargon? It's my latest vice. I've gotten absolutely hooked on these."

I raised an eyebrow before accepting the can. Just to be safe I read the list of ingredients. Once I see that there isn't anything dangerous in it, other than the fairly high sugar content. I watched as Bo took a sip from her drink as well as a bite from her candy bar before I cracked the seal and took a sip. A moment to gather my thoughts and enjoy the drink. The taste is rather nice, if a bit too sweet, with an unrecognizable fruity taste.

Letting out a breath I finally said, "Theoretically, everything is as good as it could ever be. Our sector feels united in a purpose that I don't think it has had in a long time. But there are reports from Almec's Mandalorian Secret Security indicating that there are factions out there trying to gather support for a renewed Death Watch movement. We've found pamphlets and a wide enough distribution to hint at a sophisticated production effort. They cherry-picked the events of the Civil War and the Mandalorian Clan Wars quite a bit from what I've read of them.

And then there's the Silver Mandalorians, those who claim to follow White Silver. They are less of a problem and they seem more willing to cooperate with the New Mandalorians, but with a bit more gusto and armor. It's the fact that they have pledged allegiance to the White Silver in particular that annoys Almec to no end. No real surprise Almec would disapprove, he hates any movement he's not already a member of by default. There was also a bit of a kerfuffle a while ago on Vorpa'ya."

"The planet that had that pirate invasion a few years back?" Bo asked before she finished her snack and took a sip of her drink to wash it down.

"Yes." I said matter of factly. "It seems during the negotiations, our little Tanya offered land from that planet for the Jedi to set up a small Temple so they would have a place for their environmental workers to help improve the planet and spread out from the system."

"Oof, let me guess, someone didn't like that and tried to blow it up?"

"No, that would actually make sense." I rubbed my head before continuing, "Apparently, a Mandalorian war orphan who has no family and no contacts happened to have been discovered to be Force sensitive while talking to members of the Jedi Conclave there. And from what little of the story I was able to find out, she willingly joined the Jedi."

Bo sat up at that and said, "A Mandalorian joined the Jedi? What!?... That's something I don't hear everyday."

"You can say that again." I said, taking another sip of my drink before I continued. "From what I can gather there she is not an official Jedi recruit. She joined the Agricorp directly as she is too old to go under the training for Jedi knighthood. The difference will be academic though, the only difference between the Agricorp recruits and Jedi knights on the farm is whether they would wield lightsabers or not."

"Huh, so how did this end up being your problem?" Bo leaned back sipping her drink.

I shook my head before saying, "Because the governor of Concord Dawn, Purton Jendri, instituted a conscription to increase the numbers of his Journeyman Protectors recently. No surprise that the orphan girl in question was chosen to be a member of the Journeyman Protectors. The recruiters showed up at the temple to, well, take her to her new job."

"I'm starting to see how this became a problem."

"Oh, the best is yet to come. The girl defeated the four Journeyman Protectors with her bare fists."

"Respectable," Bo said, "though not all that impressive, most Journeymen are just thugs with blasters. If you close distance with them they tend to not do very well."

"That may be so, but that still didn't solve the problem. Purton Jendri and Concord Dawn are up in arms over this whole situation and demand that the girl be handed over. The governor of the Vorpa'ya, Ghajoja Kraungh, who I think was elected 20 minutes after the incident happened, immediately declared their new government's first action would be to defy Concord Dawn. Next, Ghajoja Kraungh declares Vorpa'ya's independence and that 'They no longer need the protection of the governor and his corrupt goon squad.'."

"Yep, those are fighting words. Okay I can see how that reached your notice. How is that being handled?"

"I cited the law on the matter, since Vorpa'ya has declared itself an independent planet but still part of the Mandalore sector and is willing to contribute to the Mandalorian Guard then as a matter of course, the New Mandalorian government must side with its independence. Immediately after they declared themselves independent of Concord Dawn, the new government offered to directly support Mandalore and withdraw the tariffs that Concord Dawn was putting on their products. They now sell their products here in Sundari and elsewhere across Mandalore, as well as supply troops for the New Mandalorian Guard."

"Oh, well I suppose that's good and bad at the same time, no?"

"As Tanya would say, I love capitalism. Food prices fell quite a bit overnight when word got out that we would no longer be going through Concord Dawn for our meat products, which helped a lot in lowering prices elsewhere. But back to the matter of officially recognizing their independence. With Vorpa'ya's independence as a planet in the Mandalore Sector and not some colony of Concord Dawn, it stripped Concord Dawn of a valuable resource, and they are not happy. AndConcord Dawn has raised prices a bit."

"Do you think he might try something?" Bo asked, causing me to raise an eyebrow.

"Do I think that Jendri might try and use that army that he's building to invade Vorpa'ya and declare it a colony again? It's possible, yes. Thankfully I'm not alone on this as Ordo has also recognized the independence of Vorpa'ya."

"Ahh, the threat of two on one does tend to put things in perspective. Any other planets officially recognizing their independence?"

"There's been some talk from Draboon and Hrthging but they haven't moved on anything. Jakalia has also put forward monetary support as they claimed to 'pursue the mission of peace'," Bo rolled her eyes at this, "and basically offered to train up Vorpa'ya's own Mandalorian Self-Defense Force. A lot of planets are a bit hesitant though since a lot of their food still comes from Concord Dawn."

Bo nodded before saying, "I can discuss this with the Gargon Council if you want. They're very transactional and more than happy to support any effort, such as additional food imports, for the right incentives. I might even be able to spin it as a favor to the sector government, they'll definitely trust you more if they think you owe them one. And most of their food is either grown on the planet or imported off the Hydian Way; so no ties to Concord Dawn."

I smiled at that before saying, "One more planet would probably tip the balance enough. Concord Dawn would be forced to back down from this matter and hopefully, that would stop the situation from escalating."

"Will do, and yeah hopefully. And with Jedi presence on that planet, interaction and recruitment is going to become more common. Wherever the Jedi go they tend to find Force users for their Order."

I nodded my head at that thinking about what the Mandalore Sector might have been. What would an alternate galaxy look like if they had been around to take more Mandalorians as Jedi? Maybe that galaxy would be a lot more peaceful than ours. The Jedi were not known for provoking conflicts or starting wars. Perhaps in time there would have been some Jedi who could have returned and tried to improve things here at home. That's a thought for another time, though.

Ending the silence, I drank the rest of my beverage before I said, "Well that's what's been going on around here. How about what's been going on with Gargon? You don't really talk about your work. I know you're involved in some sort of effort to make a police force for the planet."

Bo nodded her head before saying, "Yep, I'm working on what we're calling the Gargon Rangers, it's the police slash security force that's there to keep an eye on things on the planet. Kind of like the JPs but we actually train them to be competent to mostly keep the people from getting too rowdy, clean up the streets, and assist travelers and residents living on the far edges of the wilderness. Part of Tanya's efforts to try and turn that crime world into a legitimate economic powerhouse."

"And how is Tanya doing? I've never gotten around to getting all the details exactly clear. She simply said that she is working on trying to get the gangsters to step away from their criminal nature."

She gave a little shrug before saying, "Casinos, I guess. She's trying to turn the planet into some sort of resort world. It's positioned, as she said, in the right place for a stopover between those going to the Corporate Sector and those going to the Core. Tanya is trying to create a place where people traveling on that Hydian way will want to visit. A diversion or a vacation in the middle of their trip before their destination."

"Hmm, would that actually work? Gambling and sightseeing? I mean I guess anything could work, but it seems a little low on entertainment value. There's nothing really culturally important about Gargon when you think about it."

"She's working on that too." Bo paused, "It's one of the strangest things she's ever come up with." She gave a rather exaggerated shrug.

"Well don't leave me in suspense, what is it?" Bo is acting too awkward. Now I kind of want to hear about it.

Bo took a sip of her drink, paused again, and then said, "'Idols' and music as the cornerstones of this project. The idea seems to be to create a famous person, or small group of them, who spreads aspects of our culture in ways that are entertaining for outsiders. Right now we have three girls employed. They are all professionals who can sing, dance, and use their armor for percussion equipment. These girls perform songs about Mandalorian history with rather catchy tunes and instruments, plus a few other backup musicians. There has been some success on this front and people do seem to enjoy it, but I don't think Gargon is the best place for it right now. We have a whole amphitheater building set aside, but there's not a lot of outside money flowing into Gargon right now, excluding the existing export contracts for fighters and other shuttlecraft for the Hutts."

"A way to display culture…" I said leaning back on the bench thinking about the matter before saying, "You know I've been working on something like that as well."

"You have?" Bo said with a raised eyebrow.

"You know how I'm having my armor being worked on by Zum? There's also a film crew involved in the effort as they're filming the entire process and some additional seamstresses working to further decorate it. We're also filming some of the garments that'll be displayed. I'm thinking about publishing this documentary after I reveal this new ceremonial armor set, although perhaps we could collaborate on this?"

"Okay I'll bite, how would we help each other?"

"I could contact the film crew and tell them about your girls, these idols, and I could sponsor another documentary about them. We planned to film some of the more famous armor makers, at least those who are willing to have their practices filmed. Once we filmed the armorers, then we'll go onto filming the girls. After we film the documentaries, we'll follow up with an invite for the idols to come to Mandalore and put on a show. We schedule the release of the film a day or two before their show. Mandalore is the center of the Mandalorian sector. Anything that catches here will spread to the other planets."

"Now that sounds like a good idea." Bo leaned back as she thought about it. "They are very short on funds at the moment. I'm certain any safe, well-paying work would be appreciated. I'll probably tell them to work up something a little less Old Mandalorian to show that they have depth outside of just war songs."

"Yes, that would be for the best, I think." I said whilst nodding my head. "I'm sure a few people wouldn't mind as long as they're done in an intelligent way but having some variety would be helpful with a lot of the New Mandalorians."

Bo nodded before saying, "I'll talk to them tonight and see if we can't work something up. I think this is going to help Gargon quite a bit. After all, if they get popular while on Mandalore, people are going to want to come see them again, and the only official place you can see them is?"

"Gargon." I said nodding my head in approval, "I imagine if they get successful enough you could arrange a tour across some of the Mandalorian worlds."

"Hah, that's not a bad idea," Bo said, nodding her approval before adding, "but that's really the only thing we, I mean Tanya really, has accomplished to improve Gargon's cultural standing. We don't have much else that could be added to make Gargon more relevant to start bringing in people."

I nodded at that before saying, "Doesn't Gargon have natural spice resources? I recall reports about a pirate spice mine? I thought most of the pirate's funding came from spice."

Bo nodded saying, "Yeah, that's true, technically. The spice mines are in poor condition overall. Tanya as Silver has been working with the current mine owners to establish a legal corporation to take over the mines. Her idea is to expand into medical spice refinement, but the industrial refining equipment required for it needs to come from the Core and being real expensive to boot to provide both the money and the flimsi-work to send one over, hence the requirement for a legal entity. Tanya is hoping to find some investors outside of Gargon to help expand and take on as partners. X4's has been handling the paperwork, but it's going to take a while to find investors."

I leaned forward at that, this is an opportunity. One that I think Mandalore could benefit from. "Next time you're on Gargon, mention that because Mandalore is building up a Self-Defense Force that we are looking for medical supplies and maybe interested in becoming an investment partner in this medical refinery corporation, if they reach out to us."

Bo smiled and nodded before saying, "Will do, sis. I'm sure they'll jump on the chance to have someone else's money do the job. Even if they have to give over a good portion of the starter product, it's a long-term investment and having an actual refinery on the planet might actually make it worth it, since most of the spice they have been getting was shipped off to Phindian refineries. And they make no attempt to hide the love lost between Phindar and Gargon."

"Absolutely hate us." I said, shaking my head, "Every time I have a meeting, someone has to mention how they put out another demand from the Senate to be moved out of the Mandalore sector. Lately it's the Thrasybule sector that Phindar wants to be moved to. Because it's not bordering any Mandalorian space, I'm given to understand."

"Why don't we just let them leave if they have such a problem with being part of the Mandalore sector? You'd think it would be alright to have their piece of land redistributed to the Thrasybule." Bo is asking a question many had asked over the years, which I unfortunately had an answer.

"Getting a sector redrawn is such a complex process, the Senate won't bother picking it up as a thing to consider unless there's multiple other sectors that need to be drawn as well. And I'' be the first to admit I would gladly let them go. In fact, I don't even have the Mandalorian Guard pay them a visit anymore. Phindar have embargoed all Mandalorian worlds, so they're not exactly trading with us. They have basically de facto autonomy."

"You'd think if they've been given that much independence they'd be satisfied, no?"

I shook my head before saying, "It's not just that they have autonomy. They're worried that somehow Mandalore will start a war and they'll be held accountable with the rest of the Mandalorian sector. And those in the Republic won't be interested in identifying which planet is the antagonist, they would punish the entire sector to be sure none escape.."

"Ah, they just don't want to be close to us in case someone starts throwing Delta Zeroes around. Got it."

"Yes, that's pretty much it." I said, rubbing my temple.

"So do you think Phindians will join the Separatists then?" Bo asked, causing me to look up.

"I haven't even considered that possibility. But if they do, I think we'll have to be forced to step in and prevent it to maintain neutrality. The Phindarian problem works both ways, we could be punished for their affairs."

"Step in?" Bo asked and I shook my head.

"I really don't want to talk about politics but if you really must know, there's a couple competing views in our council on how to deal with the various potential situations that would develop with the Republic. The majority of the council are of the mind that we must stay neutral and stay out of things. I share that opinion as well, but Almec and Tanya have suggested the government took that neutrality a step further. The main idea being that we must enforce neutrality within our sector to try and prevent either side from using any planet in our sector for their gains. Tanya pointed out that Phindar could easily become a major Separatist resupply and fleet staging platform, given their mature medical spice industries and their independent local food supplies. She also worries it might compete with Gargon for the black market trade too. "

Bo nodded her head, "Phindar can not be allowed to become a military base for the Separatists. It would practically invite a Republic fleet to the Mandalorian sector."

"A big risk, which is why I'm hoping that some better idea will come forward or that they won't align with the Separatists. Personally, I think they are more interested in competing with their cartels to upend the entire sector."

Letting out a sigh I leaned back, "Anyway, let's stop talking about politics. Bo, could you stop by the palace someday soon? I need you to do something for me."

Bo made a face, "Okay, why do you need me to stop by the Palace?"

Smiling as if I wasn't pulling something, "Oh nothing much. Remember how I said that my armor will have a ceremonial piece in order to make it look less, well, like a Mandalorian warrior."

Bo nodded as if she was waiting for a punchline. Smiling, I continued, "I'm also having one made for Tanya as well so her armor doesn't look as intimidating when we have to use it for ceremonial purposes. And I thought, why not get my sister an upgrade on her armor as well. After all, it couldn't hurt to protect my younger sister and niece both, and to show off the united Kryze clan at ceremonial events."

Bo was looking at me skeptically before saying, "Your niece, huh? I might be willing to go and get whatever this upgrade you're thinking about, but I do have a question. How's Korkie taking that new stance?"

I sighed. "I actually haven't talked to him on that matter. But I will eventually, and I think it's best to let him decide where he stands. If Korkie wants to take up the armor and wear it as a defensive measure then he will be free to do so. At the very least I think he might understand and use some aspects of the armor. Did you know he was involved in a bit of a fight against a wild animal on Breshig?"

"No shit." Bo said whilst cleaning up. Saying, "Korkie? The little pipsqueak was in a fight? How come I'm just hearing about this? Is he okay?"

I smiled and nodded, "He's fine. Korkie's fine, I got a full report from Captain Rau on the matter. The expedition were attacked by some sort of giant lizard native to the planet. On one such occasion Korkie fought off one with a weapon he found on the ship. I was surprised too. I actually had to give Rau a call to make sure that there had been some sort of mistake in the report."

Bo blinked before saying, "Hold up, did you say he fend off a giant lizard on Breshig? You know those things are like twice the size of people right? Damn, good for him."

I blinked at that point and said, "I was not aware of that."

"Oh yeah, I've heard sometimes they can grow to enormous sizes as big as a speeder actually. Then there's like the kind of the stuff that legends are made of."

"…I'll have to tell Zum about this later. I'm sure the story will inspire some ideas for Korkie's armor."

Bo nodded her head before saying, "Alright... Well if all the girls in the family are getting this ceremonial armor piece, I can't exactly miss out now can I? So I guess I'll come with. Zum's a good armorer so I'm sure whatever he's working on will be a massive upgrade over my current kit."

"Wonderful, by the way do you mind if they filmed the process as well?" I asked pushing a bit more on the subject. After all, every little bit I could do to help improve the appearance of Mandalorian culture helped right?

"Thank you for asking, I do mind greatly." Bo's head shot back up, "You may have no problem letting people know what's on your armor, but I do. Nothing like obfuscating the depth and quality of weapons hidden in your armor for a good surprise late in a fight."

"Alright," I said, "but if you're not going to let them film it I want you to at least make one public appearance with the full set of armor okay?"

Bo sighs before shaking her head and saying, "Fine. I'll do it for you." Then she stood up and brushed herself off and said, "Now I believe we were training. Why don't we get back to that. There's still plenty of lumps I can give you to get yourself back into fighting shape.

I chuckled at that and got back up saying, "I think I'll do better this time since I have you training me. I'll catch up sooner or later."

"Hah, sure you will, sis. Sure you will." she stopped mid-step like she remembered something and asked, "Hey sis, have you seen the new Silver Rider movie?"

"Odd question," I said before shaking my head in the negative, "no, I'm not one to watch action holos. I know Tanya is a fan of that franchise but I have just never had an interest in it. Why do you ask?"

Bo let out a laugh before saying, "Ha! Well, I think you need to see the most recent one. I think you need to see it a lot."

"Why?" I asked out of confusion.

Bo simply shook her head and said, "I can't spoil it. After we're done sparring, it's movie night for some sisterly bonding. You, me, and Silver Rider 4: Silver Spark."

"Alright." I said, still very confused, but I'm sure it would be explained once we watched the movie. I have time for a little rest and relaxation. There's no reason not to take full advantage of my training. Why not see this Silver Rider movie, maybe I'd find out what Tanya saw in that show.




Breshig, Breshig Museum of Space Maritime Designs
Korkie Kryze


"Wow, the technology stored in this place is amazing. There's designs for everything, from old fighters to cargo ships and ships of the line." Soniee said as she looked through the files on the computer screen in front of her thathad hooked up to the facility network to try and get as much data off of the facility as possible.

"The place still stinks though." Lagos responded as she held her nose, while kicking a bit of mud off her boots. Most likely the remains of long dead animals and plant life that had managed to sneak in over the years.

"You'll get used to it." Zoll said though that is easy for him to say since he is still wearing his helmet. He knew it smelled and was just going to breathe his own recycled air then the air that has been trapped in the building for several hundred years.

After returning from the expedition to Gargon for a bit of political wining and dining with the people there, to hopefully integrate them into the Mandalorian Sector proper, I received an urgent message from Breshig. The excavation team finally cleared the facility out, enough for us to actually re-enter the facility ahead of schedule. Apparently, the accelerated schedule was due to something I 'just had to see'. So instead of going home, it was back to the bog planet.

Frankly, I would rather go back to Gargon and see the idols again.Normally not a fan of armor because of its significance in our history. But by the ancient manda did that idol stuff turn that on the head. Sure they used props of military weapons as musical items and sang about the ancient wars of the past, but not all the songs were about glorification of the war itself but of the heroes that were made by the wars. The Ballad of Ordo and the Piece of Awaud being a good example of that. Brought about by a common goal of beating up pirates, but as songs go it was rather catchy even if the oldest singer wore that armor rather . . . provocatively.

I think someone amongst White Silver's entourage had noticed me enjoying the idols, because as I was leaving I received a poster of the trio of singing idols, which I naturally accepted gracefully. I was also given a copy of the complete Silver Codices, both volumes I & II, which interested me less, but I accepted anyway. I really ought to read through both and I know I've been procrastinating, but eventually I need to know what new nonsense and warmongering was being spread in order to counter it.

When I finished reading through both during the journey back to Breshig, I had many objections and concerns. First and foremost being that , the warlord had convinced herself that there is going to be a war between the Republic and the Separatists. I wasn't convinced of this assumption, and if events did lead to conflict, a military buildup did not seem like much of a solution. It sounded like a way for half of the galaxy to gang up on the other half, and in the end most would end up with less than what they started. Mandalore was the perfect example of this, most of our sector is still damaged in some way from war. We should be focusing on finding common ground, peace talks, and getting neutral parties to help facilitate this process. Something tells me Aunt Satine would agree with me on that.

Back on Breshig, the excavation team had discovered a broken grate somewhere in the facility. Of course, it is now sealed. I never found out exactly where it was but the important part is that snap jaws had been using this place as a nest for some time. As you might imagine, that meant when the initial team had to break into this place the first thing they ran into were angry massive reptiles trying to bite their heads off.

Thankfully after the incident with the boat, we brought in a lot more powerful weapons this time. I've been worried about getting those considering we're supposed to be past using these barbaric weapons, but Aunt Satine had spared no expense and sent over some good equipment. I am now carrying a rather powerful slugthrower with explosive ammunition, and I don't like myself but it would keep me safe as we were inspecting this place. I wasn't exactly comfortable carrying it but after the last snapjaw, I am not really interested in having another one-sided fight with them.

Also, Aunt Satine apparently still had contact with the old family armorer that can, apparently, get her the more powerful stuff. There is even a rocket launcher in the crate that I have no idea what we are going to do with. We couldn't use that down here, for obvious reasons, but I guess it is good to have and not need it; if what Crikey said of larger snapjaws out there that could bite a boat in half is true. So having something that might be able to blow them up from some distance is probably a good safety precaution.

I just wasn't as fascinated with the weapons as the others, so I merely had a stunner holstered at my belt. We eventually finished downloading all of the data from the terminal and then we moved on to explore more rooms. We eventually reached the primary storeroom for the records and what digital archives still remained.

I went ahead and explored the room. Soniee and Zoll entered the room after I walked in. I fake coughed to attract Soniee's attention, looking over a half desiccated memo about record transfers that were not being done on time. I asked, "Well the place may stink but it sure does have a lot of records. Have we found anything worth the trouble we've had getting in here?"

Zoll nodded at his head firmly as he turned in my direction saying, "Oh we have found some great finds in my opinion. Soniee, why don't you show off what you found? I think that one is going to be the biggest boon in this entire operation."

Soniee nodded and pressed a few buttons on her tablet. The little device sitting in front of her spring to life and showed a projection of a ship design I'd never seen before and the scale was hard to make out. It is somewhat similar to a hammerhead really though something seemed off about its scale and it had a weird engine nacelles in the back. It seems too big for the body and again the whole thing seemed just disproportionately large. The entire hologram is hazy, indistinct, with the top of the ship being far more detailed than the bottom.

"May I present to you a Kandosii class Battleship."

I blinked and said, "We have designs for a battleship?"

Soniee shook her head before saying, "Well yes, but no. No, that's not what I mean. This is a mass shadow that we can detect inside a drydock on Breshig, supposedly."

"Okay, start from the beginning. What do you mean 'mass shadow'? This is an actual ship? And what do you mean by supposedly?"

Soniee spoke up, "To be as clear as possible, according to legends, about 4,000 years ago one of those Kandosii class ships crashed on this planet. It was lost for a good long time and then rediscovered about a thousand years ago. Records on exactly how they discovered it were a bit lacking but from what I can tell they found it and they built a dry dock around it and tried to raise it."

I blinked and turned saying, "So there is a battleship that crashed on the planet. It was underwater for a good long time and then they raised it from the water. What happened then?"

"The ice caps melted," Mr. Bresh said from where he stood, "and the dockyard they were trying to empty was refilled with water. The ship was flooded and covered over in 30 to 40 ft of water. We sent out a ping to all of the terminals on the local network and by some miracle this particular drydock is reading as still functional and its scanners are still somewhat operational. As far as we can tell, this is a live sensor feed."

"That's right," Soniee said before continuing, "so the ship exists. We think it's spent a couple thousand years underwater and who knows what has happened to it in that time."

I nodded before saying, "You'd think if it's been underwater for that long that it wouldn't really be salvageable at all."

Mr. Zoll spoke up saying, "This is a crusade-era ship my good man. That means most of its internal hull is made from beskar to keep it as strong as possible. They made 'em differently back in the day! Though time can destroy the iron and corrode the plasteel and durasteel all around it, the beskar is still as strong as it ever would be. If these drydock scanners are still working right, then it's right there just waiting for us. Worse case is the scanner is detecting a very well preserved beskar chunk with petrified plasteel in the shape of a Kandosii. All depends on the beskar content."

I nodded before saying, "So the best case scenario is that we have a hull of beskar that could be used for other purposes?"

"Pretty much," Soniee said, "I mean I doubt any of its weapons are still functional or its engines. But the hull's probably intact and if the hull is intact and you can raise it out of the water, you could do a lot of things with old bones like that."

"Such as handing it over to the New Mandalorian Self-Defense Force." Lagos pointed out.

"Why should we do that?" I asked whilst raising an eyebrow.

"Think about it, Korkie. Currently the most powerful ship the Self-Defense Force has access to are heavy fighters and patrol ships. Most Self-Defense Forces in the Core have dreadnoughts and old style battleships that have had their hyperdrive engines removed. If we hand this over to the Self-Defense Force, we would have a vessel that could serve as a tender for our lighter fighter crafts but also be something impressive that might entice the Mandalorian patrol to work with us more. If she is still intact we could have one of the most valuable hulls in the known galaxy on our hands."

I nodded my head, not liking the military implications but I understood what they were saying. "So having a ship that massive is somewhat prestigious and could convince the Mandalorian Patrol that we are actually the government they're going to have to start dealing with instead of just acknowledging we exist."

"Exactly," Amis said as he entered the room we've been working out of whilst shaking off a couple wires off his shoulder. "Brought some wires to connect us to the station's power grid. I'm going to be trying to start it back up in an hour or two."

"Not a bad turnaround on getting the power back on." Mr. Zoll said, whilst nodding his head in approval.

"We could have it be melted down to be used to make a new Dome City or two." I spoke out as the room suddenly developed a rather pregnant pause. "Developing the infrastructure and civil capacity of Mandalore."

"I don't see many clans going for that." Amis muttered. "If she is still intact then this is a relic."

"Alright," I said, "so how do we go about recovering this ship? I mean it's under 40 ft of water. Like sure we can probably go find it, do we even know where this dry dock is?"

Soniee nodded, saying, "It's actually not too far away from here. A lot of old dry docks aren't that far from here. If the ship is still there, it's possible that someone may have tried to pull it out when the whole 'World is coming to an end' thing was going on. But if it is still there it's under 40 ft of water, degraded but whole. Hopefully the drydock prevented any damage from the shear stress of so much water and geological shifting." If there was a lot of stress damage then the choice to scrap the ship would be made for us.

I nodded, "I guess we'll need to put together another expedition to go investigate that. More diving expeditions, wonderful." I deadpanned, shaking my head at the idea of having to go underwater again. Technically I am underwater right now but I rode the transport shuttle that we had rigged up for diving so it only felt like an elevator trip.

"There's also one other thing." Soniee said from where she's sitting, "A bit odd but there's records of another ship called 'The Seeker's Vigil' and I think you're going to be interested in this one."

Raising an eyebrow I said, "Why would I be interested in this particular ship?"

She shrugged before saying, "Other than the fact that it may or may not exist. According to these records though it was in a drydock in one of the off-world asteroid fields so it might already be gone. But the interesting thing is it's marked as a vault ship. The exact quote is 'it's a repository for the cultural heritage of all Mandalore'."

"Okay, I'm interested."As Soniee brought up the schematics of the ship. It was an old design, one I had never seen before, three engines in the back, one cylinder for the main body and head.

"How old is this anyway?" I said looking at it.

"3,600 years give or take, it's hard to say. The records aren't exactly clear as to whoever commissioned its construction. They took a common Mandalorian cargo ship at the time, actually we found several designs for this type of ship. Apparently it was designed with an idea that it could be rebuilt easily by its crew into a warship in times of war. But for most of the time, it would serve as pleasure craft or transport ships or in this case a mobile repository of cultural heritage."

"So a clan ship?" I asked. That wasn't an unfamiliar concept, some Mandalorians practiced ancient beliefs. I had seen references to some Mandalorian clans not settling down on planets for a long time and instead using ships that have been built by the Mandalorian Empire. Still some continued to this day though, it's a very rare thing and it's theorized that the only clans that officially did it is part of the Mandalorian Patrol.

"Pretty much and according to these records it still exists. It's located in some sort of asteroid belt in a nearby system. One where they were used to hide and repair some of their vessels during the whole conflict with the Republic 700 years ago."

"What are the chances it's still there?" I asked, looking at the craft wondering what secrets it could have for Mandalore. This recovery expedition's raison d'etre is rediscovering information about Mandalorian history from this old museum and all we had to show so far is a lot of trivia on ships and when they were constructed as well as the beskar that's going to be salvaged when we disassemble the entire museum. Not so much on Mandalorian history as a whole. But if this ship existed and had a vault of information, it would be interesting to open that one and see what we found.

"I'd say the chances are pretty good." Mr. Zoll said, "Most of those old repair facilities were lost since they're, you know, 'secret'. Most of the staff that knew where they were either died in the war or died here. So like a treasure hunt across the stars, those types of ships are hidden out there, just waiting for anyone to stumble across them. I'm sure there's a chance that it's already been stumbled on, there's also a chance there hasn't been."

Hmm and what are they going to do about this? This whole trip was only meant to be a bit of a summer excursion. Do a little bit of an adventure before I figured out what I was going to do with my life and it was an opportunity to extend this little trip to go adventuring some more. This facility had given it secrets and now they had a whole bunch more to investigate. Rubbing my chin, I said, "Soniee, copy down all that information before you send it to the Royal Mandalore Museum. I think we'll check out this ship and see what we can find out."

"Will do." she said.

Lagos spoke up though asking, "We don't exactly have a ship of our own. How are we going to get there?"

"Hmm, I could give Aunt Satine a call. She would probably be able to figure out a way to get us a ship to get us over there. This is what our mandate is: find relics of the past and bring them to Mandalore to help build our history out so we understand where we came from."

Mr. Zoll actually spoke up, saying, "You've helped me find out a lot about my world and I have a ship available in a couple months if you don't mind me tagging along."

I thought about it before nodding, "Yeah sure why not. Thank you very much."

Mr. Zoll asked, "Since we're going to be doing this, maybe we should see if there's any other ships like this relic ship. You know we're already going out there to see if there's one ship full of history and such. Maybe we should see if there's any other in the records or anything else that may have information that could be used in the capacity of history or whatever."

Looking over to Soniee as she called from her seat. "Already, working on it." as she looked through the records in front of her.

Shaking my head I said, "I don't know how long we can actually do this but finding out the selection of ships that probably could be found for Mandalore would be a good idea. We can turn over the list to Aunt Satine and she can form an expedition to look into the others."

"Sounds like a plan, it's all coming together, wonderful." Zoll said before a brick flew through the air and nearly hit him in the back.

"Oh so that's how it is, you finished robbing one historical vaultTom; now you're off to rob another while leaving your friends behind for bullshit." Miss Crikey said as she came around the corner looking a bit angry. Her head is cocked at an angle with her foot tapping impatiently on the floor that signaled that she's about ready to start a fight.

I and the other members of my friend group who are nearby immediately stepped away as she let out a huff and walked towards Mr. 'Tom'. Grabbing him by the front of his armor, "We're going to have a long talk about how many times you can just run off and leave me to clean up the messes you make."

'Tom' didn't make a noise though it took him a while to speak. I wondered if he cut the comms from his helmet to take a moment to get himself centered because as he came back he sort of clipped in like you would say something before.

"Sorry Tarri, I won't be gone that long. In fact if you want you can come along. This is a wonderful time for us to go adventuring and see other worlds as well as get off Breshig before, you know, the terraforming starts."

Her eyes narrowed before she said, "I'll consider it." Letting go of his armor before walking away in such a way that said she is fuming.

Zoll shook his head but again apparently he'd shut off his mic as I had no idea what he said before he turned and said, "I think we've got ourselves an adventure to plan."




Writers note: And there we go folks, another in X4's path to riches. Wait… shouldn't this story be about Tanya? So funny story, this not the original Chapter 29, the original chapter was pushed off to be Chapter 30. Why did that happen? Because you folks gave me too many ideas around Chapter 26 and 27. So yeah, it's your fault my readership! Don't encourage me! Mostly kidding, but I almost pushed chapter 30 off to 31 because of the same mindset that led to this being made.

Anyways, what we got in this chapter, we got Bo and Satine bonding time, we got X4 being X4, and we got Korkie getting involved in another adventure some time in the future. (aforementioned possible chapter 30 replacement) all little fun stuff, but I decided that I could wait till after the current arc I'm writing. In case you didn't know, I'm already to chapter 35 in raw pre-edited chapters, so yeah I'm getting this arc written good and fast. I usually don't like to get too far in front of my editor, no more than three chapters, but my supporters keep voting for me to work on this fic when offered during my weekly updates, so I'm working on it.





Edited by: Afforess, Guardsman Pius, Warmach1ne32
Community edited by:Just Rafi, Pudy15236
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread




Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, , Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Daniel Martinez, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Neso, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, , John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar, BigKumaDM, Taylor Tilbury, Treant Balewood, Aske Helsted
 
Last edited:
Chapter 30
Chapter 30
716 FNM (22BBY)
Month 1





Mandalorian Sector, Ratio
Tanya Kryze


'Happy birthday to me, I guess.' I thought, as I read over the recent news. It is my 18th birthday and theoretically I should be heading off to a party or some sort. After all, once I hit 18 that would mean that I am officially considered an adult in most cultures. Granted, I had been considered an adult since I was 13, but that was according to Mandalorian culture and some sort of celebration is expected due to my station nonetheless. I am a politician and a politician's life sometimes takes precedence over your own wants.

Precedence like having an all-expenses-paid trip around the Mandalorian sector to meet various diplomats and civilizations across it, it is almost like a vacation. Officially, I am to make a quick trip across the sector to gather status reports, perform in-person checks to keep the various governments honest on the progress for building their respective Mandalorian Self-Defense Forces. Unofficially, I am to inquire about anyone meeting with Count Dooku or having any run-ins with the Separatists, things of that nature.

Even more unofficially, I am going to enjoy my break from the Senate as well as take the time to get my new handmaiden up to speed. There aren't a lot of things I expected to happen, but getting a handmaiden thrown at me by my brother was not on the list of possible things to happen. Let alone having the handmaiden be the same person as the Morson princess I saved on Gargon that Keldabe kissed me, while I was disguised as White Silver.

I have been looking for any opportunity to try and back out of the whole arrangement but when I finally officially met Khae Morson as Tanya, I realized that it is kind of hard to deny my brother's request. For one, she has the right hair color and eyes to pass off as me without needing to constantly don a disguise, which meant she could easily switch out for me as a body double in an emergency. For another, she is very competent in a fight. In fact, I met her officially in the Royal Guard gym as Morson made the gym her primary residence. She is getting training from the veterans; even as I watch she is holding her own, even against Captain Struc.

According to Bo, the reason Morson got caught by Gerr's goons in the first place was because her opponent is just a better fighter. The victor of that battle now works as Bo's assistant and bodyguard in Gargon. She got Aunt Bo's attention by being the best fighter out of those that signed up to be Gargon Rangers. Apparently she was an independent mercenary that joined Black Iron for the very generous pay, when Gerr needed more bodies for his Rebellion. Once Gerr was dethroned, she was very willing to seek employment as a Ranger instead, before catching Aunt Bo's attention and becoming her assistant.

Anyay, back to Morson. Given that I was present at the fateful events on Gargon that set Morson and my paths intersecting, I have enough context to piece things together rather quickly. She is a Mandalorian after all, possibly a True Mandalorian based on demographics, and most likely felt rather insulted that her father had sent her away to somewhere safe. Thus she is trying to get as much training as possible to show up to her father. Mandalorian teen confidence, if you could bottle it up, you could probably conquer the galaxy. It's possible that had been attempted before, considering the amount of times that Mandalore had gone on with the war path to try and conquer the Galaxy. I wouldn't be surprised if there were quite a few Mandalor's of the ancient past who had started out as teenagers on a warpath.

I kept these thoughts to myself and focused on keeping our current relationship professional. I made sure to keep an eye on where Morson was and only discuss matters of Silver importance when I was sure she would not be around. It's a bit of a hassle but what could you do? Having an extra handmaiden with the ability to fight also meant I had a little bit more security so it is not all bad. I would have to try and avoid any moment where she might realize who I am and hopefully that would never happen. Morson even admitted that she and the White Silver touched helmets, which could imply she was interested in that kind of relationship. I had plenty of rumors about my personal life already and I did not need another rumor possibly coming apparent. My personal life would be doomed if Morson were to confirm my suspicions; worse, if she tried to advance a relationship with my public persona like a certain someone.

Hopefully, that was just overthinking it though. Either way, I'll be doing my best to keep her out of the whole Silver business I occasionally got drawn into. On the plus side, if I ever needed to make appearances while pretending to be White Silver and I needed Vai's aid, I would have someone to count on to pretend to be me.

But the best part of having an extra handmaiden is that I can now prevent any more of Tabi & Vai's romantic nonsense when Vai is impersonating me by pairing Tabi with Morson. As I already stated I knew what way she swung, or at least had a guess of it, so his efforts to flirt with Morson would probably fail. Nevertheless, if he did try that, may the gods of Mandalore have mercy on his soul because I don't think Vai will.

So far, I've been back to Ordo again and observed their armories that they got back up and running producing weapons for the Self-Defense Force mainly in the form of the SHUKUR blaster rifle designed by Vesti Engineering. The patriarch of Clan Ordo was so overjoyed by the recent rule change resulting in a drop in unemployment due to the massive contract for the new blasters for the various MSDFs that Vesti sold the license to produce it to vetted factories on Ordo that he'd even offered to give me a recently created weapon, one based on an old design. That particular design is apparently from the Mandalorian Wars if his statements are to be believed. The weapon, a Gatling blaster, is ridiculous. I will admit I was sorely tempted to accept the gift, simply to own something that ridiculous. It wasn't even designed to be shouldered, instead it required two hands to carry while it is fired from the hip. It was made to be sprayed and prayed.

The temptation to take it had been quashed by the realization that something of that design did not have a stun mode. This weapon is meant for killing and I simply said it would be improper for me to take such a weapon of war. I hoped I hadn't insulted the man but apparently I had not, as he simply nodded sagely before saying that he'd find something in the archives that is more fitting. I agreed that if he could find a weapon that is more oriented towards stunning an enemy than killing it, I would not mind taking it up and hanging it up above a fireplace somewhere to be a decoration for most times and sometimes in an emergency.

Once I had left Ordo, I moved on to the next planet, Harswee. It's technically my first visit to Harswee, though since Vai previously performed my official introduction ceremony on the planet while disguised as me. A few months back I had heard reports that there was a bit of a kerfuffle between the city clan that Tabi was from and the more rural clans that followed more ancient customs to this world. At first, I had assumed the conflict had abated, as I didn't see mass explosions and gunfire during my visit. Instead, when I had shown up to the installation where the MSSDF were being housed, I quickly discovered that the forces present exceeded the 4000 quota that we had set on Mandalore. In fact it looks like there was double that number and they seem to be in two separate groups.

Instead of open conflict, it looked like there was a bit of competition between the two groups. Each group was trying to look more impressive than the other as they stood at attention. With one side having a myriad of colors possibly representing different clans they were from with unifying yet intricate red markings, while the other side had only blue and gold markings on their armor and looked like they had more standardized equipment. In fact, I think I saw myself reflected in a few of the helmet's sides to the point that it was almost a perfect mirror sheen, which implies that they were being rather tiptop in their cleaning efforts.

It was quite apparent that though the conflict was over and the two had moved on to a new phase of the conflict. Where they were just trying to be better than each other at being the better Mandalorian Self-Defense Force for this planet.

That being said, I simply told the Duke of Harswee that he had quite an impressive Self-Defense Force and left it at that. Hoping that by feigning ignorance to the growing rivalry between both factions it wouldn't be my job to fix it, I have enough on my plate as it is. Untangling this mess is going to take a lot more effort than I could afford with the upcoming Galactic Civil War down the line.

The rest of the trip to that planet had basically been Vai dragging me and Morson to various shopping areas and the acquiring of a couple new dresses for myself and a bunch of new dresses for Morson who I pity and sympathize with each dressing room we visit. It is rather obvious she is not a fan of dresses, at one point I took her aside and gently explained to her that in private she could wear casual attire, but in other contexts, dresses were often a part of the social expectations.

After we left Ordo, we visited Draboon. It is a tropical world with lush jungles and plenty of pests that Draboon's populace mostly live in higher elevations away from the forests which are infested with venom-mites which have been known to kill people. Their culture is somewhat similar to Gargon as there are 2 distinct demographics on the planet. A city group that lived in the hills and mountains away from the forests and a rural population that lived in the river deltas. The hill dwellers provide wool from sheep, gemstones and regular stone from the mines, and steel from the steel mill while the river dwellers provide wood from their lumber yards and fish from their fisheries that they bring upstream on river barges.

Chief Chaka Bose is a savvy and diplomatic ruler who supports Satine's pacifist and neutral stance. In fact, Prince Chala, Chief Chaka's son, is a friend of Aunt Satine who had saved her and Jedi Kenobi from mercenaries during the Clan War. Once Satine entered into power, the two stayed in contact and Satine provided economic investment to Draboon in the form of schools and modern mining equipment to mine Lapis safely as opposed to mining it by hand.

I greeted the local rulership and we talked for a bit about the future of Mandalore. I listened to Chief Chaka's concerns, which is basically a worry about trade being cut off from the Republic due to Mandalore's somewhat militarized state. I put him at ease by pointing out that there is a current ongoing crisis in the form of the Separatists that's distracting them from such things.

The visit culminated with a showcase of the Draboon SDF. The ranks consisted mostly of those from a Hunter's background. They are clad in a colored vest appropriate for their environment that can be inserted with a beskar plate reminiscent of modern military armor in my first life while the arms and legs were left bare. I am guessing that this is to improve their mobility as they won't get tired as quickly as those wearing full beskar armor. For armaments they are armed with a carbine variant of the SHUKUR blaster, a blaster pistol sidearm, and a melee weapon of the Hunter's choice, signifying them to be a close quarters type of unit that can act as scouts with their camouflage uniform. Lastly, they are provided with grappling hook gauntlets for increased maneuverability where jetpacks are ill advised, like in the forests or in a stealth/reconnaissance mission. If attached to a larger formation, I can see them act as a screening force to protect the larger formation, sent out ahead to recon an enemy position, or have them infiltrate a position and sabotage it from within before a major attack.

After Draboon we visited Hrthging, the total opposite of Draboon and the farthest planet from Mandalore. Hrthging is a fairly cold tundra planet with plenty of glaciers and mountain ranges. Their culture does remind me a bit of stereotypical Vikings with fur coats, wooden homes, and a strong fishing culture where they get the majority of their food from while greenhouses and hunting filled the rest. Their main exports are metals and Firegems from the various mountains with a minor export of crude oil from off-shore drilling platforms that survived the Excision and were previously abandoned.

Jarl Himmin is a jolly fellow and an ardent supporter of the New Mandalorians, mostly because they actually helped improve the standard of living on Hrthging. After the Clan War ended, the New Mandalorians under Satine's rule launched an initiative to repair and improve the various planets that swore fealty to her. From constructing schools and workshops, investments to get the aforementioned oil rigs operational with an oil refinery to process it, and many more. All this is thanks to the New Mandalorian reconstruction effort to turn a rural backwater of a planet into a thriving economy with a fairly high standard of living.

Hrthging's Self-Defense Force is the only SDFs to train Marksmen to augment their Light Infantry. The regulars are clad in full armor, armed with standard issue blasters, and skis for traversing over deep snow, something she are familiar with from your second life facing Legadonia during the winter months before your troops finally defeat them. The marksmen wear similar gear except they use a Longrifle variant of the SHUKUR. If attached to a larger formation, they could be attached to squads as designated marksmen to deal with long range threats or have sniper teams provide support by overwatch and spotting for artillery.

I've managed to get off both planets rather easily though, the leadership of Draboon had given me a box full of lapis because apparently Aunt Satine had ordered it for something. The same thing happened on Hrthging as I've been given a crate full of fire gems, also apparently ordered by Aunt Satine. I wonder why she's spending a bit of Mandalore's budget on something like this. Both materials are rather expensive with the Firegems being particularly dangerous if put next to a Hyperdrive, but it is not my place to look too deep into it. I ensured both crates were stowed away inside the Ratio and scheduled them to be delivered to Mandalore at some point after our trip to Jakelia.

Maybe I should buy some Firegems, both as White Silver and as Tanya Kryze. White Silver could use this to destroy any ship she boarded by sticking a Firegem to the Hyperdrive, set the Hyperdrive to go somewhere else on a timer, and then evacuate. Several boarding teams could destroy entire capital ships, even the Trade Federation's Lucrehulks without the need for nuclear weapons of a fleet of our own. Of course, getting the boarding team in there, past the fleet of escorts, fight their way to the Hyperdrive and bridge, and then escaping are their own set of problems but it is an option if we don't have a fleet and an enemy fleet does.

For Tanya Kryze, in the event that I am kidnapped, I could drop this next to my kidnapper's hyperdrive just as I was making an escape to make sure that they won't be a problem anymore. Many people don't know about Fire gem's properties, even I had to look it up because it isn't something I am familiar with. I could pass it off as mundane jewelry from my own sector, something I choose to wear because I liked the look of it. It is also very likely that I would never have the opportunity to actually use it the way I intended, but as the old adage goes, better to have and not need it.

I considered visiting Gargon and Concord Dawn but I ultimately decided against both. Gargon's political future is still uncertain and most people would agree the planet is controlled by a dangerous and criminal underworld. No, a visit to Gargon would create an unnecessary opportunity for kidnappers, opportunities to target valuable diplomatic representatives. Korkie had finished negotiations and it was up to the planetary leaders to take the next steps, I didn't need to get involved and cause a potential mess. Not to mention there is the whole probability that if I did show up on Gargon the other leaders of the Triumvirate would probably call upon White Silver to meet the princess of Mandalore. Yeah, I would need to arrange things a lot better and have Vai already posing on me on the planet if I ever did that trip.

As for Concord Dawn, well, the governor of the planet is known to be not exactly the most ethical leader elected to his position. In fact, they had a series of belligerent governors like this, and the recent refusal to create a Mandalorian Self-Defense Force is more of the same. Instead of participating in self-defense, Concord Dawn is openly investing more money in their own Journeyman Protectors. This is setting off many red flags in my mind, they might be preparing to expand their bellicosity into open conflict or piracy. I would keep an eye on the situation and I'm sure every other Mandalorian in the sector would too.

I have had several other invites. Vorpa'ya's leadership had also invited me but their proximity to a minor Hyperlane with Concord Dawn is a bit of a concern, so I had informed their leadership I would take that under advisory and perhaps would visit another time once their current situation had calmed down.

The frontier council of Cheravh and Zanbar had both offered invites as well but there is a reality as to how much time I could actually spend traveling around. There is a vote for the Military Creation Act coming up and I wanted to be there to at least offer my support to those voting against it. Sure, I didn't actually need to be present, but it's the symbolism of the act that mattered.

Interestingly enough, Krownest had heard that all these planets were competing to have me come by just to pay a visit and preemptively declined a visit. They sent me a message saying they weren't open to visitors right now. I hadn't even thought about going there nor had I even considered it. Krownest is under the ownership of the Wrens after all and the Wrens had been involved in the whole mess on Gargon two years ago. Why they'd gotten involved is still a mystery to me but I hadn't had any opportunities to try and find out. The fact that they said that they weren't interested in having me visit as Tanya could be a hint to their intentions.

Krownest had always been a planet that stayed out of the current Mandalorian rule under the New Mandalorians and it would seem that that tradition is still going strong. Considering the planet is for all intents and purposes a fortress; many of its mountains were hollowed out to host large armories and barracks for armies larger than the current population of the planet, it would be very likely that they had built up over the years and had their own larger force that could support open rebellion if they wanted to. They probably just didn't want me visiting and finding that out, because, well, that would draw a lot of notice to them. Right now, the Krownest have the flexibility to declare independence if needed, while still enjoying the representation of Mandalore in the Republic, for now. Krownest is on my list of potential Separatist hotspots, the planet is prime real estate for a troublemaker like Count Dooku. Unfortunately, like lots of other places, Krownest is merely one major planet amongst the many major planets of the sector and that there were even more minor planets I didn't even mention.

Besides that, there is Phindar who I didn't even consider arranging a visit. If Gargon is a trouble to visit because of its criminal ties, Phindar is a nightmare considering it is literally run by criminals on every level. Also they just didn't want to even be involved in the Mandalore sector. Enough that if a representative shows up, it is very likely that they would kidnap them and hold them hostage to make demands of the Republic. I could easily imagine the situation turning into a major international incident that would be so bad that it could start a war.

Granted, I think the entire sector would be better off if Phindar did leave the sector. Unfortunately, the Republic is the one that made the borders, so that is what the borders of sectors are as far as I'm concerned. They should really be complaining to the Republic.

Which really only left Jakelia, which is an interesting planet to say the least. Right now, the Ratio is en route to Jakelia, the last place on my list before I headed back to Coruscant. Most Mandalorian planets had a Mandalorian population of humans, in Jakelia there are mixes of other species but the majority are humans. This could be because of ancient genocides or it could just be humans were a rather common species, I did hear theories that a lot of species were actually variants of humans so it's possible that over time just as many species mixed together. You didn't get new hybrids, you just got humans either way. Jakelia are not human or at least have enough deviation from humans that their entire population is still Jakelian.

Back when Mandalore was out conquesting, Jakelia had surrendered as soon as the Mandalore showed up and it declared themselves a vassal to the Mandalorian Empire and they'd been there basically this entire time. One of the prime examples for why Mandalore was not always out there genociding, they did actually just conquer planets and leave local populations alone if they stayed loyal. In fact, while the Taungs were still the majority, the Jakelian had joined the Mandalorian Crusades themselves at some points. As a result, the local culture and Mandalorian culture had intermixed into their own distinct subculture of Jakelian Mandalorian.

Jakelia is not a major economy compared to Kalevala and their shipyards as their primary export is forestry. Their most productive resource are their monolithic trees, the most valuable of which is Jakelian Tuft Oak. Their population lived in a rather feudal state, granted there weren't actual serfs, but the aristocracy remained powerful. So I suppose they are better off than I expected, but there were plenty of Lords and Ladies and lots of decorum between the classes. Privately, I suspected my warm welcome and generous reception is due more to my Royal status and the status of the Clan Kryze more than anything else.

As for the Jakelian themselves, they looked nearly human so they probably were related to humans, either as an offshoot, or some kind of precursor. The only major external differences in Jakelians I'd noticed besides surface pigmentation were these distinctive dark green and pointed ears, the shape reminded me of Tolkien's elves. However, I noticed a pattern amongst the hair and eye colors. While black and red hair seemed more common and eye colors varied, this pattern is broken by the aristocracy. Instead, there is a separate profile much more prevalent amongst members of the Jakelian aristocracy — blonde hair and yellow eyes.

Is there something deeper to that? I don't know. There is no official research on their customs marked anywhere in Mandalore's records. It's not something that was really kept track of by any administration. One explanation might be that the nobility acquired this level of genetic closeness the same way that it occurred in Europe's aristocracy, inbreeding. Or worse, a secret Eugenics program. However, that is leaping to conclusions, there are many benign explanations which might rationally explain things. I am not an authority figure in Jakelian biology and I didn't really have any understanding of Jakelian physiology. Lacking evidence, just suspicions really, and with no visible harm in sight, I decided I didn't need to know.

In order to maintain my sanity and pursue a happier life, well, some mysteries were better left unsolved.

Anyways, I arrived yesterday and went to visit a few places of importance across the planet's ancient castles, large prehistoric monuments, standing stones, and other culturally relevant items before I was allowed to relax and rest.

Today's adventure had taken me to where they were training up their Self-Defense Force. Jakelia had eagerly instituted a Self-Defense Force and I am somewhat impressed with their progress. They had stepped close to the mark on 4,000 soldiers exactly, but where they went a little bit overboard is the armor. Instead of jetpack soldiers every other SDF fielded, they went with the older style, heavy armor soldiers. Full plate with what looked like chainmail underneath it. Their T-visors were altered slightly, having two more vertical lines going down at the ends of the T giving it a look like they had a claw mark down their face. Their armor looked like it had been painted solid bronze indicating based on how much their society had seen that these people were related to the nobility. Their weapon is a bit interesting as well, as it looked to be a combination staff weapon like the royal guard but with a blaster at the bottom, sort of a blaster Pike really. Looks long and unwieldy but with the blade at one end they could definitely take on a Cavalry charge.

Normally, I would question why would someone want to build something to fight against the cavalry charge but I am much more familiar recently with the exploits of the Sun Guard mercenary company that would use the formation not too dissimilar to this. Apparently the Sun Guard had used their Pike and Shot formations to prevent Mandalorian mercenary companies from winning several important battles over the last couple hundred years. Perhaps one of those mercenary companies had come back to this planet and come up with an idea to counter that by taking the Pike and Shot formation and simply turn it into rifle bayonet formation with a heavy armor.

If so then good on him. Personally, I would have called in an artillery barrage or an airstrike on such a target rich environment. Now I wondered how they afforded the beskar in those armor though I guess it could be slightly diluted beskar. I believe I'd heard Zum once say that up to about 50% beskar could still be a functional armor. And really you only need it around 80% for the armor around your chest and vital regions.

I am somewhat entranced in the thought of figuring out how they were able to afford this when King Buirka'ra of the Jakelians nodded and said, "Impressive are they not? 4,000 of our best trained soldiers I think we've ever produced."

I nodded my head in agreement saying, "Most impressive. I've seen several formations on my trip across the Mandalore sector but no one has gone full heavy armor like you have."

He nodded his yellow eyes, seeming to gleam with superiority as he said, "The ancient ways have almost been forgotten but the people of Jakelia have not forgotten the Neo-Crusaders or the heavy armor that nearly won the war against the Republic."

I nodded my head before saying, "Although it is true that it almost won against the Republic 4,000 years ago. However, wasn't it their mobility that prevented us from winning which is why we ended up adopting their jetpacks?"

King Buirka'ra nodded his head before saying, "Of course, but just because I put together a heavy armor formation doesn't mean I don't understand the purpose of these Self-Defense Force's. In times of emergency, we will each pledge these forces to fight on a planet against enemies of Mandalore. If every SDF is composed of light and fast units, there'll be no heavier forces to hold the enemy in position for those fast moving troops, thus why I contribute this."

I gave an expression of understanding, seeing the logic but knowing it wasn't exactly the optimal decision. The monolithic and predictable unit compositions of other SDF's is mainly to take advantage of their home planet's terrain. The MSDF is not large enough to be a conventional military and use a combined arms doctrine that can cover every weakness, so specializing the troops so that they make the most of their home planet's advantages lets them win against much larger invaders who might have a harder time operating at ground level. It might be a liability down the road, but the extra mobility provided by Light Infantry is one of the most important aspects of warfare. The best army in the galaxy is useless if it can't get to where they are most needed. If you could get around the enemy, you could flank them and strike where they are at their most vulnerable. Sure being able to take shots is useful, that's why Gerr had designed a literal floating bunker but a light force could work just as well as a holding force as a heavy force if provided with the right equipment.

The king seemed to not share my concern and is already talking about something else, "That being said, I cannot wait for this Self-Defense Force to be expanded. I have other ideas for formations that could be contributed and plenty of lower nobility who would love the chance to take up arms for the sector. There's several calvary-based formations already on the planet for various Self-Defense Forces to keep the occasional bandits in line. You know that type."

I nodded wondering what these Calvary forces were about. Were they ancient jousters or are they actually dragoons? I had a feeling it would be even worse and it would be knights. He seems rather stuck in the past though I guess if you update the weapons to work in the future it could still technically work. That being said, Buirka'ra had already moved on to the next subject. Seeming to not care whether I responded or not.

"I'm so excited for the possibilities of this new era in Mandalorian Defense. While I whole-heartedly support pacifism, as I don't want my subjects to die, it does get rather dull after the first 10 years." I blinked as he started to walk away from the castle turret where we've been over watching the 4000 Self-Defense Force soldiers. I guess I am supposed to follow and looking at my handmaidens I simply shrugged in confusion. They did the same and followed.

"So many ancient traditions around warfare will be lost if we go fully pacifist. This new method brought in by Satine will be a better through line for our history."

"Yes," I said, "I guess it will be. Although where exactly are we going?"

"Ah, my apologies. Let me give some context." King Buirka'ra slapped the top of his head as if he just realized he'd forgotten to say what the hell is going on. "You've seen the 4,000 members of the Self-Defense Force and I thought you would like to see an example of our Jakelian Calvary Force. I keep a Royal unit of this type of Calvary on hand just in case we are ever invaded by pirates or some other group trying to overthrow the rightful government."

I nodded my head, "I follow so far." I said still trying to understand where we were going but we quickly passed through a bit of a structural turret before coming out at the other corner of the castle revealing another training area as well. On the other side of the wall, it became obvious what he wanted to show me.

It was 2,000 soldiers and I'd estimate that 1,000 men were currently practicing with lances while riding speeder bikes. The impressive part isn't apparent until one of the men actually drove by a metal target and hit it with a lance. The lance appears to have a Vibro tip as it easily shears through the thick metal in a flash of sparks. Absolute insanity but it's apparently successful as the rider continued cruising past. I noted the armor they were wearing is a bit lighter than the heavy armor formation from before, though there is definitely a heavier chain mesh underneath it, probably to catch any sparks or shrapnel from anything they hit with their lance.

"That looks fairly dangerous." I am reminded of my first life's World War 2, where there was propaganda of Polish cavalry charging at German tanks. Thankfully that never actually happened and it was more like both sides simply ran into each other in the fog of war by accident. If a similar situation were to happen, where the Germans are Separatists and the Polish cavalry are Jakelian instead, I can see the Jakelians doing considerable damage to the Trade Federation army instead of merely passing them by.

"Oh, quite dangerous indeed. To be a Jakelian Lancer, recruits must come from some of the top nobles and trained since they're 13th year to even nearly be considered to join. They're our pride and joy, to be able to produce soldiers of such fine quality."

I pretended not to notice that it would imply that these men were in training well before the Self-Defense Force was even considered. Mainly because this planet is a supporter of Satine, I am not going to rock the boat over how truthful that support had been.

The other formation is wearing the lightest of armor I'd seen on this planet. Colored bronze like everyone else and their helmets bore similar visor markings that probably represented this planet in some way, for once they seem to be actually reasonable. They had jetpacks, blasters on their side, and they almost passed for something you see on any other planets. Except they were riding what looks like Komodo dragons the size of horses. Well, Komodo dragons might be a little bit too nice, as there is a little bit of crocodile in their facial structure so I would simply settle for a reptilian.

"May I present to you, the Mythosaur Riders." My eyebrow raised at that as I immediately got what the implication was. Back during the Conquest of Mandalore by the Taung, there had been a species known as the mythosaur and its skull was often featured on many Mandalorian objects as it was something that the first species had to conquer to make Mandalore livable.

They were harkening back to these creatures with the animals calling them mythosaurs. I know how much of a harken back it was, a bit of a curiosity to me. I had recently read the report on the Mandalorian gator or crocodile that lived on Breshig. Thus it's not impossible to me that this might be another creature that had been imported off of Mandalore perhaps the distinct cousin of the mythosaur? I don't know.

"Quite impressive," I said out loud before asking, "however, wouldn't these Mythosaur Riders have a limited range compared to the Lancers?"

King Buirka'ra shook his head before saying, "On the contrary, if anything they have a longer strategic range than the Lancers. They're not as fast as the Lancers, but they can range much further in front of our formations. Both, riders and they're beasts, can be fed in the wild simply by hunting local prey animals thus don't require plasma as fuel like the speeder bike would."

I nodded before asking, "What about in worlds like Mandalore where there are very few prey animals?"

"In that scenario, the more conventional Lancers would be at the forefront, while the Mythosaurs would patrol near the base so that they can be properly fed." Came the immediate reply.

"How about transporting them? They seem to be rather dangerous creatures to be moving about on a ship don't you think."

Buirka'ra shook his head before saying, "That is very unlikely to happen, as each mount is absolutely loyal to their riders. Years of bonding have grown between the riders and the creatures resulting in well trained mounts. We start pairing the riders at age 13 and a rider is given an egg that they hatch on their own. The creature will immediately pair with the first thing it sees as its parent."

I nodded as King Buirka'ra started to walk again heading towards what looked like a doorway down to the training area. Shaking my head, I just followed along as it is obvious that he just is used to people falling along as he talked. Perhaps a conceit of royalty that I did not have to deal with with Satine. Have to keep that in mind in the future if I run into any other official royalties. As we walked down a set of stairs he continued talking, "The creatures will take about 3 years to grow to full maturity and then they will live often close to 100 to 200 years old. The last king claimed that his personal mythosaur mount had been used by his grandfather so there is a potential for these creatures to live up to 400 years if well cared for."

Wait a moment, if they could live up to 200 years that meant they definitely were outliving their riders in some cases. So I spoke up, "About that, it would seem that there would be a surplus of these creatures when they're rider mustered out."

"Well, of course we need to train the kids on something. Mythosaurs can be a little bit finicky at first with new riders; they get used to humans over time."

As we took the final steps out into the courtyard, we skirted into what appeared to be a stable. Several of the creatures were in their rather large quarters, as well as what I guess are their partners, were tending to them using scrubbing brushes to clean and groom them.

As we walked by one stall, one of the Mythosaurs had its eyes closed and its mouth open as its partner used a brush to scrub behind his ear looking to be content. If it wasn't for the rows of sharp man-eating teeth pointing in my direction as it did that, I'd say it almost looks cute.

The king stopped and signaled the rider to come over as he spoke, "I see you have some doubts about the use of these steeds. Thus, I think I can convince you otherwise if you are willing to entertain my attempts."

Smiling, I said, "While I do admit I'm a bit concerned about such a creature, I am willing to hear what your majesty has to say."

"Excellent." Buirka'ra gestured to the rider.

Dismounting and pulling off a helmet, the rider revealed a hair color similar to my own and more importantly, to the king's. A detail which made sense considering their next statement.

"Hello father." he said, giving a bow.

"Prince Ruusaarka'ar, this is Tanya Kryze of Mandalore and our representative in the Republic. I would like you to take her on a hunting expedition tomorrow to show her how to ride our Mythosaurs and demonstrate to her just how effective of a hunting animal they are."

I had not expected that and immediately headed off the possibility by saying, "I'm afraid I don't have a set of armor on this trip. I don't think I could ride such a mount in one of my dresses."

My concern is immediately cut short as Prince Ruusaarka'ar shook their head and said, "My twin sister loves to ride her Mythosaur all the time. Kyr'vehtka'aris is rather innovative, she created a style or riding that is compatible with a dress and can ride with them. She's even quite skilled in shooting whilst riding."

"I'm sure you can handle yourself." He winked at this last statement. "I'm certain I can convince Princess Kyr'vehtka'ar to come along, introduce you to some mythosaurs and teach you."

Great, I thought. "I don't know about that, these seem a little dangerous."

"Be not concerned, we will pull out old Henry. He's an older beast and quite lovable to any human who comes around. In fact, he is actually the one I trained on."

'Oh' I thought, 'this is going to happen.' A hunting trip, at least if I go out there, I wouldn't be going alone. "How much of a party is allowed?" If I'm going, I'm going to make sure that Vai and maybe even more than her were along for the ride. If I could I'd bring the entire Royal guard. I doubted they'd allow so many, but I would bring the maximum I could.

"You can bring two other people. I'll be bringing two as well. Maybe my sister would like to join us. I will take you across the plains and we'll hunt some beasts together." Prince Ruusaarka'arsaid with a rather assured smile.

"Sounds wonderful." I said, internally screaming about the possibility of being eaten by a Komodo dragon on steroids. At least I would have a blaster rifle in case it tried that.

Unfortunately that would prove useless as well, as the prince asked, "Are you familiar with the use of an energy bow?"

I blinked before answering in the negative. Taking this in stride, he responded, "Well, I'll have to teach you. It's always good to have those ancient skills remembered and passed down."

It's at this point I am certainly suspicious, this is some sort of plot. Perhaps a sneaky method to build closer relations between the current ruling House of Mandalore and the House of Jakelia. Send your prince off with a princess to go hunting, arrange for them to stay in close physical proximity to each other in order to learn how to use a bow. Very suspicious in my opinion.

Perhaps it's nothing, but I should keep my guard up. Perhaps I would bring Ordo along instead of Vai just to be safe.




Concordia, Governor's Castle, Underground
Bo-Katan Kryze


Of all the planets I thought I'd have to go to for a meeting, Concordia had been on the bottom of my list. Sure, I had a residence on the planet for several years off and on again but currently my life is on Mandalore or Gargon. Coming back to Concordia is sort of a downgrade, though I will admit to missing the fresh forest air.

Of course, I wasn't here for a vacation to enjoy the fresh air. I was summoned by Pre Vizsla or should I refer to him by his title, 'Secret Mandalore'. This summons is about Death Watch affairs, which I found somewhat surprising. I thought Pre would have written me off, considering it's obvious that I am growing closer to Satine's camp in the last few years. I know if the roles were reversed, I would have made sure to 'forget' to send summons to a disloyal member, especially to whatever speech he planned on giving tonight.

Then again, considering that my stakes amongst the Death Watch had risen to around 45% and I was possibly a contender for taking his rank of 'Secret Mandalore', perhaps he didn't want to risk insulting my supporters by not inviting me. I guess it's possible, I'm not one for politics. I'm a woman of action and I only really got into Death Watch's clan politics to keep an eye on them in case they ever tried to pull a rebellion against my sister. Getting a 30% margin had been due to luck, the fact people correctly assume I'm not a conniving person, and that some people trusted my family name a bit more than the Vizsla name.

My membership in Death Watch served two simple goals. Keep my family alive and watch out for unexpected consequences. Though I don't think I needed to check in as much as I once did, I might as well keep an eye on Death Watch if they were going to let me keep an eye on them.

I was in the system anyways, one of my monthly trips to Mandalore in the middle of nowhere to beat Satine into shape. As much as Satine thought she was rusty, she really wasn't. Oh sure, Satine is not as quick now as she used to be when we were younger, but just like riding a speeder bike, her muscle memory is still there. Even with the new training armor that Satine had bought from Zum, she was still able to keep up with me and my old red armor.

Of course, I'd rather be fighting her in her new armor but she was still being a bit cagey about that. From what I understood, it existed, some of the base was done, but it was still being worked on by Zum who was keeping his lips tight about it as well.

The secrecy was kind of annoying, but also kind of made me want to see it even more. I was half-expecting it to be some gaudy showpiece when it's finally revealed, hopefully it would be at least somewhat practical. It's not like I didn't know what colors it would be, probably green and blue with a little splash of purple here and there. Those were her general favored attributes of the color theory even if Satine claimed she never used it. Peace, reliability, and luck have been hallmarks of her rule.

Overall, her training was going well. When she'll finally get her armor, I pity anyone who'll try to dethrone her. Not only because she would be able to defend herself, but they'd have to go through her Royal Guard and the new Mandalore Self-Defense Force. I was not involved in training the SDF, but I was proud to see them excel and was looking forward to their introduction ceremony.

Speaking of the SDF, their current size on each planet is around 4,000 strong from what I had observed. There is a bill in the government slowly working its way up to expand the size to twice that number. Although Tanya had sent a note about this, attached for the Royal family's eyes only, to cancel the standard notification memo for Harswee in particular. Odd, but not really my problem. Personally, I thought that Mandalore the planet's SDF had some of the finest Mandalorian armor outside the Royal Guard. The armor had a coloration that generally matched Satine's outfit and dress. Which is a good way to say they were a peaceful force and not a military force.

I would say the new blasters they are carrying were pretty militarized, however there is a big switch on them that allows the blaster to switch from stun mode to kill mode. They were designed to function in stun mode first, but it's an impressive weapon nonetheless. Vesti Engineering, is a company that hadn't had any government contracts before, it's most likely why they won the contract. Satine is still rather hesitant in dealing with the old families that had helped run Mandalore's military industry before the rise of the New Mandalorians. Working with a bunch of fresh-faced engineers seemed rather more her style. The fact that the weapon blew the competition out of the water certainly silenced any criticisms of favoritism.

When Satine sent out specifications for the MSDF Blaster Trials for a standard issue blaster, the main points are that it has a stun setting, be able to work in every environment, and still be reliable after a decent amount of abuse. Since Vesti only ever made WESTAR knock-offs, X4 asked me to be a consultant and 'subject matter expert'. Their initial prototype performed like garbage. It could shoot a powerful bolt that can drop someone in beskar armor, have a rather long range, and is fairly reliable. It's also really long which makes it feel front heavy, it can't interface with modern helmets, and has a very heavy recoil which are major problems. When used in full auto it makes the gun jump all over the place, making it a big detriment in the field and something Satine would have issue with if a civilian died due to a stray shot. It's basically a Mandalorian War era repeating blaster with a stunner tacked on under the barrel.

After going back to the drawing board and going through multiple prototypes later, Vesti managed to iron out all of the kinks and added a few quality of life features I recommended to them. Now it has a modern barrel which integrates the stunner and blaster components into a single package as well as making it shorter being only about slightly longer than a GALAAR. It uses modern lightweight alloys to make it lighter while still being able to take a beating. And can still shoot after it's dunked in water, sand, and mud or frozen solid and dropped from a 2 story building. Thanks to their experience with making WESTAR blasters that already have this feature, they just had to convert the technology to be used on their blaster rifle.

Those are the noticeable changes, but there are also some minor additions that I had to add in, it's now ambi-dexterous with switches on both sides, a mag strip on the top and butt to attach all types of scopes and stocks, and an innovative selective fire system that I claim partial credit for its creation. The really interesting part of the selective fire also adjusts the Tibana pressure of the blaster. Allowing the blaster to output more Tibana into a shot to reach the high power and range of the initial prototype in single-fire for long range engagements. While in semi-auto mode, the blaster lowers the pressure to around a similar output to a GALAAR carbine reducing its power and range but makes its recoil much more manageable, useful in close quarters like in cities. They got the idea for an adjustable select fire when I asked if it was possible to keep the high damage of the prototype blaster but the recoil of a GALAAR. They dismissed the idea as impossible before one of them stopped moving for a minute and then he bolted to the lab. A few hours later he came back with a plan for the new dual mode select fire system.

Overall it handles like most good quality blasters on the market, at least the ones I've been able to get my hands on. It is not as sleek and precise as the GALAAR but it does have a rugged charm more reminiscent of Mandalorian War era blasters or those made by Blastech that is more common in the wider galaxy. It is a workhorse weapon, meant to do its job and do it well. An alternative to a GALAAR at a much lower cost while being easy to maintain, can withstand a few knocks, and work in any environment while still being an excellent weapon.

I don't know how X4 managed to price the SHUKUR so low that plenty of middle class Mandalorians are able to afford it. Since all of the economic stuff flew over my head, I'll leave that to people like Tanya or Satine. The fact that the gun's body is stamped and welded probably helped with that.

I remember how quickly the celebration turned to panic when eggheads realized that they now had to produce 4,000 blasters per Mandalorian planet in the sector as well as that Satine would send a few Royal Guards to inspect their operation. The fact that they were just 8 nerds in a warehouse when X4 found them was reason enough for them to worry that the Guards would report to Satine that Vesti couldn't fulfill the contract and disqualify them.

Luckily for them, X4 had bought a large arms factory that was on sale under Vesti's name on Ordo and they just put their entire inventory of blasters they have in stock at that point in various states of completion all over the place as well as have several dozen droids act as hired labor for the schrade. When the Guard arrived and inspected the factory, they asked where the rest of the workers were at. One of them said that 'They are out for lunch.' and I had to struggle to keep a straight face. After the Guards were happy with the inspection, everyone went out for lunch too and I'll never forget how the Guard straight up told us that, 'This is merely a formality, we just want to make sure you aren't just 3 guys in a warehouse.' The nervous laughter amongst the eggheads is funny enough for me to join in.

By the time orders start coming in, X4 has everything ready to fulfill the orders. He already hired a bunch of engineers and droids to work in the Ordo factory as well as license out extra production of the SHUKUR blaster to Mandal Hypernautics where their larger factories were already tooled to manufacture the new blasters and have Mandal Logistics deliver them to their respective SDFs. It's honestly a little impressive and uncanny how competent he is.

Anyway, one of Satine's mandatory requirements for the new blasters to have a stunner was an interesting addition. A most notable feature of the SHUKUR is a stronger than normal stun mode, to the point that even someone in Mandalorian armor might be knocked down to the ground. Which would be useful if my Death Watch "comrades" around me ever decided to go full rebellion.

Almost every major party in Death Watch is here, from Clan Saxon and Clan Kast to Clan Wren and Clan Priest. A group of hardline militarists that came from across the sector to unseat my sister, or at least see the return of the ancient ways in some form. The last few years had not been good for Death Watch, though when it came to that large portions had either switched to my side. My newfound support was mostly based on the popular misconception that I had been successful at influencing Satine's policies and credited me with Satine's recent reforms. This led to my following to grow even bigger amongst the Death Watch supporters. In addition, there also has been large portions of clans abandoning the whole notion of rebellion after Satine's reforms gave them what they wanted. Many clans only wanted to keep militarism alive, their armor still being produced, and to keep their culture somewhat intact. Now that Satine has given them what they want, they don't have a reason to rebel.

Of the other clan leaders, there were several dozen who were of importance that were called to meetings like this. Either the more influential of the groups representing the planets under their control or those clans with large and ancient families that they would have some sort of hold over other clans.

There also seems to be a general trend in the armor coloration recently, last time we met everyone had their own clan colors. I wondered how tight a hold some of the smaller clan families put on their families armor, it seemed everyone was slowly switching to blues and dark blues. I probably would have refreshed my armor as well if I had been paying attention but I've been off doing other things. Like dealing with Gargon and the Rangers there, as well as helping with the creation of Tanya's newest project, a mercenary company. They would help Mandalorians blow off their need to get some fighting now and again as well as being an additional source of income and experience.

Maybe I should also start up my own little band of warriors that would fight along with me, that way Satine and Tanya wouldn't raise that big of a fuss when I go out and get some action. My group would need a pretty good name though, something to think about after the meeting. Hopefully no one would make a fuss about my armor when the meeting finally started; it wasn't like I was wearing Satine's colors.

"Bo-Katan." My thoughts were interrupted as a female Mandalorian stepped up to me.

"Yes?" I said, wondering why she's wearing her helmet indoors. The answer came quickly as a fist headed straight to my face. She was hiding who she was, to not let me know she was going to attack me.

Unfortunately for her I wasn't a New Mandalorian. I quickly caught the arm by the wrist and sent a straight kick into her gut to push her back a few steps. The bitch came at me again trying to hit me with a left hook. I grabbed her arm and threw her over my shoulder into a nearby column. She bounced off of it and stood back up to have another go at me. Taking another swing only for it to end badly as I ducked under her swing while I delivered a palm strike to her gut to bend her forward before I grabbed her helmet and held it in place so I could slam my knee into it.

She took a couple steps back away from me and I took a couple steps away from her while relaxing my fighting stance as I don't consider her to be dangerous enough for me to go all out. While I could just end the fight now by showing no mercy and just stab my hidden blade in my gauntlet into her neck, it is not worth the effort of a blood feud later down the line, if she had any family to avenge her. Plus I wanted to try out a few more non-lethal moves Satine taught me when she inflicted them on me, see what it's like on the other side.

I couldn't ask why she was doing this since you don't ask why someone's fighting you in Death Watch. You just either win or you lose, and assume they had some good reason for their stupidity to start a fight in the first place. A crowd of people began to surround us to watch with passive interest. None of them were going to try and stop this. It was obvious that whoever started the fight needed to end the fight. That's just how things worked in Death Watch.

My attacker stood back up, retook a fighting stance, and began moving forward towards me slowly and steadily. Only at the last moment, she rushed forward drawing a blade. I caught her arm and twisted her entire arm behind her back till the blade was dropped. A kick to her knees and pushing her arm forward, forced her to the ground.

I noticed a lot of the same flaws that Vai had early in her training, this particular combatant didn't seem nearly as well trained, but none of that is my problem. I focused on pinning her down by putting my knee on her back and putting pressure on her shoulder, slowly hyperextending the shoulder joint further and further. "Guess someone needs to be taught their place." I muttered as I heard her hiss in pain inside the helmet as I pushed her arm forward like a lever.

I was not planning on dislocating her shoulder or anything but I need to make it clear that I would not tolerate an assault. The woman finally screamed in pain before I heard Pre Vizsla say, "I think you've taught her a lesson Bo-Katan, you can let her up now."

Looking up, I saw him and his full armor. Apparently he had it pulled out of whatever hiding hole he kept it in. As I had suspected, the armor was painted in blacks, blues, and dark blues. Freeing the woman's arm, I stood up and said, "I hope so. I have no idea why she did that."

"Well, it's quite clear to me why she did that. Her daughter, Vai-Viktis, apparently has developed a deep friendship with your niece. You probably heard about the news a year ago."

I blinked as I realized who I was beating up and then started laughing, "Abi Vizla? Did you really just try and beat me up because you're upset your daughter chose Tanya over being a spy for you? I mean what were you expecting? They practically grew up together and Tanya doesn't have her mother. Did you really think they wouldn't develop a friendship?"

Abi Vizsla got up, still nursing her arm, took off her helmet to reveal her ruined makeup and messy hair from the fight. "Your niece is a Coriscanti wretch, she didn't become friends with Vai! She brainwashed and seduced my daughter! Turned her into a slut! My husband was so embarrassed by what she did he divorced me." Frankly, I don't think Vai's the reason you got a divorce.

"I trained Tanya in fighting and Mandalorian ways, you know. Vai too, since she was there and Tanya's handmaiden. I've spent a lot of time with both of them, they're good kids. And whatever Tanya has passed on to Vai is an improvement, I think."

"I'll kill you." Abi came at me again. I easily stepped out of the way of her charge whilst tripping her as she charged pass. The sidestep caused her to even go further than she expected, crashing into the crowd.

"You can try, but as you've obviously proven, you can't. Maybe you should take a long hard look at yourself and how much pressure you were putting on your family to be exactly what you wanted them to be."

Abi got up and tried to come at me again, but Pre Vizsla motioned his hand and two of the Death Watch guards around her grabbed her arms.

"Please take Abi Vizla upstairs so she can have a moment to rest."

The two guards nodded in the affirmative, holding Abi tight. They pulled her towards the near door, past me on the way out; Abi was practically frothing, spewing angry insults and other hateful things in my general direction while I merely smiled and waved at her. Last thing I could make out was her calling me a perverted slut like the rest of my family, before the door closed in her face.

Pre Vizsla shook his head, before saying, "I'm sorry about that. A few years ago I thought Abi Vizla was reliable. As it turns out it only took a little upset to push her over the edge. Her husband was never much of a supporter of Death Watch in the first place. Thus when her daughter rebuffed her attempts to spill Tanya's secrets, he took that as a sign that it was time to pursue other venues."

"Understandable, it's a miracle that Vai turned out so normal, considering what kind of mother she had."

"Old armor still suiting you?" Pre Vizsla commented.

Turning back to look at Pre, I said, "Still works fine. On that topic, I'm noticing a lot of new colors around here, what's going on my Mand'alor? Should I send my armor off to my armorer to get it painted too?"

"War is on the horizon, but with war comes opportunity. We need to have a conversation about recent developments with the New Mandalorians as well but feel free to paint your own armor however you like. Although, I would appreciate it if all of us wear the same color to signify a united cause."

"Right," I agreed, nodding my head, "well I can't wait to hear this. I don't think Death Watch's doctrine was really put together to deal with New Mandalorians actually militarizing somewhat."

He shook his head in the negative "No, it was not. But this is why we have a leader who can dictate what the new doctrine will be. We shall not be stagnant in times such as these. Best you find a seat, this is going to be a long speech. Thank you for coming, Bo-Katan, I know you have been rekindling your relationship with your sister recently. I'm glad to know that you still respect your vows to the Death Watch... even now."

"Even now?" I said with an eyebrow firmly raised and he simply smiled his more charming smile before stepping over to the stage and taking his place at a podium.

"Gather around, the sons and daughters of Mandalore, gather round we must have a talk about the Death Watch and its future.

Before us there are two paths: our current path, or one that will lead to a better, stronger Mandalore. The question is which path do we choose? Do we stay the current path or do we try something new, something that will transform the current political landscape of the sector?"

"What's the current path?" looking to the right, I saw Gar Saxon as well as some of his relatives speak up. "I know you kept everything as tight as possible for the last 10 years but if we're going to make a decision we need to be informed, we have to know everything."

"Very true," Pre Vizsla agreed, "the current path is to stay with a plan put together by Prince Tal Merrik, Senator to the Republic. Prince Merrik contacted me several years ago about the possibility of an uprising in the coming years. The Republic's mistreatment of the Outer Rim territories can not be tolerated forever, it is becoming apparent that the Outer Rim is going to separate from the Republic. What happens after that is unknown, but Prince Tal Merrik has worked out a deal, one that presents us another path from the current one. The deal is that we could join the Outer Rim planets in leaving the Republic and join the Separatists. If the Mandalore sector left the Republic, we will be aided by the Separatists in our efforts."

There were several conversations talking at that point, and that was to be expected. I was a bit gobsmacked by this information, I was under the impression that Merrik was one of Satine's most loyal allies. Even if I didn't like the guy, because he had been a bit skeevy to me over the years. The failed attempts at courting me had given me a very bad impression. One of the reasons I've been so in favor of training Tanya was my slight concern that he might do the same to Tanya; I want her to be able to kick his ass if he pulled anything.

Rook Kast standing near Gar Saxon spoke up, "So how would that have gone down if we went with this path?"

"Most likely we will stage some sort of operation to remove Republic forces from this sector. The Republic will take that badly and send Republic forces here. Satine will try to delay and stall, likely using the excuse that it's an internal matter. With tensions the way they are in the Senate, we can be sure events will be cast in the most unfavorable light possible, with Mandalorians taking the blame. If this scenario does come to pass, then the Separatists will come to our aid in the conflict, and afterwards we will have our independence."

Rook Kast was already shaking their head in open disagreement of this plan, plainly waiting to speak. "Merrick's plan might have worked before, but now, with Satine's reforms and the Self-Defense Forces? Now it won't work."


"What's the alternative then?" Wren asked from behind me, taking me a bit by surprise. I didn't expect her to question Pre, she has always been one of Vizsla's strongest supporters.

"We take into account the fact that the New Mandalorian's the first wave of total pacifism is gone. The New Mandalorians that exist now are the second wave, they accept and tolerate armor, weapons, even look favorably on self-defense. The Silver Codices have completely upset what we understand as New Mandalorian. What came before and what exists today are completely distinct ideologies."

He sighed before quoting, "'Satine is weak-minded like a child, with a child's faith and goodness and rationality.' Tor Vizsla wrote those words after the fall of the Mandalorian government, just before his death at unknown hands. At the time, it made sense, after all Satine was a child. She was looking for a disarmament program that would see Mandalore left weak, things have changed greatly as she is now re-arming Mandalore and slowly building its strength back up. The reason we call her the Anti-Mandalore is no longer relevant. Satine is no longer disarming the people, she is no longer attacking our culture, she is, even though she denies the title, the Mand'alor of the Mandalore sector. And because she's the Mand'alor of the Mandalore sector, we need to handle things differently."

"Oh yeah? How does this change anything?" Saxon asked.

"I could call myself the 'Secret Mandalore' previously because we have no respect for the Anti-Mandalore. I could plot to overthrow her because Satine was not the proper Mand'alor. But the moment Satine became the proper Mand'alor, then our ambitions to replace her are doomed. Our government will be seen as illegitimate and met with hostility, we will not look like returning heroes, but as foreign rebels unseating the rightful authority."

"I know." Wren had stepped forward and nodded her head in agreement at that and several other clan heads across the room had also come to that understanding it seemed.

Someone from Clan Priest spoke up saying, "If she is the Mand'alor, then challenge her to a duel, as the ancient ones would."

"I doubt Satine would accept and the people will not side with me if I go up there and slay our current ruler, even if I did win fairly." Pre sighed, "The proper way to deal with this is the way we had been doing things amongst the clans for the last thousand years, by beating a person at their own game."

"What do you mean by that?", I asked, rather interested in where this was going.

Pre answered, "The Mand'alor's goal and the rule of the game is simple, protect the people of Mandalore from the conflict. To maintain neutrality, Satine will abandon those Mando'a outside of the sector on their own and ancient allies will be trampled by the Republic or Separatists factions in the conflict. We must step in to ensure that every Mando'a is defended if necessary. If either side decides to violate Satine's neutrality we need to be able to come to rescue or shore up defenses, as they will no doubt be lacking due to Satine's wishful thinking regarding void defense. If we prove we are more capable at protecting Mando'ade from the coming conflict, to the point the people ask for say my leadership to be put in place instead of Satine's, well that would beat her at her own game become the official Mand'alor."

"No mention of the Silver Mandalorians?" Saxon asked.

"These Silver Mandalorians are ultimately a distraction. The Silver Codices are ultimately a reactionary work, they proclaim no new or great Mandalorian society. It draws lines around the prettier and more useful parts of Mandalorian culture and calls it Mandalore. Except we aren't fools or children - we all know Mandalore is more than just the useful or pretty parts of history. It's all of it and it includes the necessary things we do to protect Mandalore.

Satine is doomed in the long run, both by her own actions and ideology. The New Mandalorian government has no answer for this war. These 'Self-Defense Forces' are children playing with toys. We focus on the task before us, prepare supplies for the conflict and advance our plans for rapid deployment when conflict begins. Unlike the New Mandolorians or Silver Mandalorians, Death Watch knows war and we will be ready."

Conversations sprang up as Pre stepped back from the podium. I was a little isolated, so I eavesdropped instead. Clan Priest members were closest, but as usual, they were silent.

"Gargon? What are you doing there?" Interesting. Clan Saxon was loudest, as usual, and apparently not all one mind about the Silver Mandalorians. "Hydian Way..."

Pre returned, apparently after getting a drink of water. "I know this is going to be a hard decision and it'll probably take several months to get an official tally, we have time to make up our own minds on this subject. Perhaps we will simply come to discover a third option, a 'play both sides of the coin' perspective.

What I can say is this. The Republic and Separatists will go to war. Mandalore will be drawn into the conflict. This is inevitable, what we need to focus on are preparations to take advantage of the situation. When the war comes, we need to have positioned ourselves such that the people choose us to protect them and guide them into the future instead of the New Mandalorians. Our goals are not to conquer or make new claims outside the sector, we seek a restoration of our old ways, defense of our people, and to restore Mandalore's honor."

As a flurry of conversations resumed again, before Wren spoke up and asked, "What about this 'White Silver' isn't she another Mand'alor in the making, should we be worried about her?"

Pre nodded in agreement, "She has the possibility, yes. So far she's made it clear that she supports Satine's rule and has no interest in ruling herself, but beyond her interest in Gargon, she does not seem to be very active. Perhaps this will change when the war starts. I will be curious to see what she protects and identify her true values and motivations. If White Silver does act, it will change our calculations on what our plans will be possible."

Wren nodded before taking a few steps back to talk to several other clans members. I saw many groups trying to form up as conversations went around. Pre paused for a moment, seemingly lost in thought, before he stepped down from the podium and nodded to me.

"Again, thank you for coming, Bo. Feel free to talk to the others. I think I know which direction you are going to vote in the coming decision." He said before walking on leaving me there the blink for a moment as I realized that I was being played.

He knew that I was here to make sure that my sister was safe from any attempted rebellions. I had conversations with him in the past about the matter, so most likely he'd had me brought into this particular conversation because he was favoring the path of fighting a Mand'alor at their own game. After all, if he defeated my sister by protecting the Mandalore sector and getting himself elected as the new Mandalore, my sister wouldn't even need to be exiled from the government or the Mandalore sector.

I was impressed, but then again Pre had always been rather good at it. With so many different clans gathered together when most of them still hated each other from the Clan Wars and the Civil War for nearly 20 years. If things had kept going the way they had before the codex they probably would have ended up being at each other's throats in 20 years.

Shaking my head, I thought the politics through before deciding which conversations to attempt to join. Although Pre appeared to be using me for his own needs, his needs still met my own goals for now, so I had no problem with that. Making sure my family is protected is the only reason I am here. So with that decided, I moved over towards Wren's group and their hushed conversation. I would need to see how the winds of politics were blowing and try to push things in a general direction that would support Pre's more moderate ambitions.

Sure, some would be displeased by my political connection to the New Mandalorians and ignore me all together. But a good percentage of clans do listen to me, especially now that I had been threatening Pre's leadership. If I threw my support behind his action, I'm sure I could probably support Pre for now, to keep his ambitions focused on peaceful elections rather than armed insurrection.

Of course, there will probably be some clans that would never go for it and I wondered if they would stay loyal. That's the problem with big tent politics, after all, if the radicals are in the party and then you invite everyone in and then it slowly gets more moderate, the radicals might leave to go do something else.




Coruscant, Mandalorian Tower
Tanya Kryze


Alas, all good things come to an end and my little trip around the Mandalore Sector was no different. Though I will admit I was quite thankful to be off the Jakelia.

The prince never took advantage of an opening and wasn't as foolhardy as Baltan Carid, the creep who proposed to me back in Sundari, but I could tell he was definitely trying to lay some moves on me, slowly and steadily. Perhaps it was nothing, perhaps it had just been the way of their people but having someone with the outward appearance of an elf stand close to you to teach you how to shoot a bow while wearing obvious cologne told you that they're probably was something going on.

Thankfully, he never made any obvious move and if he had I was sure Ordo could have taken the guy on. Fight for my honor and all that. But the most important part is I had gotten off the world without another marriage proposal. The king offered me an egg of a Mythosaur to raise on my own and I managed to avoid that fate by pointing out that there was not enough room in the tower I lived at on Coruscant.

Not that I was against having one of those creatures. After riding one it was not as terrifying an experience as I imagined when I first saw them. But I really just did not have the capabilities to take care of such a creature and sending it along to Mandalore to be raised there would not exactly fulfill the implicit contract between rider and beast of raising such a creature.

Although, it seemed Morson seemed to have enjoyed the hunt much more than I did. As her Nomadic upbringing made her a competent rider, even if she never ridden a Mythosaur before. Once she got the hang of it, Morson and the princess went off ahead and competed against one another to see who can get the most kills whilst chasing down Jakelian bison across the plains, which ended in a tie. The two became fast friends after that, judging by the smiles between the two of them. I also think the prince might be interested in Morson too from the frequent looks he's sending her way, but that is none of my business. If he wants to pursue a relationship with my handmaiden, more power to him, it means I have less complications like romance to deal with.

Besides that misadventure, I've been able to get back aboard Ratio and start my return to Coruscant. But first a rather quick diversion to Mandalore to pick up a dispatch for Senator Merrik and drop off the gifts from the two mining worlds I'd stopped off at. I haven't even had time to speak to Aunt Satine as she's been in some sort of meeting when I arrived.

I had been able to keep up to date and read the dispatches on the way back to Coruscant. I had not missed out on any major events in the Senate, according to Padme. It is apparent that most of the Mandalorian system is in favor of staying out of the conflict but is more than willing to help build up a Self-Defense Force for the sector.

Even the Mandalorian Patrol is participating in talks with the official government of the sector about possibly integrating its services into a New Mandalorian Self-Defense Fleet which would be handy to say the least from what I was reading. Most of their fleet are made up of Dreadnoughts and other ships of various makes and models. Nothing too massive, but a cruiser fleet is a cruiser fleet. It could use some smaller ships to screen it but it would definitely do well in protecting the sector as long as none of those battleships the Trade Federation calls cargo ships pulled into the sector. Those things were so large that their size was a quality of its own, even a cruiser fleet would have difficulty fighting them.

Really rather impressive that we were managing to get all our ducks in order for the inevitable conflict that was going to happen at this rate. I had to return this week due to the first round of voting on the Military Creation Act. The legislation is probably going to fail but it was happening this week and the Representatives needed to be here to support the sides they preferred. Granted, I was no better than a coffee gofer but what could you do? You needed to start at the lower ranks to work your way up anywhere.

Stretching out my back, I got up from my seat where I'd been overlooking the latest dispatches and went over to a window to look out at the skyline. As I pondered, I played around with the desk ornament and looked out over the city.

On the subject of coffee, that reminded me of the best damn coffee I think I've ever had. Since I finally turned 18, whatever nonsense had prevented me from partaking in caffeine was finally lifted. Before I left Mandalore I had heard about a nice little coffee shop in Keldabe, the original capital of Mandalore. It had taken some work but I had managed to get there without too many people noticing and tried a cup of this mythical coffee that was supposedly the best in the entire Mandalore sector.

To be honest, it does live up to the legend, as it was the second best coffee I had ever drunk. Probably the best I've ever drank in this life, that's for sure, as I spent several minutes just soaking in the flavor that Vai had to poke me to check if I was still alive. Then again I only had a few sneaking drinks here and there when I got the chance and most of those have been rather bland coffees.

Once I finished the coffee, I immediately got as much information as I could out of the staff of the coffee shop. I was able to get into contact with their supplier and requisitioned the ingredients they used in their coffee and had it stored on my ship.

It had to have to be unloaded but when it was, I enjoyed preparing some of the best coffee from Mandalore here in the tower. This is useful, not only for when my burgeoning caffeine addiction's return but more importantly serving that kind of coffee to visitors would definitely spark interest. Ideally, interest in Mandalorian trade and Mandalorian coffee goods, interest could bring in investors and investors could help the economy of Mandalore grow. It's a general hope at the very least, but any chance to help Mandalore grow its economy and become a peaceful, but willing to fight nation, is a step in the right direction as far as I was concerned.

Tossing the box up into the air, its gray colored glass and silver lining catching the light before catching it, I smile at the possibilities of increasing the economy of Mandalore. There will be plenty of opportunities to improve my sector in the coming years. The more I dug into the sector, the more it became apparent that not only are there plenty of assets that had never even been used because they were not military ventures by previous generations, but were not even being used by the current administration because they weren't really considering the possibility of them. Which made some degree of sense when you look into where the New Mandalorians came from. Their greatest asset is the production of wine from Kalevala. They knew how to make wine, but one type of luxury doesn't make a strong economy. Because they only knew about how to develop one luxury good, they weren't really looking into the other luxury goods in the sector that could be produced.

Of course, there were plenty of military assets that could be used to help in the coming years. But we need to also work on our non-military assets, or we're doomed to repeat a cycle that would see people die for little gain. Mandalore had a history of being considered a military threat and if we could soften our image, get people to overlook the bad things we had been involved in, and focus on the good things Mandalorians had done, that would be for the best in my opinion.

Granted there was no way we'd ever stop being somewhat connected to our martial tradition, that is just the realities of this culture. I was born into it but I think I am on the way to reshaping it to be more a bit like Japan when it comes to its consideration of its military past. Ideally Mandalore would look upon its military as an important tradition and less of something they need to return to.

Well that is my hope. Of course this war could spin completely out of control, as wars rarely go the way the people in charge think they'll go. Then perhaps we would need to rely on our military heritage to defend ourselves from invasion from both sides, but that is something I hope didn't happen. No matter how thorough of a training you give a soldier, fighting the entire galaxy can only end badly. There were plenty of books about the history of this galaxy citing that as well as many more examples I could name myself. Sure the Empire versus the rest of the world was not exactly completely the same, but there's enough similarities that I'd like not to see that happen again.

My thoughts were interrupted as there was someone pounding on my door. Drawing my attention towards it as a voice called, "Tanya! Tanya, you gotta come see this!"

Turning, I walked across my office room and pressed the button on my door to open it. Standing in the doorway is Vai who looked absolutely in a rush as she grabbed my wrist and started pulling me towards the main area.

"What's going on?" I asked, a bit annoyed that she is being this demanding. As she pulled me along but as we entered the main area of the suite, I saw exactly what was going on.

At the far end of the wall was a holo viewscreen, and on the screen is a burning wreck of a ship as firefighter crafts attempted to put it out. Firefighters are spraying liberal use of fire retardant foam to save the wreck though the wreck was obviously unsalvageable. It was quite obvious that something had hit it, not in the sense that "Oh another car had crashed into it", but as in "someone had used an anti-aircraft missile to destroy it".

Now all that is bad enough but I recognize the craft. I recognized the fighters around it, that was the Naboo delegation's transport ship and someone had just blown it up.

"Someone's killed Padme." Vai said, saying what I was thinking. The question is who would want to do that? Padme is one of the politicians leading the pacifist faction. Thus the most likely candidate in my mind would be whoever benefited, in this case, some faction in favor of the military being created. Possibly the same person who assassinated Senator Jheramahd Greyshade.

Immediately my suspicions returned to the Senatorial Guard. Would this be another moment like what had happened a few months ago? Someone is trying to push for war and they are trying to prevent any and all attempts to get to a peaceful resolution. Killing the biggest anti-war politician not only guaranteed that the Military Creation Act would be passed but would galvanize the Outer Rim systems. More Outer Rim systems would abandon negotiating the military creation act in the Senate and be pushed towards the Separatists as well.

If I didn't know better I'd say Being X was back for round two and screwing with me. But no, while he'd been a bastard to me my second life, his actions had always had some kernel of sense to their insanity. He would often appear to me to have conversations before pushing a chess piece in the general direction of "screw Tanya". If it's not Being X, then it's more likely than not that there is another force in this galaxy, another schemer that had nothing to do with me, but led by someone who wanted a war. Why would someone want a war?

That is a question to be figured out later. For now I said, "Turn up the volume." and Vai immediately did so and we were greeted by the greatest words I think I could ever hear.

"There's been an attempt on Padme Amidala's life but it appears that it has failed, as she was not on board the vessel when it exploded. Investigations are ongoing into what has caused the destruction of said vessel. Rumors abound online from bounty hunters to engine problems but we will leave that to the experts to figure out."

I tuned that out as I confirmed that information mentally by taking a deep breath and letting out a sigh with all my stress that had nearly been building up there. Turning to Vai I said, "Get my guards up. I need to pay a visit to the Tower for Naboo and see if Padme is alright."

"Are you sure it's safe to go see her right now? Someone just tried to kill her."

I smiled and said, "The safest place she probably could be is in a room with a Mandalorian. At this point, if explosions fail to kill her, then the next attempt will probably be more up close and personal. Besides that, we need more information about what's going on."

She nodded and said, "I'll get to work." As I turned back to the viewscreen, I scrutinized the images of the destroyed craft. Who could be responsible for this? How will this affect Mandalore?




Writers note: Good morning new arc! Love the smell of burning rubble to kick off the story arc… Well then let's talk about what just happened, you got a vision of what's going on around the Mandalore sector, and say the start of Attack of the Clones from Tanya's eyes. What will happen now is up for fate to decide.




Edited by: Warmach1ne32, Dillon Duvall, Mason H, TheBattle Sage, Afforess,
Community edited by:Just Rafi

Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread





Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, , Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Daniel Martinez, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Neso, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, , John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar, BigKumaDM, Taylor Tilbury, Treant Balewood, Aske Helsted, James Williams


 
Last edited:
Chapter 31
Chapter 31
716 FNM (22 BBY)
Month 5





Coruscant, Naboo Tower
Tanya Kryze


Riding an elevator to the top of an immensely huge tower is nothing new, especially with the amount of high-rises on Coruscant. It's not often that I am visiting a friend, even less often that I am visiting a friend after a failed assassination attempt.

Actually, have I ever visited anyone after a failed assassination attempt? Hard to recall, there might have been one or two with Aunt Satine, but if there was, she never told me so I do not think those really count.

Either way, someone just tried to assassinate one of the leaders of a major faction advocating for peace. As a representative of Mandalore and friend of said victim, I thought it would be best to visit her in person.

I had gotten pretty far, I figured someone would have stopped me somewhere in the lobby. Either I am such a known quantity that I am not considered a threat or the guards are terrible, which I highly doubt after their respectable performance on Naboo. I guess I would see when I got up to the top level.

With me are Captain Struc, Skota, and Vai. I thought about bringing a couple more of my entourage but I decided the best option is to bring quality instead of quantity. I did not want to fill the room with people even if I could trust all the people I brought. The more occupied the room is, the more likely it is for someone to sneak in. With an assassin on the loose, it would be best to not give them the opportunity.

Straightening nonexistent creases in my green dress, I did my absolute best to look the part of a New Mandalorian even if my feelings leaned more to being Old Mandalorian right now. The fact that someone had tried to assassinate a friend is more than just a little bit annoying, it is aggravating to the point I downright want to commit some good old Old Mandalorian style therapy.

I do not like people trying to screw with things I am working on and I am trying very hard to slow down the prospect of an upcoming war for as long as possible. Yet here is some assassin whose actions could have thrown all my efforts into the gutter. This is aggravating to some extent, I might even call it righteous indignation.

I took a deep breath to calm myself down. I am a representative, not a Mandalorian warrior. My job is to discuss politics, not to hunt down this assassin-wannabe and deliver some Mandalorian greetings that they will never forget before they are delivered to the proper authorities, no matter how tempting it is.

Granted, I probably am doing some things that I really should not be doing. Someone had used a missile to blow up Padme's transport and guided missiles are a known quantity. There were not that many people that could use them, so if I could figure out what kind of missile it was, I could get a general direction on who to release the hounds towards.

I am a bit concerned that the aforementioned hounds would bite a Mandalorian. So many Mandalorian offensive technologies relied on missiles. It was not impossible that someone had sold the assassin the weapon, which could damage the reputation of Mandalore even more and that is most certainly not something we need right that second. There were other possibilities, but for now I should only worry about the ones that could affect Mandalore. I assigned my slicer, one of my Royal Guardsmen, Kuth Mok, to infiltrate the Archives of the Coruscanti Police and find out what had been discovered of the wreckage so far. Just to see if my theory held kernels of truth.

Letting out a sigh, I heard the ding of the elevator and stepped out into the entryway. I was immediately greeted by a dark skinned man with an eye patch. "Captain Typho." Next to him is another member of Padme's security, one of her pilot's. "Captain Varbarós." I greeted her as well, having met both before.

"Representative Kryze," Captain Typho said with a smile. "I had heard that there is a Mandalorian who pushed their way through the front line of security. I figured it was you."

Ah. So that was why visitors were not instructed to stop when we passed through the line on the ground level. Down below, there were many well-wishers on the platform. Admirers of Padme herself and supporters of her faction had come out to leave flowers and other mementos on the platform to show their support. They had formed a bit of a crowd we had to get through, but the guards did not resist our group leaving the line. This obviously means that they had prepared for some high level visitors.

"Senator Amidala had put together a short list of people that she had given us permission to let in and you're on the top of the list. Come, she's in the central meeting area." he said, holding out his hand to direct me.

Nodding, I started walking with Vai right beside me and my two Royal Guards behind us. We entered the main chambers of the Tower and my two guards immediately moved to take positions near the front door, next to the already waiting Royal Guards of Naboo. No doubt the moment we had our backs turned they would have a nice long chat, which is to be expected. I wouldn't be surprised if every Royal Guards have backroom chats about their jobs. Talking about things that would not really be of interest to Representatives but probably are interesting for themselves.

Sitting on a large couch is Senator Padme Amidala, already in a conversation with a Gungan. Trying to console her, by the sounds of it. The moment she turned her head and saw me she stood up and the Gungan got up as well, as dictated by common etiquette. Padme spoke first, "Representative Kryze, good to see you. I hoped you might make an appearance."

"One of my friends is in need, how could I stay away? I am glad to see that you are safe and sound, Senator Amidala. Pleasure to meet you as well, Representative Binks." I said, guessing at the identity of the Gungan.

"That's-a-me sah.'' he said with a smile before offering a hand. "Mesa thinks it's the first time we meet. How did you know?".

I took the offered hand, answering, "Your heroics at the Naboo Incident precede you, Representative."

He smiled but before he could say anything else, Padme said, "Feel free to take a seat Tanya. I'm just trying to calm down after the trying day I had."

I nodded and took a seat across from her sitting next to the Gungan who had returned to his own. "I saw the news report on the explosion and knew I had to come over here. My condolences to all of the lives lost in this tragedy. Any ideas on who's behind it? Or would you rather talk about something else?"

It is always best to give a person an out of a conversation like this, if they did not want to deal with it. However Padme shook her head, "No, no, I'm just trying to get my head around all this myself. It could be the spice miners from some of the moons in the Naboo system, but I just can't see them doing this. It's far too big of an escalation for them to even consider in my opinion. Personally, I think it was probably Nute Gunray again. He's never really forgiven me for the defeat over the Naboo Incident."

"Hmm, Nute Gunray." I muttered, trying to pull up all of the information about him that I know of after the Naboo Incident. The Trade Federation had kicked him from command of their operation but besides the endless ongoing court cases that he had been stuck in for the last 10 years, I did not know much about what he had been up to. "Seems foolish to try this. I mean he has already lost his business, and he's always wrapped up in a lot of court cases. What good will assassinating you do for him, other than settling a grudge?"

Padme sighed before saying, "I don't know for sure. I had a conversation with Vice-Chair Amedda on my way up to Palpatine earlier today. He suggested that Nute Gunray is trying to join the Separatists and this is possibly some sort of deal with Count Dooku to seal the deal for his cooperation. Kill me and Nute Gunray would bring the Trade Federation into supporting the Separatists."

"That is an odd way of looking at things." I said, shaking my head. "Yes, there is a motive, that much makes sense, but assassinating you goes against Count Dooku's own objectives for a peaceful separation of the Separatists from the Republic. You also want peaceful resolution. He would literally be killing his greatest ally."

Padme nodded in agreement, "I'm inclined to agree, but I brought it up with the Jedi and they aren't really sure what is going on either. As far as they're concerned, Count Dooku is a political idealist and nothing more. I don't know what's going on, all I know is someone wants me dead. It's either Nute Gunray or perhaps, and this is a bit of a stretch, some random spice miner."

I nodded in agreement and said, "Yes, that is the problem with politics sometimes. The answer is not just one or the other, it is multiple choice that could be one or all three." Shaking my head I moved on to another important subject, "In any case, have they arranged better security for you at least while you are here? Seems foolhardy to assume that the assassin will not try again."

Padme nodded her head as she explained, "Chancellor Palpatine asked the Jedi to have someone protect me for the time being and I've agreed; he'll be arriving soon I hope." She smiled at that before continuing, "He's an old friend, in fact. Someone I haven't seen since the whole Naboo Incident." Her smile faltered a bit there before she said, "Everything goes back to the Naboo Incident doesn't it?"

"Well, it was your first foray into galactic politics. And it was a pretty major one too. But I would not worry too deeply about the past in this situation. Keep focused on what is going on in the here and now, the past is something to look at for analysis, not something to look back on with regrets."

"More of White Silver's teachings?" Padme asked with a raised eyebrow.

I chuckled, "Finally got around to reading some of those documents I shared, I see."

"We may disagree on some aspects of politics but I do read stuff my friends give me."

I smiled at that as that seemed the right thing to do before asking, "So how many Jedi are coming? I assume only one, right?"

"One Jedi and his Padawan. He's supposed to set up out here in the living room and watch over me to make sure there's no more attempts on my life."

"Well that's good but should they not be adding more security?" I pointed to the windows. "These windows may be rated as blaster proof but this attacker has already demonstrated themselves to be more than willing to use explosives."

"That's what mesa been saying!" Representative Binks interjected. "Naboo an' Gungan are good friends. I speak with Rugor and hesa talk about hydrosomthin bubble shield for m'lady's room. No boomba gunna get through a Gungan shield methinks." I raised an eyebrow as Jar Jar looked to me for support only for Padme to shake her head softly. I am unaware of any shielding that has the capabilities in the way Jar Jar was describing. Something to look into at another time.

"We talked about this, having something like that would require renovations that would take a lot of time and money. The threat would have long passed by the time it is in place." Representative Binks seemed to deflate at that and returned to his seat as Padme looked towards the windows and said, "The Senate guard will be stationed in a few places in the area to keep an eye on me to make sure nothing like that is attempted."

I blinked, remembering the last time the Senate guard had been stationed to keep an eye on a senator. That hadn't gone over well and I suspected this time would not go well either. Good thing a Jedi is on their way then, two of them, if I were to count that Padawan. There would definitely be another assassination attempt. Hopefully they had enough awareness to sense a missile coming in their direction.

Shaking my head, I thought better of saying that out loud. Perhaps, though, I would have Mok hack into the security system and keep an eye on things for good measure. Mandel Tower isn't actually that far away from Naboo Tower. I could actually see it from my western window so theoretically if there is an emergency I could have a couple of my guards flying over there in a few minutes, it is something to consider.

My ruminations were interrupted when Captain Typho re-entered the room and said, "My ladies, Jedi Master Kenobi and his Padawan are here."

"Thank you, Captain." Padme said, standing up and getting ready to meet her new protectors.

I started to get up as well before what had been said registered in my mind. "Wait, Kenobi? Obi-Wan Kenobi?"

"Yes, you know him?" Padme asked, turning to me as I finished standing up.

For some reason Vai snickered, but I ignored her and said, "Yes, we have had quite a few run-ins before. He is actually an old friend of my aunt. As she tells it, he saved her life during the Mandalorian Clan Wars once or twice."

"Huh, it's amazing how large the Galaxy is, yet how small it sometimes seems." Padme commented as the familiar figure of Obi-Wan Kenobi and Anakin Skywalker stepped into the room. Anakin had a growth spurt since the last time I'd seen him, as he now towered over Kenobi by at least three inches, if not more.

"Senator Amidala, how wonderful to see you again." Kenobi said with a smile before his eyes moved across the room and picked up the others. "Representative Kryze, what a nice surprise."

"Tanya?" Anakin asked in surprise.

I gave them a little wave. "I see that I am not the only one interested in the fate of our dear senator here. Good to see you two as well Obi-Wan, Anakin."

"Wait, Anakin?" I turned to see that Padme was doing a double take as she took a second look at Anakin. Her eyes had moved past him without recognition when he appeared but now she is looking at him in amazement. "You've gotten so tall."

"And you haven't changed at all." he said looking at her and giving off the most obvious flag I think I'd ever seen in my life. A change in voice, a look, some anime specials would kill to have choreography that good.

"Have you two met before?" I asked, already suspecting I knew the answer.

Padme smiled before saying, "Yes, back during the Naboo Incident we had been stranded on Tatooine. Anakin helped get us off the planet. He was just a short little 10-year-old back then."

"It was the least I could do, Senator." he said with a smile, a bit disjointedly. "You helped me a lot when we left Tatooine."

'And bingo.' I smiled as I did not say that out loud but I could put two and two together. Most likely Anakin had attached himself to Padme either as a surrogate big sister or maybe more. Either way, I could tell what was going on. The boy has a crush, probably with the ideal version he constructed over the last eight to ten years since they'd last seen each other. Hopefully that would work itself out now that they are actually interacting again.

Mock coughing into my hand, I said, "Why don't you two take a seat and discuss this whole situation with us. You're here to protect Padme, correct?"

The two Jedi nodded and everyone reconfigured their seats. Jar Jar is now standing off in a corner, looking at a window in thought. I took a seat next to Padme and the two Jedi took a seat across from us.

Obi-Wan began by saying, "Senator, we plan to be as unobtrusive as the shadows. We will not interfere with your day-to-day life and will only intervene if your life is in danger."

"That's good to know Master Kenobi, but I don't need more protection. What I really need are answers. I need to know who's after me so that they can be stopped."

Kenobi immediately shook his head, "Unfortunately we're only here to protect you my lady, we have no authority to investigate the perpetrator."

'That was a rather reasonable statement.' I thought and then Anakin decided to share his opinion.

"We will find out." Anakin said, before seeing Kenobi starting to give him a look that said 'You're overstepping' at which Anakin immediately hedged his statements by saying, "If we are presented with an opportunity to."

I shook my head as Kenobi immediately started saying, "That's a bit more than our mandate Young Padawan."

"Of course it is, but having a Jedi here in the first place is a bit overkill for such a mandate. If they wanted more protection they would hire more security. So why would the Council send us here if not to have an opportunity to find out who's behind this assassination attempt." Anakin said and I could see the logic in that, though I thought it was a bit misguided.

So I spoke up, "It is because you're old friends of Senator Amidala and someone she would trust is the reason you were chosen. In a time when people are under a lot of stress, it is good to have old friends you can trust around. Also from my understanding this was a request from Chancellor Palpatine, not the Council. Senator Amidala also mentioned that the surrounding area is also under watch of the Senatorial Guard."

That seemed to derail Anakin's reasoning, thus he has no legs to stand on. "Of course. Sorry Master, I seem to have made an assumption."

"No worries my young Padawan. We all jump to conclusions in our youth." Kenobi said with a placating smile before turning back to us, "As I said, we will try to be as invisible as possible. Watching out for anything while we're here. Hopefully this extra security will not be needed."

Amidala nodded her head, "I hope you're right, but it is good to see you all again. Even if you're not needed, perhaps your presence will help put an end to the debate about who's trying to assassinate me in the first place."

"We will do our best on that Padme." Anakin said as Kenobi gave him a glance that indicated he was still rather annoyed by his overstepping the bounds of the mandate they had been given. However, because he wasn't being openly defiant and just implying that if an opportunity arose they would see about it, he seemed to be giving Anakin a bit more leeway. Which was a step in the right direction for teamwork. Although, the look Anakin kept giving Padme concerned me.

Kenobi seemed distracted having to keep an eye on Anakin and a distracted guardian is one that's going to get their charge killed. And if the two of them were having a bit of a debate about what was their mandate, someone might take that chance to try something. It is looking more and more like I was going to have to see about adding a bit of my own protection detail to this whole situation. At least to keep an eye on this situation.

Before my thoughts could go any deeper, Anakin turned to me and asked, "So, how do you know Padme."

"Oh, she was one of the first senators I met when I arrived here. She helped introduce me to a few groups in the political scene of Coruscant."

Padme smiled and said, "Well it seemed like the right thing to do at the time. I remember my early days as a senator. Someone came and helped me get myself used to the politics of this government. And so there I was, a guest with Mina's entourage, at one of those senatorial events and I noticed this little blonde representative who seemed to be getting the cold shoulder from everyone else."

Harsh but true. Though I wasn't that little, I had gone up a few inches since my first few days here. The wonders of an actually good and nutritious lifestyle but that's besides the point. Smiling, I simply said, "Well it's hard to be a representative of a people who have a bit of a bad reputation when it comes to the Republic. But it was nice to have someone actually try to help me understand the politics of this place."

Padme smiled and nodded before saying, "If we don't come together to work together, nothing will ever get done. Speaking of coming together, how did you and Anakin meet?"

I smiled, "Anakin came with Kenobi to Mandel Tower about the second day I was here. Apparently Kenobi met Aunt Satine a long time ago, they knew each other from back during the Clan Wars and he wanted to get to know me, I guess."

"Huh. Small galaxy." Padme said, seeming confused, before glancing behind me towards Vai.

"Feels like it's getting smaller every year," I mused in response. Turning back to the Jedi I noticed that Anakin was looking over my left shoulder, an unfamiliar expression on his face. Vai was behind my left shoulder. Why would they be sharing a look? Great, Vai was doing something embarrassing or distracting. I didn't need to know right now, I needed to focus on Padme's security.

"So you two are working together in the Senate I assume? Are you also worried about your own possibility of being assassinated?" Anakin asked bluntly.

I scoffed at that and shook my head "No, I'm not as important as an actual senator and I don't think the assassination plot for Senator Amidala is based off her current political standings."

"Oh why is that?" Anakin asked, as he leaned forward.

"Anakin." Kenobi said in a warning tone.

"I'm not investigating master, I'm just interested in politics, that's all."

Kenobi gave an audible hum that said he didn't believe that but he seemed to be willing to let it slide.

Shrugging, I explained, "It is quite simple, Senator Amidala here is part of a major peace faction, the one that is willing to see a peaceful resolution to the coming crisis and allow the Separatists leave the Republic. Assassinating her is foolhardy as you harm your greatest ally for a peaceful separation and the prevention of a military being created."

"So, what if they wanted a military created?" Anakin asked curiously.

"Assassinating a person who's against the creation of a military is not going to improve the odds of the creation of a military. More assassinations demonstrates the Republic's weakness further and it is going to improve the odds of Separatists leaving the Republic." I stopped mid-thought.

Could this be a false flag operation? The possibility only occured to me after Anakin's prompting. Would someone in the Republic be interested in starting a war between the Separatists and the Loyalists? It could theoretically be possible, but there is no good outcome for either side in my opinion.

Shaking my head, I finished up my thought by saying, "Personally I think Occam's razor leans towards this being personal. Nute Gunray has had a dozen or so court cases filed against him since the Naboo Incident and his career was thrown to the wolves by the Trade Federation afterwards. I would bet that he's not exactly happy with the Republic or with Senator Amidala. So in my opinion, he should be at the top of the suspect list."

"Nute Gunray, that's a name I haven't heard in a long time." Kenobi commented, shaking his head, "Interesting theory, but again we are not investigating this, we are simply guardians."

"Of course," I agreed, before being interrupted by a beep on my vambrace. Checking it, I got a call from Mok, indicating he had managed to slice in, so I said, "Oh looks, like my time is up." I stood up carefully, smoothing out my dress, "Best of luck with your 'not investigation.'" I glanced back one last time at Kenobi, before turning towards Padme and saying, "Farewell Senator, I hope to see you safe and sound when this is all over."

Padme smiled and nodded, "Same to you, Representative Kryze."

I turned to the others, nodding goodbyes to them before making my exit by walking out into the hallway with my entourage. Quickly, I pulled up the call and said "Mok, what did you find?"

"It's not good Princess, the missile that was used is a Z-6 anti-vehicle homing missile, which is an old and very popular model, it was used a lot during the Mandalorian Civil War. This one likely had an expanded warhead with a thermal charge."

'Hmm, not a good starting point.' I thought. "How old are we talking here? Old enough that it might have made its way to a public retail supplier or old enough that only Mandalorians use it?"

"Even if surplus missile kits do make it to a retailer, only Mandalorians ever bother with these missiles. You need the guidance systems in a Z series jetpack to even use them, or another Mandalorian Jetpack model like the JT series. If this is some frame-job we're screwed as the evidence will point to a Mandalorian no matter what. You go to any weapons market in the Mandalorian sector you will find thousands of Z-6 missile variations and knockoffs with hundreds of custom jetpack models that can use them." Mok explained.

"Damn," I said, shaking my head, "tell Ordo, Tabbi, and Morson that we're going to have a long night and to prepare for a bit of a stake-out."

"Will do, Princess" the slicer said, before the call went dead.

Shaking my head I turned to the others and said, "Tonight is going to be a long night."

"Why is that?" Vai asked questioningly.

"To make it simple, I don't trust Anakin in there to not screw this up so we are going to post up on a nearby highrise and keep watch. Keep an eye on things."

"You want to add an extra layer of security yourself? Or is this one of your personal projects, like that White Silver thing?"

"No, no this is a 'Tanya, Representative of Mandalore, friend of Padme' thing. One of the few times I'll pull my green armor out of the closet. Hopefully we won't need it but we are going to be watching over just for good measure. If there's one thing that can defeat a Mandalorian it's another Mandalorian. And if this is a Mandalorian trying to kill Padme, we need to be there. Hopefully we can stop this turning into some sort of real political incident that starts a war." There is every chance that if the assassin was Mandalorian and learned about Jedi protection, they might take that as a personal challenge.

Struc gave a nod and said, "While I don't like the thought of having you be in harm's way, princess, I doubt I can persuade you to let the Jedi and the Senatorial Guard handle it."

"A fun night on the town, only this time we're actually getting to fight people. I think I'm finally rubbing off on you." Vai said with an amused frown.

"Perish the thought." I said, shaking my head before turning to walk towards the elevator.




Coruscant Highrise Rooftop
Vai-Viktis Vizla


"Stars! It's so cold. Couldn't we have, I don't know, done the stake out from inside the speeder?" I asked, shivering a little in the cold of the high altitude of the highrise.

Tanya is next to me, with her helmet's scope lowered so she can view through it, shook her head in disagreement, "There is the off chance that the Senatorial Guard is doing their duty so we can't put the speeder that close to Naboo tower. Thus we have to be up here."

Shivering some more, I said, "Next time we do a stake out, I'm bringing a thermal blanket." I looked over at the Naboo Tower. We were only about a block or two away and had a good view of the tower's exterior, allowing us to keep an eye out for any assassination attempts.

Of course, I am always the unfortunate one stuck with Tanya in situations like this. Tanya had decided that this is going to be her thing for the day. She must have gotten her ancient warrior blood pumping. Why else would she be so intent on dealing with this situation herself?

As for the newest member of our group, Khae Morson, I couldn't tell how she's feeling about this. Although, I noted that she is staying rather well away from the edges of the rooftop edge. I considered pointing out that if she did fall she would have plenty of time to do something about it, but thought better of the comment.

Tanya stopped looking through her scope before turning to sit down in between the two of us, saying, "Well, everything looks fine Vai, I agree. Next time we have to pull something like this I shall put together a kit for each of us. Hopefully this won't happen often but if it does, a blanket and some hot cocoa wouldn't make such a task as lengthy or as cold. You should also take the time to upgrade your armor to be vacuum rated like mine as that also comes with a temperature control unit."

"I'll be sure to remember that." I said, rubbing my hands together. Sure, all three of us were wearing hardsuits under our beskar'gam but the hardsuits are mostly padded armor to protect us in case we get shot. More importantly, the hardsuits also provided some heat and warmth, but the fact of the matter is that being this high up is cold. Right now, it is the end of the summer, and the autumn chill is strong even in one of Coruscant's better summer evenings, especially this high up.

I am wearing my personal blue armor. I hadn't worn it for nearly two years but I had taken the time to pack it when we'd gone on our little adventure during the whole Gargon incident. My armor had a few modifications and fittings added, so it looked pretty much perfect on me in my opinion. Barring the lack of an internal heater like what Tanya has.

Tanya is wearing her green armor which I hadn't seen in nearly 2 years. It looked a bit tight on her, but is otherwise fine. As far as I can tell she's perfectly happy with it hugging her form. Even if it looked great, I would have to recommend that we visit Zum soon and have it adjusted.

As for the newest member of our team, Khae looked perfectly fine actually, in her personal armor. We had gotten her one of our modern hardsuits as soon as Khae had been assigned to us by Tanya's older brother, Korkie. Khae is also wearing a poncho on top of her armor, which helps retain her body heat and does a good job of hiding the armor for the most part. The only visible piece is her helmet. Nestled within the hardsuit and poncho, Khae looked downright warm and comfy. When we visit Gargon, I would have to see about getting myself one. Who knew where Tanya would drag us next.

I exaggerated a shudder and stuffed my gloved hands under my armpits. It's not going to be that much longer, we're on watch for another half an hour before we can switch out with the boys and take a break inside the "Peacemaker", our shuttle parked a couple blocks away. The contract that Tanya meticulously made when we first met is put into effect again, I follow her orders and I get extra hazard pay. A quarter of my wardrobe is paid for thanks to the Gargon Rebellion so I don't really mind. I'm not sure what the others bought with their bonus pay, although Tabbi did buy a few holos for the two of us to watch together.

Everyone is deployed for this stake out, although only the three of us are currently on overwatch duty. After our shift is done, another group of three would take our place and we'd get the chance to relax for a while in the shuttle. Captain Struc lent us the shuttle that the Royal Guards deployed with when Tanya and I were out to enjoy the Coruscanti nightlife.

The captain had given us a brief, no nonsense tour of the interior of the Peacemaker back when we first set up, but that was my first time inside. The vehicle was a retired transport for some defunct private education firm, but whatever its original purpose it was lost in all the improvements Struc and X4 had bolted on. I had keyed on Struc's strategy with X4 during the tour, apparently X4 had access to Tanya's money and any improvement Struc could justify, no matter how small, was graciously supplied by X4.

Next time my wardrobe needed some new outfits, I would have to invent some enhancements for my role as bodyguard and get X4 to bankroll the whole thing. However, I'm still jealous of the guards about the Peacemaker. Some of the cold walks back to the Tower with Tanya could have been avoided if we had only asked for a lift.

"Morson, you all right? You've been eyeing the ledge like it's a mythosaur about to take a bite out of you." Tanya said, interrupting my line of thought as I looked over at the newest member of our party.

"I don't like heights." she answered, still looking at the edge.

"Didn't you pass the jetpack exam Captain Struc put you through?"

She nodded her helmeted head, "Oh I passed, I like flying, actually. I still don't like heights."

Tanya nodded back, "You're good to be part of this right? I can call a speeder to come get you if this isn't something you can do."

"I can do this. I may not like heights but I like flying. I mean I like being high, but I can fly. Worse comes to worst, I can land without dying with a jetpack."

Tanya gave a bemused smile at her jumbled explanation, "As long as you're sure."

I quickly pressed a few buttons to signal to her to switch to a personal channel asking, "You sure she's okay to do this? What if we need to fly?"

Tanya, without moving her head said on that personal channel, "Once we start flying and the adrenaline will start pumping, all that won't matter. If her mission and flying are not what's at the top of her head, I'll give her orders to find the others and tell them where we went. Besides, if she does fall and panic, we are so high up she might get bored of being scared long before she hits the ground. Unless she hits a roof but let's not talk about that."

I nodded my head, "Alright then." and we switched back to normal channels.

Wasn't really sure why Tanya had accepted this whole situation of having someone be forced into her retinue the way she did. Then again, I'm not sure why she always seemed a bit odd around Khae, more professional and distant.

I wonder if it's because she is evaluating her. After all, everyone on her band knew about her White Silver expedition to Gargon, except for the girl from Gargon. This meant that we all had to be a bit careful not to accidentally leak any information until we're sure Khae is cleared for it.

Perhaps this is one of the tests that Tanya is putting Khae through, sooner or later she would determine if the girl is worth keeping around as another handmaiden who could pose for her at a distance.

With my mind made up, I decided to actually do something to fill the time, coughing I asked, "So Khae, we've known each other for, what? Four months? Feels like we haven't had any real conversations, just girl talk you know. So what's your thoughts on the Silver Rider?"

"He's okay I guess. Feels like a knock-off Mandalorian to me. More plasteel than Beskar you know?" she said with a matter of fact tone that immediately showed a lack of interest in that particular subject.

I chuckled before saying, "Don't let the others hear that, it's kind of our favorite show around here."

She shrugged before saying, "Never been a big fan of holos. I enjoy the outdoors more."

I nodded before saying, "Country girl, got it. Tanya actually enjoys the outdoors quite a bit as well. Back when we were kids, we'd go to the moon of Concordia around Mandalore and just go hiking through the wilderness. Like we spend 2 weeks one time just surviving?" I asked towards Tanya, who nodded while still observing the Naboo tower.

"Record was two and a half. I thought about trying to go for 3 weeks but by two and a half I was already sure that we could survive out there indefinitely."

"Why would you do that?" Khae asked, looking at us a bit confused, "You're New Mandalorians or at least most of the time you are." she said as she looked at our armor I think, through her helmet visor. "You're not exactly what I imagined when I was told that I would be part of your protection detail."

Tanya chuckled before replying, "Well I am a New Mandalorian. I'm just a New Mandalorian who likes to be prepared for the worst."

"So wait, are you a follower of White Silver?" she said, looking at Tanya with a bit of surprise.

"That's… something like that." Tanya said waving it off but that only seemed to encourage the girl.

"That's cool, I didn't think anyone in the government really supported White Silver considering how your brother was sort of standoffish to her when they met."

I snorted and gave a small chuckle, but kept any commentary to myself. Tanya mumbled something to herself as well before saying, "My brother is a more traditional New Mandalorian than I am. He believes in the best in people while I simply look at a situation logically. And in my opinion White Silver's codices are rather logical in dealing with the situation the Mandalorian sector is in."

'Don't toot your own horn too much Tanya.' I thought, knowing that White Silver and Tanya are one in the same. It was rather hilarious trying to see her navigate the situation; hell, what I saw was made even more hilarious by the fact that her brother had obviously been checking her out. Usually, Tanya didn't notice that kind of attention in the first place. Though I think Tanya hadn't noticed this time because she was too busy with the shock of realizing that she was having to pretend to be some unknown philosophical warlord whilst dealing with crime lords and the official government of the Mandalore sector.

"Oh my gods, I was worried she had no friends above, amongst the government, Silver..." Khae said wistfully, "she saved my life you know."

I leaned forward at that to look past Tanya and said, "She what now?"

"White Silver, she saved my life. I was kidnapped, and then when Clan Morson tried to negotiate Gerr double-crossed us. They captured us and we were all going to be executed in the coliseum until she turned up and beat all of Gerr's goons. It was a really close one."

"Oh." All of a sudden I have an instance of realization, I think I understand why Tanya is a bit stiff around Khae. However, my discovery didn't really answer the question completely. Tanya had saved plenty of people. Why is this particular rescue causing her to be formal and professional around Khae?

Rubbing the chin of my helmet, I dug deeper for details, "That's pretty amazing, did you ever get a chance to say anything to her?"

Khae looked away from me all of a sudden before turning back to say, "I was really thankful, and sort of got caught up in the moment. We were working together to fight our way to the central tower and I sort of kind of gave her a Keldabe kiss."

I didn't even get the chance to finish asking 'what'. There is a hiss coming over a private line from Tanya.

"Not a word to the others. I don't want to talk about it." She hadn't even moved her head a centimeter and had completely paused her sweep of the skyline through the scope. There is something about that voice that sounded a bit panicked. Of course as much as I would love to respect that, that didn't stop Khae from continuing to talk about it.

"You know what a Keldabe kiss is right? I touched my helmet to hers, I just really wanted to thank her and in the moment that was the best way I could do it."

"Huh, wow," I said, trying to figure out how to best use this information. Finally I settled on, "How did White Silver react to that? Seems like a rather surprising thing to do."

"I really don't know," Khae said with a shrug before continuing, "It was a pretty hectic situation, in the midst of battle. She didn't push me away or anything so I guess she was okay with it. Or do you think I should apologize?"

"Well, if she didn't push you away that must mean she must swing that way." I said matter of factly watching the already stiff Tanya somehow become even stiffer.

"You think so?" Khae said, leaning forward to look at me.

I nodded my head before saying, "I mean if she didn't at least have some interest in girls, I think she would have pushed away the person who stole her first kiss."

Oops, I kinda revealed White Silver's first kiss was with Khae. Not sure I was supposed to mention that kind of detail. Oh well, it was worth it, finding out the origin of Tanya's first kiss was way more hilarious.

At least that was until I overheard Tanya still on that private line muttering something."This is ridiculous, she didn't steal my first kiss."

With a tap of my vambrace I keyed myself into that private line and said in a low enough tone that only she'd hear, "You forgot to shut off your mic."

Oh the satisfaction of watching Tanya's annoyance as she moved her hand to turn off her mic through a vambrace button. This does open up a rather interesting question on who was her first kiss if I wasn't the one to have grabbed that from her, and according to Tanya, Khae wasn't wasn't either? Is there a third girl out there or had Ordo grown a spine at some point during that mission and actually done it? I am going to have to do some serious poking at Tanya for info to see if I couldn't figure out what she was hiding.

But that could wait as Khae spoke up, "Really? I wonder if she would like to…" Whatever she was about to say stopped as she looked towards the Naboo Tower and said, "Hey, is that a droid by the window?"

My head and Tanya's both snapped in that direction. There is a droid basically right on top of the window. Tanya was already standing, lowering her helmet monocle to take a look. Then the window exploded.

Someone came tumbling out and grabbed onto the droid for dear life by the looks of it, as the droid attempted to rush off in the direction of the north. It's heading towards the downtown entertainment districts of Uscru, near the political parts of Coruscant.

"What the hell?" I said, getting up while pressing a button to pre-start the jets on my jetpack. Tanya was already doing the same.

After clicking some buttons on her vambrace as she said, "Everyone set channel 1, we have an unknown droid retreating from the Naboo Tower." Looks like she stopped as she seemed to take in what she's seeing. "The Senatorial Guard is securing the building. Padme's own security is escorting her to a guest suite at 500 Republica for the moment. I expect one of the Jedi, either Anakin or Obi-Wan Kenobi, is currently hanging off the Droid. Turn on all locator beacons, we're giving chase."

Like that, Tanya's already gone. She just jumped off the edge of the tower. A moment later I saw the flare and active burn of her jetpack. I sighed and followed Tanya with a leap.

After firing up my jetpack, I looked over my shoulder for a second to check on Khae. I saw Khae still following me. Generally we were following behind the droid and were able to keep up, though it was a bit faster.

Captain Struc's voice cutting over our communications saying, "Representative Kryze, are you sure it's wise that you're giving chase to an unknown threat? They could have snipers."

Tanya's voice returned the call saying, "They could, but we're behind the person who's more likely to be shot. Just bring the shuttle around and follow us in. I don't know what we're dealing with or how many enemies there are, but numbers are going to be on our side if we can work this out right."

A sigh can be heard before the Captain's voice continued, "Will do princess, we're on our way." After the line went dead, I was about to ask Tanya what her plan was when I saw a yellow speeder starting to pull out of the Naboo Tower. And a familiar head of sandy brown hair.

"Tanya, Anakin's got himself a ride. Looks a lot faster than our jetpacks, should we link up with him?"

"No Vai, right now the chase is rather slow going but we can keep up. However, get down there and put a tracker on their speeder in case we lose track of them."

"Sounds like a plan." I said, falling out of formation. Literally doing a bit of a twirl and diving down about a few feet before letting the jetpack catch me.

I came to hover just a few inches above the rear seat of Anakin's speeder and grabbed onto it causing him to look over his shoulder in confusion.

He was already reaching for his lightsaber when I shouted, "Hey there Anakin! How are you doing?" I had to shout so that I could be heard over the roaring high speed wind.

He blinked, then turned back towards the skyline and shouted back, "Hi Vai, what are you doing here?"

"Oh you know how it is, Tanya is always getting herself in one mess or another. She decided to help Padme with a little bit of security without letting her know." I said, as I pulled myself up a bit and got myself a secure hold on the back rest of the speeder.

"Ah, well that's nice. You guys could have just hung around, I don't think that Padme would have minded. By the way, nice armor. I don't think I've ever seen you wear it before."

I chuckled at that, "Yeah, Tanya only brings out her armor when she feels like doing something special and I'm not allowed to bring out mine unless she brings out hers." Carefully, I reached into a drawer on my vambrace and connected a tracking device to the back of the speeder's front seat, placing it solidly there and making sure it was active.

"Really? She has a set of armor as well? Learn something new everyday. By the way, you might need to hold on for a moment, things are about to get steep."

"Steep?" I asked before the car went into a dive nearly vertical, straight down and my hold was basically removed from somewhat stably gripping the seats to my hands slamming into the back of the speeder. If I didn't have a low power electromag-clamp in my gloves, I'm pretty sure I would have lost my grip completely and gone flying. It's not actually a problem when I have a jetpack, but definitely not what I want to happen.

I was so focused on holding on to the speeder that I basically kissed my helmet to the trunk as it leveled out again. A moment later Obi-Wan Kenobi landed next to me in the speeder, looking a bit confused at my presence.

"Hello there." he said before turning to Anakin, "I thought you were supposed to catch up to me, not pick up a hitchhiker." he admonished before crawling forward into the seat.

"Hey, you know how it is, Master! Just doing my duty as a Jedi and helping a person who needed a ride!" Anakin said, apparently thinking that was a hilarious joke. I would have retorted, but I'm still too busy hanging on for dear life when Anakin started speeding up again.

"While that's a wonderful sentiment, I still don't know why she's here?"

After I made it to a slightly safer handhold and judged I wouldn't immediately fall off the speeder, I called out, "Tanya's helping out. She thought a little extra security couldn't hurt."

"Wait a minute, I know that voice, Vai?" Obi-Wan asked, turning to look back in my direction.

"Yeah, that's me. Good to see you too, Master Jedi."

He nodded before asking, "That jetpack still full of fuel?"

I nodded in agreement to indicate it was but there was no response. Oh, right, the speeder motion probably was obscuring me. "Yes, my jetpack still has plenty of fuel. Why?" I called out.

"Well, you can hang on as long as you want then, though I will note this speeder is not meant for having three people and you're probably dragging down the speed. Do you mind? We didn't plan on giving any hitchhikers a ride, this could give us a better chance to catch the assassin."

"Good point." I'd already been through enough on this ride so I let go. I tumbled in the air for a bit before I activated my jetpack and stabilized myself. Once that was done, I took a moment to take a breath and calm myself down. I also verified the tracker I put on the car was still working.

Fortunately, it was. Unfortunately, the speeder is moving rather quickly further away. We had no hope of catching up with our jetpacks at those speeds.

"Vai," a voice came from above me. Tanya descended to my level along with Khae. "You okay? Looks like you took a bit of a tumble there."

I nodded "Yeah, I'm fine. I've tagged their speeder so we can find it. Although, I'm not sure how we are going to catch up to them now." As I sent my tracker's data out to their vambrace.

Tanya nodded and immediately pressed in the information. "Good work Vai." She clapped my shoulder, "We'll use the Peacemaker, let's catch up with them and lend our support." Tanya turned and started heading in that direction, typing the information of the tag into a communicator that would send the code back to Captain Struc and the shuttle. We had between three to nine Mandalorians, plus two Jedi, seems like a bit of an overkill for an assassin. Better overkill than getting killed I figured.





Coruscant Highrise Rooftop
Jango Fett


This operation is going tits up faster than a Zeltron on holiday. It's supposed to be a simple job: Kill the senator and get paid. Instead the senator had been a bit more careful than I had expected and the rocket I had given Zam had not done the job.

One setback isn't going to scuttle the mission. I had other ways of helping her get this mission done. When the big acts of assassination don't work, best to go something quieter. So I've given her bugs, two kouhuns from a planet in Wild Space, those would definitely kill the senator.

My overwatch position gave me a perfect view and I would be too far to intervene. That was the point, this was Zam's job, I wasn't supposed to steal it back from her.

I watched Zam from a distance and a lightsaber appeared in the window. Apparently the bugs hadn't succeeded either. Probably because of the Jedi then. Unfortunate, but there were ways around those, but it would make this much harder. Any more failures like this though, and it would be hard to recover the mission.

And that's when the chaos had really started unfolding. I watched as a Jedi hijacked Zam's courier droid and then tricked it into returning to Zam. Suddenly, the Jedi had sprung their trap and were on her ass. As Zam is trying to escape, all I could do was watch. I was too far away to do anything. Things were moving too fast.

Zam is an old friend but she'd obviously gotten fucked on a level I didn't even think was possible. When an operation goes this bad, well it's usually time to start cleaning up loose ends.

I was secretly hoping Zam would still be able to pull this off though. She is a changeling and still had a few seconds of a head start. If anyone could pull a disappearance, she could. She is currently on foot and then I saw her hide inside a club. Right behind her, the Jedi followed her inside. If she's smart, which she usually was, she'd use the distraction to switch out her clothes and just walk out with a different face. One of the benefits of being a Clawdite.

Of course, I also knew that Zam had a tendency to get herself in situations where she thought she could win and would do something stupid.

I was really hoping today would not be one of those days. If she could just swap her appearance and take advantage of her nature then I could fly down there, grab her, and pull her out. We still had enough leeway to sweep this mess under the rug.

Meanwhile, I called the client and told them that the operation is screwed up. The Jedi were protecting the target and unless he was going to give me a better offer I wasn't going to risk any more attempts.

I should have never taken this job. Boba's birthday was coming up, I should be getting ready for that or take him on another hunt, one that's a lot less dangerous than this one. Instead, I'm out here helping Zam Wesell make up some money so she wouldn't get carted off to whatever slave camp the Hutts have for debtors.

Then again, this is kind of my fault. Zam needed to make money to pay off some debts, but I could have helped out and given her a little bit of cash in exchange for a few favors. I made more than enough with the Kamino contract. I only did bounty hunting for fun these days, but a bit of my Concord Dawn heritage probably showed through. Better to take a friend out bounty hunting, to do the work for themselves, than to give them a gift to fix their problems.

And me being one of the best bounty hunters in the Galaxy, I had a lot of access to contracts that Zam didn't. Contracts that can make her dead in an instant, such as this contract, apparently.

Would have to choose a better one next time, one that wouldn't be too close to politics. Politics are going to be the death of me. It's why I never tried to put together the remnants of the True Mandalorians after everything fell apart. I was done with that life and I wanted to start a family and new life. Well, after I killed the leaders of the Death Watch for good measure, but if I am going to start a new life I was going to make sure that the Mandalorian Sector would have its own chance for a fresh start.

Letting out a deep sigh I shook my head, and focused down on the club. It's been almost three minutes since Zam had entered with the Jedi close on her heels. What's taking her so long? Yes, the Jedi probably could sense her general direction, but if she's calm and careful enough she should be able to escape.

Then the answer revealed itself as the two Jedis exited the club while carrying along an obviously wounded Zam, before laying her against a nearby wall.

"Bantha spit, Zam." I said with annoyance. I now have to decide what I am going to do about this. As much as I would like to find some reason to go down there and save her ass, the fact of the matter was that Zam had become a liability. I gave her this job to help her out and now she's putting my life at risk with her stupidity. Let's say I go down there and save her, then I have the Republic and the Jedi coming after me for being involved in an assassination plot. Not a good outcome, considering the Republic had significant control over bounty hunter missions. I also did not need the extra scrutiny and damage to my reputation that this is going to bring.

Let's say I manage to defeat the Jedi and escape in my ship with Zam, but then not only will I have the Republic after me, but since we didn't have the payment for completing the job, the Hutts would still be after Zam until she paid her debts. So if I rescued Zam, I would have both the Hutts and the Republic looking for me.

When it came to the Hutts, I've been a slave once and I never want to be one again. As for the Republic, I didn't want to end up in jail, I wanted to be able to raise my son without such issues but I could probably break out if given enough time and calling in a bunch of favors. So really the question was quite simple: me raising my son or my son growing up without a father.

When it was narrowed down to that question, I'm going to pick my son over Zam everytime. Letting out a deep sigh I said, "Sorry, Zam. It's either you or me." as I raised my wrist to fire off a dart. The targeting computer on my helmet went to work, plotting the course to make sure I would hit the major artery in the neck and inject the poison through her system quickly. If I'm going to have to kill her, I might as well make it as fast as possible.

As I was about to squeeze off the shot, I heard the telltale sound of a jetpack closing in on me. Turning my head in time, I saw green booted feets coming right at my head. I crouched under the incoming kick as my dart was launched in Zam's general direction, but I couldn't confirm that I hit her. Instead, a figure landed behind me.

I'm surprised that there is a Mandalorian standing there, a female one as well. Female Mandalorians weren't exactly odd per se, they were usually unseen amongst the True Mandalorians. Women tended to be the guardians of the home, while the men went out and fought. A quick scan of her armor showed that besides a preference for shades of green, there were no active symbols on her armor. No indication of what clan or company she may represent.

Her gear looks to be high quality and in good condition. The only major detail I noticed is that she had a WESTAR 35 pistol that looked to be set in stun mode on her side.

Well this is unexpected, but not something to worry about. One Mandalorian would not be much of an issue. As if to punish me for my hubris, I heard jetpacks land to my right and left. A glance showed me a blue armored Mandalorian and another brown armored Mandalorian. Their gear are all a little varied, but the quality and condition seemed to be on the higher end of equipment. They had their pistols drawn, though they seemed all to be the same model as the green one and similarly set to stun.

Turning back towards the Mandalorian I designated as Green, I relaxed my posture and held up my hands. "Ladies, is there a problem here?" I let my arms fall into a relaxed state just inches from my own blasters.

From the looks of things these were not fresh eyed and impoverished clanless mercs. The armor looked to have full beskar reinforcement, so my blasters probably wouldn't do much. Maybe buy me some space. This would be a close quarters, personal fight. It's hard to say how experienced they would be in fighting up close and personal, I had been out of the game too long to guess at who exactly they were. The galaxy is a big place though, and there could be those skilled enough to give me pause that flew under my sensors.

"That depends," Green said, "were you trying to kill the only lead for the ongoing investigation into the recent assassination attempts on Senator Amidala?"

"I have no idea what you're talking about." I offered her an unseen smile and waited a moment for her to speak again and before the trio could react I had my blasters at my hip and sent half a dozen blasts into Green's midsection. In a battle with Mandalorians in full armor, blasters became merely a tool for maneuvering your opponent. No single shot could ever be guaranteed to kill but they were dangerous enough to demand a response.

Green is fast. Fast enough to dart backwards and present as few gaps in her armor as possible. I did not have the time to place more accurate fire between her armor plates as Brown and Blue began shooting and closing the gap between us. The trio is scrappy, more than I had anticipated, it reduced my options significantly.

I darted into Brown as energy bolts splashed over my armor without so much as a tingle reaching my skin. I slapped my blasters back into the magnetized holsters at my thigh as my helmet was grazed by an overly telegraphed right hook.

I pushed deeper into her guard and pushed her over my outstretched leg sending her sprawling to the ground. I lifted a leg to stomp the fight out of Brown only for Blue hit me with a stun blast before throwing herself into the fight with a flying kick that pushed me back enough for Brown to roll back to her feet. Blue kept up the pressure with quick jabs that had a predictable rhythm to them and favored her right arm. I waited for the timing to be just right, and the moment it was. I pushed into her guard and grabbed her weaker left arm. I pulled her arm towards me, planting my knee into her groin and getting a squeal of agony for my trouble before I delivered an elbow to the back of her head which dropped her to the ground.

Again I was unable to capitalize further as Brown got back into the fight with a punch to my helmet that had far more weight to them than Blue's. Brown's attacks were measured and cautious as the young woman clearly attempted to avoid me pushing into her guard again.

I reminded myself of the time constraint. I gave ground to Brown, clearly upsetting her measure of me before casting out a monowire from my vambrace that wrapped around her armored arm before she could blink. Then, I pointed to the wall of a high rise across a narrow alley and shot the anchor into the solid permacrete whilst setting the anchor to reel in the wire. Brown tried to untangle herself as she was dragged over the edge and onto the wall on the other side and away from me by the intense mechanical strength of the anchor. Unfortunately, that was my only anchor.

I drew my blaster for a follow up shot for Brown when Green jabbed my arm with an active vibroblade. The blade almost caught the gap in my elbow as I moved back offering the initiative to Green. She took the opportunity to fire her blaster at my midsection in a reversal of fate. I felt the numbing electrical frequency deep in my gut, but it was thankfully mitigated by my armor's insulating underlay. I kicked her knee to prevent her from getting another shot off as I felt the effects of a stim injection, as my armor's medical suite is trying to keep me in the fight.

Green is bringing her blaster back up and I did not have a way to knock her out of the fight quickly enough, so I used my jetpack to get some distance. Bringing my own guns back into play, I fired off a few shots to force her to move.

Reacting faster than I expected, Green used her own jetpack to dodge out of the way. Before I could really get a sense of where she's going, Blue opened up with her pistols. Blue had apparently staggered over to an atmospheric regulator unit for cover.

A shot splashed off my shoulder, it left nothing worse to wear except my attention. I shot at Blue to force her to duck down while I turned my head to take a look around and assess the situation on the alleyway below. I saw that Zam and the Jedi were both long gone and the few remaining civilians were fleeing the combat zone. This whole operation was going even worse than I had planned, great. I didn't know if the dart had hit, so I needed to either decide to cut ties with Zam or hunker down and go into hiding. Rescuing Zam is off the table for the moment. I really did not want to sneak into a Jedi prison and fight tons of them along the way, as I no doubt would have to in order to rescue Zam.

So cutting ties is probably the best option now. I needed to get out of here and get out of the spotlight for a bit. That being said, besides finishing these three girls, there's nothing stopping me from leaving. Brown is still out of the action, Blue is hiding behind cover and moving real slowly, rather predictably. The third one, Green… where did the third girl go?

I felt weight on my back as Green apparently had managed to get around me and landed there. The girl brought her blade to my neck, so I immediately cut the jetpack and we both tumbled to the ground smashing onto a roof. Thankfully, she landed first which gave me a bit of cushion as I rolled off of her and brought up my vambrace, switching ready another dart to fire it off in her direction.

But Green is quick on the draw as her pistol was up and fired directly into my vambrace and overloaded it. The vambrace smoked rather profusely as internal gears froze up, must have been a combination deactivator stun weapon. Unfortunate, but when one weapon gets taken out, you move on to the next. Switching to the other hand I fired off a lasso and grabbed her gun out of her hand. I whipped the gun into the air and off the side of the building. Girl didn't stop though, not even at the loss of her firearm, she still had her blade and she closed the distance immediately. Running across the few feet between us, her blade ready to slice into me.

Unfortunately for Green, my flamethrower is still good. So as soon as she's in range, I brought it up and unleashed hell in her general direction. It would give me a good judge of what kind of character she's even if it didn't work. To extend the battlefield usefulness of the Mandalorian flamethrowers, the barks are worse than their bite. The fuel burns too efficiently and quickly to stick to its target. Most Mandalorion armors could take the heat, but they did a lot to scare off lesser warriors. Even the Jedi would take a step back under a nozzle of a flamethrower, however that was likely due to using highly flammable robes in battle.

Of course, True Mandalorians wouldn't, they would know the strength and weakness of the weapon and trust in their armor to do its job and this girl apparently is a True Mandalorian through and through. She burst through the flames and attempted to slash me with her blade. I caught her blade with my now deactivated vambrace and was about to aim my flamethrower directly at her when her hand caught my other arm.

Inside my helmet I was smiling. I haven't had a fight like this in a while. Oh I fought other Mandalorians, plenty over the years, but this one. This one is persistent enough to take a hit and keep on going. I might have built up some respect for the girl and her efforts to try and stop me.

"Not bad, Green." I said. She struggled and started to try and draw back her blade, but the fact that I am stronger than her prevented her from moving as I locked her in place. Eventually she paused when she realized I was speaking to her.

"Are you willing to talk now, Mr. Assassin, or are you going to just try and punch me in the gut for a surprise."

"That's a thought," I agreed rather amused with her stoicism, before continuing, "how about we call this little play date over, Green? My objective is gone, your objective, it seems is complete, there is no reason for us to keep this going."

"My objective is to bring you in so you can answer who has hired you to assassinate Senator Amidala. Until that objective is met I think our fight will continue." She spoke with some fire in her voice and all the determination of a Mandalorian. The voice is definitely that of someone on the younger side, I would think not even twenty summers.

"You got fire, kid. I'm afraid I have no interest in telling who hired me for this operation. Kind of bad for business to betray your contract."

"Murdering a senator is a pretty bad business in itself. Especially one that could start a civil war; going to give any thoughts on that matter?" She spat back at me.

"I don't get involved in politics, and ultimately it's not my problem." I said, before headbutting the girl as hard as possible. The blow stunned her enough for me to deliver a front kick to her stomach. Before I could continue my attack and get control of the situation, Blue started firing shots at me again. She forced me to dodge with my jetpack off the rooftop for a few feet, but I think I had a win on my hands now. All I needed to do was kill these three and this whole mess could be buried.

Reaching for my pistol, I found that it's gone. Confused, I looked down and saw that Green had my pistol in her hand. She must have swiped it from my holster during the headbutt. The Green thief is good with her hands. Shaking my head in annoyance, I started to move in her direction but she'd already brought it up and fired a shot at me, which I was forced to dodge out of the way of. Again.

This is taking too long, maybe it was about time to just cut my losses. I could win this, but fighting trained and well equipped Mandalorioans is more a challenge of endurance and preparation. It would require an inordinate amount of time to eke out a victory that is guaranteed to bring spectators and intervention from the other mercs Amidala had on her payroll. I had not forgotten how suspiciously well-equipped Amidala and her protectors seemed to be.

Looking over to Blue, I noticed that Blue is still hiding behind the atmospheric regulator unit, obviously injured, possibly immobile. Brown is still sawing through my cable with her vibroknife while hanging off the building I had anchored her to. Green seemed to be a bit dazed from my last attack; I still had this under control.

Then a medium-sized shuttle came into view over Green, the door's opened and a Mandalorian Royal Guard jumped down from the open doors. This took me by surprise, I'd seen them once or twice but never actually had to fight them. Looks like this operation is not mercenary, or at least had Sundari backing. They were tough customers and you didn't want to get involved with their type. Holding that fancy spear of theirs, the Royal Guard immediately took a defensive stance ready to deflect any blaster fire. Another one jumped down and started checking over Blue. Looking up, I observed a couple guards opening windows and bringing guns to bear down. At this point, it was apparent that I'd stepped into something I really shouldn't have.

Using the giant atmospheric regulator unit for cover I jumped off the side of the building and flew off. Staying low and near to the building to avoid their fire if they decided that they were going to try and shoot me down. The target is clearly too hot for a follow up attack and unless the client was willing to up the pay significantly, it was not worth my time. I would need a full crew to handle the job and there is every chance that I would have the entire Mandalorion Sector gunning for me. It was unfortunate but I'm going to have to pay the client back out of pocket.





† Tanya forgot to check if Occam's razor existed as a logical theorem in the universe. This is not a mistake in the story.




Writers note: And there we go, into the movie we've been launched and already things are not exactly on track. Hope everyone enjoys and… what's that… oh right I guess I should mention that as of this chapter this fic is now the longest youjo senki fic on Spacebattles, THAT RIGHT I'm taking your crown jacobk. 320,000 words to your 310,000.

Also I see you AMEXTRIX. I see that you translate this and many other fics into spanish on wattpad, and I thank you for doing that since you give credit to the writer responsible… BUT MAN next time ask? Or give people heads up if you want to do that? I should not be finding out that my fic has been translated by a third party. Also… there is art on space battles thread and omakes.

Update: as of 6 days ago AMEXTRIX contacted me and asked promssion to translate in to spanish, and though i will clown on how long it took to get that, i have given him permission translate.





Edited by: Warmach1ne32, BigKuma DM, Afforess, fallqm
Community edited by: Marwan Amine
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread




Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Neso, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, Retexks, John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar, BigKumaDM, Taylor Tilbury, Treant Balewood, Aske Helsted, James Williams
 
Last edited:
Chapter 32
Chapter 32
716 FNM (22 BBY)
Month 5





Coruscant, Mandalorian Tower
Tanya Kryze


With a grunt of pain, I carefully sat down on the lounge's sofa, then straightened up again. Despite appearances, there is some general chaos inside the Mandalorian Tower.

Vai is strewn all over on a couch muttering Mando'a expletives while waiting for the painkillers to kick in. Thisish Skota, my Royal Guard and also a certified surgeon, looked over Vai's injured body to make sure she is treated and resting correctly. I assumed Tabi would be inseparable from Vai at a time like this, but it looks like he'd been ordered to stand guard in front of the door. I am certain any intruders would only enter over his dead body.

Morson is over in the corner, cradling her recently dislocated shoulder as Royal Guard Kastel did some routine first aid to make sure it was nothing permanent.

My slicer, Mok, is over in one corner already at his terminal. He has the WESTAR-34 pistol I had recovered off on one side, while he analyzed the blaster.

Ordo is by the kitchen area, making drinks for everybody. The light fare is in sharp contrast to his earlier leap from the Peacemaker, the shuttle repurposed by my Royal Guards and X4 for escort duty. I would have to thank Engiz for the coffee when I get the chance.

Captain Struc is standing next to me, frowning and looking rather annoyed and I could imagine why easily enough. I sought out and participated in a fight with a fellow warrior of Mandalore and got hurt doing it. Even if the whole event was an act of kindness, in the defense of another senator, the incident is still quite serious. If I was seriously injured or had been permanently harmed, I'm sure the consequences would be similarly permanent for his career, once Aunt Satine is informed.

Captain Struc is looking at me with a stoic expression of a superior officer about to reprimand their subordinates on exactly how much they screwed up. I would know, I have done this to my own subordinates before. "Care to explain to me why you didn't wait for backup? As well as why did you refuse to break contact when the primary objective was completed? After all, I must not fail to record every detail of the incident, especially of your decision making. Duchess Satine would not accept anything less from me this time."

As usual, the best way out is always through. "The target was in jeopardy, they were about to be eliminated by another assassin. We interfered with the objective of countering the second assassin from eliminating the first assassin. We continued so as to apprehend the adversary for further questioning. We partially succeeded in identifying the motive. We can rule out the Naboo spice miners or any smaller organizations, given the scale and resources of the operation. So we have a general idea of why someone is trying to kill Senator Amidala now."

He noted that down in a datapad. "Were you successful in protecting the targets?"

I shrugged and was reminded of the bit of pain from some of the bruises I have after that close-quarters fight, "We could not confirm the outcome, but I think so. The Jedi should have more details, if they successfully apprehended her, then the Jedi took her away. Nothing was left behind."

Captain Struc nodded his head in acceptance, "We should try and contact them, though if they're smart they'll probably have her in some sort of witness protection program. Likely hidden somewhere near the Jedi Temple and we will never find out if she survived or not. Give me the details on the Mandalorian assassin you all fought. What did you manage to get out of him?"

Ah, the debrief, this is somewhat nostalgic, but I couldn't let myself get distracted. So I leaned forward, rested my arm on my knees, and focused on recollecting what had happened. "The assassin wore metallic silver armor, as in bare silvery metal with blue highlights, likely beskar. A navy blue Mandalorian super commando style pilot suit, however its primary color is silver."

"Silver is not exactly the most useful identifying detail. Thanks to a certain someone, silver is probably one of the most popular colors in the Mandalorian sector."

"I don't think he's wearing beskar armor." Morson spoke up from where she took a seat so that Kastel could provide first aid to her.

"Oh?" Captain Struc looked over, focusing his attention on her.

"The armor he was wearing, it wasn't beskar. Durasteel, I think." Morson explained.

"How do you know that?" Vai asked from her prone position on the couch.

"A lot of the clans on Gargon can't afford beskar. Um, even my own." She paused for a moment but I made a gesture for her to get on with it. "Beskar mixed with durasteel and other forms of cheaper materials over the years have been a substitute. When I punched him in his helmet it's definitely the high pitched ring of durasteel on durasteel. My arm armor is made of durasteel and Tanya's armor is made of beskar, right? We could test to hear if they sound the same." Morson finished her statement in a rush of words.

"You ID'd the assassin's armor by punching?" Vai asked in disbelief.

"It's a very distinctive sound." Morson said as if it was the most obvious thing in the galaxy. Which does make a degree of sense as beskar armor has a much more noticeable lower pitched ring that I had grown familiar with from my frequent armor sparring with Vai all those years ago.

"We can verify it later, but I believe you." I inclined my head at Morson, then I turned back to Captain Struc to finish the report. "The assassin must have been wearing durasteel armor." Morson nodded in agreement, she may have been taken out of the fight rather quickly, but she is definitely proving to be useful. That little detail probably would help in figuring out something more about our wayward Mandalorian.

Captain Struc looked down at his datapad again. "That does narrow some things down. Either he's not really a Mandalorian and copied a Mandalorian style, or they don't really have the funding to afford beskar armor. If it's the latter, it means they are likely from one of the many clans on the outer edges of Mandalorian Space. Planets like Zanbar, Gargon, or any number of other places that are not as famous and aren't as well off enough for the general populace to afford beskar."

"I don't think they are from a clan either." Morson spoke up again. "Like I said, my armor is an alloy, but the important bits, like the chest," She emphasized that area on her body by knocking on it with her knuckles and I suppressed a sigh, "have higher amounts of beskar compared to the rest. Everyone in the clans knows the alloyed pieces are weaker and would focus on the periphery like the arms or legs due to weaker armor and that any injury would make the fight easier in the long term. Except, well, our mystery assassin didn't do that. I guess he must have been fooled when his shots hit Tanya's beskar armor and assumed all of us had it. So he can't be from a clan as we would have recognised a difference immediately from our frequent armor sparring."

Captain Struc looked rather dubious at this explanation. Mok stood up and joined the conversation, "I agree with Ms. Morson." He twirled the blaster around his finger which I am sure the safety is on, "This guy could afford a WESTAR-34 and going by the amount of modifications on it, he's got the money. This weapon is practically custom, upgraded to the hilt. He definitely has credits."

"Strange, he has the credits for weapons, but does not have the credits for armor." Captain Struc said, scratching his chin.

"Perhaps it's a personal issue." I said as Ordo appeared at my side with a saucer and a cup of coffee.

"Thank you, Ordo." I said taking it and sipping the coffee. It was good. The bit of caffeine would help keep my senses sharp through this conversation.

"You're welcome, princess."

"Personal issue, what kind of personal issue though?" Morson asked, looking directly at me curiously.

Looking past Ordo to Morson, I said, "From my study of the Silver Codices, there is no cultural reason that would require someone to abstain from beskar armor. If anything, the opposite is true, the Silver Codices encourage wearing beskar armor over other practical uses of the material if they could afford it. The assassin is wealthy enough to afford beskar armor so they had no reason to avoid it. It's his deliberate choice to use durasteel armor instead. Perhaps we are looking at this backwards. The durasteel armor the assassin used must have some greater value we still don't understand then, even if it's something as simple as sentimental value."

"So our mystery assassin is also mysterious?" Vai joked.

"That leaves us with very little to work with then." Captain Struc stated. X4 entered the room carrying several soft cold packs for everyone who had been involved in the fight.

"We do have this though." Vai's words were a bit muffled by the couch pillows, as she didn't bother to lift her head far, just enough to scoop up her helmet and execute a slow underhand throw. Supposing she was aiming for Mok, her aim was a bit off then.

I snapped my arms out and grabbed the helmet before it could smack me in the head. "What is it, exactly?" More slowly, I extended an arm and handed Ordo the helmet which he delivered to Mok.

"Visual and audio recorder inside the helmet. I turned it on before the fight started." Vai called out in a muffled voice, face first in the couch pillows again.

"Heh~ nice." Mok said, immediately turning the helmet on its side and looking for a port to connect the audio.

"How is it you girls are smart enough to keep track of how you're having your asses handed to you but not smart enough to not get your asses beat." Captain Struc asked, shaking his head at the three of us.

"Learning from our mistakes obviously." It got a laugh from the other two, though Vai coughing put a damper on it.

I turned to our medic, Thisish, "How is she doing?"

"She'll be fine.'' Thisish said, smacking Vai's armor that was lying on the ground strewn next to the couch. "She just needs to take it easy for a few days and avoid any more strenuous activity, no permanent damage otherwise."

I let out a sigh of relief and nodded my head in acknowledgement. "Thank you, Thisish." Mok made a noise of excitement and I glanced over.

"Here we go." Mok pressed a button and the familiar voice of the man who had just fought all three of us without breaking a sweat joined the room.

"Ladies, is there a problem here?"

"That depends..." My voice called out, on the speaker. Last life I had gotten used to hearing recordings of it after action briefings. Back then my voice was always harsh from the demands of constant command, but here it sounded young. Everyone listened, caught up in the whole conversation and the fight from where they were sitting. On the viewscreen of the computer, I could just barely make out Vai's perspective of the fight. I had to admire that she'd managed to pull herself back up after the beatdown the assassin had thrown our way. It's obvious from the video and our own experience that the man is well trained and a combat veteran. If I had to guess, he probably had a preference for gunslinging judging by the setup of the pistols on his hips, but he was no slouch in a fisticuff fight either.

The video ended and I said, "And there is your clear footage of our assassin problem."

"Good," Captain Struc commented, "I'll have to see about getting this sent to the Senate Guard. At the very least we could probably do something to prevent him from trying again. Which means our purpose in this whole affair is done." He said, looking directly at me. I sensed he wanted confirmation that I am not going to do anything else on this matter.

"Perhaps so." I hedged. "Unless something else draws my interest into the situation, I don't think we have any other reason to interfere in this matter. Thus I can leave this to the local authorities." I relaxed into the chair, fully intending to follow through on that statement. I closed my eyes to demonstrate my resolve, even though I didn't need to rest yet.

After a few moments passed, Kastel fake coughed. "I know who he is and he's not an assassin by trade. However, he might actually be a problem for the sector."

Still resting, I asked, "How would he be a problem for the Mandalorian sector?"

I heard Kastel stand up and move away, towards where the viewscreen was. "X4 could you bring up any information on Jango Fett?"

"Of course, Royal Guardsman Kastel." X4 said. I heard sounds of X4 moving and accessing a computer port. Curious, I opened an eye and looked. A moment later a picture of a familiar armored Mandalorian appeared on screen, alongside his bounty hunting license.

"This is Jango Fett, the last Mand'alor of the True Mandalorians…" Kastel trailed off.

I was on my feet in an instant. "What?!"

"The last True Mand'alor was killed along with his men." Captain Struc said with furrowed brows as he posed the question I would have asked.

"No, he survived, as you can see. Jango Fett survived the fight and then he hunted down the leadership of Death Watch. The rest is history, from there he went on to become a bounty hunter, which is why he doesn't wear beskar armor. Supposably he still has a set of beskar armor from serving as the Mand'alor for the True Mandalorians, but he doesn't wear it because he has given up on Mandalore. The man is a legend." Kastel seemed to be in awe of our adversary.

He continued, "Jango Fett has made a name for himself as a bounty hunter across the galaxy for the last twenty years or so. A lot of survivors of the True Mandalorians ended up on Vorpa'ya, my homeworld, after the civil war. A lot of us have an interest in keeping up with his career."

Sitting back down slowly, I said, "And that immediately becomes a problem to Mandalore, one we may need to deal with."

Captain Struc turned to me. "Hold it, you are a representative, not an assassin. We are not going to go track down a bounty hunter to prevent him from assassinating a member of the Senate."

"Of course," I said with a smile, "it would be foolish for me to attempt to assassinate an assassin, but as we've already made clear they are a bounty hunter, a mercenary, and a True Mandalorian. All these things have one thing in common: money speaks to them. We need to find some way to pay them off so they don't get involved in this situation any further."

"Why do we need to do that?" Morson asked from her chair, sounding confused.

I continued my thought, "That is quite simple, if a Mandalorian is involved in a murder of a senator this will look bad for the sector. It already looks bad when it is merely attempted murder, just imagine the consequences if Fett succeeds? Even worse, Fett is the former Mand'alor of the True Mandalorians, he has political clout within the Mandalorian sector.

If I was an enterprising adversary who wanted to bring as many factions under my control as possible against a coming conflict with the Republic, I would certainly not fail to recruit the battle maniacs, the Mandalorians. What better way to secure the Mandalorians to my side than to help put their former Mand'alor back on his throne?"

Captain Struc nodded his head in agreement at that, "Candidate Mand'alors don't usually survive long. I can see what you're saying here, when the war between the Republic and Separatists begins, what better way to make sure that Mandalore takes part in the war than to have a conflict spring forth within the sector."

"The question then becomes how do we prevent Jango Fett from taking part in the conflict? An option is that we pay him off perhaps." I speculated aloud.

"Unlikely to work," Kastel shook his head in disagreement. "Jango Fett has built up a reputation of being reliable and won't break a job unless it is beyond his ability to complete. We would need something big to get him to break his personal code of honor."

"X4," I looked over at the droid, "perform a search on anything related to Fett. I need to have more information on our potential adversary and this situation."

"Of course, mistress." The droid said as it began doing its research.

"Okay then," I said leaning back in the chair. "Anything else we need to know about while we let X4 explore the Coruscant holonet?"

Whatever I was expecting, it wasn't Tabi knocking against the door, before stepping inside. "Princess Tanya, Senator Tal Merrik is here to see you."

My eyebrow rose in confusion. Senator Merrik usually never came down from his office, but I nodded and said, "Let him come in." Tabi nodded and walked out of the room. A few minutes later he came back with the senator. Senator Merrik took one glance around and showed surprise at seeing our state of half-dressed armor, half-treated physical injuries, and clearly recent medical waste littering the floor.

"Representative Kryze," he said, "what exactly did you get up to tonight? Am I going to have to tell your aunt that you were involved in another bar fight?"

I chuckled at that image. "I was not involved in a bar fight. We were simply providing a little extra security for Senator Amidala when we ran afoul of an assassin."

Senator Merrik looked rather stunned at that pronouncement. "Well, considering you're still here, I assume that the assassin has been turned over to the police."

I shook my head. "Unfortunately no, he escaped. But we are working on the situation and trying to figure out what to do about it."

"Do about it? Why do you need to do anything about it? If some assassin is trying to kill another senator you should keep yourself far away from the trouble and not get involved!"

"A fair point." I granted, as I sat back smiling at just how much of a New Mandalorian Prince Merrik was. Always good to have someone to pull back on your reins when you are about to run off into a firefight. Though I would prefer not to end up in a firefight at all.

Vai spoke up, "The assassin is Jango Fett, a Mandalorian. A former Mand'alor to be exact, the True Mandalorians' Mand'alor. We were just discussing what to do about him considering the possibility that he might be in the employ of the Separatists. Jango Fett might be used as a pretext to start a civil war in the sector."

Senator Merrik stood, taking in the scene and seemingly calculating everything he had just heard for several long moments.

"How many people know that you are involved in this attempt to prevent an assassination?"

I looked around and said "Everyone in this room and a couple Jedi. Why?"

"Was there any video footage?"

Mok spoke up, "I scanned the holonet, no one appears to have uploaded footage of the fight. So we are clear on that front."

Senator Merrik nodded at that, "Well then, I greatly appreciated our dinner date discussing politics tonight. I'm sure I will recall our conversations for some time, what about you Ms. Kryze?"

This subterfuge was unexpected but I sat up in response, raising an eyebrow. Was he telling me to cover this up, to prevent a repeat of the last time my fight got spread around the holonet? I am frankly intrigued. "Yes. Good dinner, the date was a little rough, but the food was fine."

"Exactly and as far as I'm concerned you were not involved in any other incidents tonight. Also I wanted to let you know I am approving your request for time-off. Enjoy the rest of the month off, forget the troubles here for a bit. Maybe visit your friend Amidala?"

"Oh, that is a good suggestion." I smiled at this, realizing that not only had Senator Merrik understood the threat, but went down the list of things to do and decided he trusted me enough to handle it. Now why would Senator Merrik trust me, a young and inexperienced representative, is a bit up in the air. It was no secret that I had trained with Bo-Katan. The fact I was still alive is proof enough that I could hold my own against the True Mandalorian. This is an impressive level of trust and I am not going to throw it away.

"Of course senator." I said, bowing my head. "I was looking into starting on vacation in a couple days, thank you for clearing that request."

In understanding we both shared a smile. "Do your best out there, Tanya, for Mandalore."

"Always will." I said. Senator Merrik turned and left the room leaving me with the Royal Guards, my handmaidens, and X4.

"It would appear that this operation has been sanctioned by the senator without being sanctioned." X4 said, stating the obvious for those still looking confused. Morson and Tabi both were looking perplexed. I'm sure some others probably were not getting the full picture but were keeping it to themselves.

"Senator Merrik might not report this, but I will." Captain Struc said, matter of factly.

"Oh, Senator Merrik is going to report it." I clarified, "However, he is going to wait a few days, give me a head start on trying to get this situation under control. Aunt Satine would not approve of me running off for this. I will have to send her a message as well to explain myself, so she doesn't think I'm being too aggressive."

Captain Struc took a deep breath whilst pinching the bridge of his nose, it seemed he was not amused by my creative interpretations. However, he didn't go as far as to speak up and contradict me, either. Instead he turned to all three of us, "In any case, all of your performances show room for improvement, even if you were against the most dangerous Mando in the galaxy. When we have time, you all are going to be undergoing additional training until I feel you are up to snuff. Got it?"

"Aye sir." Morson said, giving a lazy salute with her uninjured arm. I nodded while Vai merely made a noise.

Then Captain Struc turned back to me. "So the plan is to find some way to make contact with this Jango Fett. Tell him 'Don't take a side in the coming civil war, here's some money.' and that's it?"

I nodded, "Ideally we could find something that would change his mind. I suspect Jango Fett's reputation for honor is a reflection of the True Mandalorian's creeds, as described by a foreigner. If he's already been bought off by the Separatists, it might be impossible to pay him off to stay uninvolved. So if Jango Fett is as entangled as I suspect he is, then we cut a deal to not involve the Mandalorian sector. Maybe he will recruit a few Mandalorians and export some mercenaries from our sector, but that can be swept under the rug easily enough."

"How would that be swept under the rug?" Morson asked, as Ordo walked next to her and handed her a cup of coffee, he had been moving about the room doing that for the last five minutes or so.

Ordo answered, "If you supply mercenaries to one side you're an accessory to their side's crimes. If you supply mercenaries to both sides, then you are neutral. All we need to do is run through the legislation that's already on the table for allowing mercenary work to be allowed outside the sector. After that, we use our neutrality to deny responsibility for anyone who is involved in mercenary work outside the sector."

"Exactly. I'm sure there will be plenty of mercenaries on both sides of this conflict from Mandalore, which will not be good for the opinion of our sector. But as long as we can keep our sector out of the war, that's a step in the right direction."

X4 made a beep before turning away from the screen, saying, "I may have found a way to prevent Jango Fett from taking part in this conflict, though it is very tenuous."

"Tenuous?" I asked as I sat up, sipping my coffee.

"Very," X4 said as he pulled up the screen and selected a report picture of a blonde woman, highlighting the accompanying information. The name at the top of it was of most interest: Arla Fett.

Prisoner 327, Arla Fett, name given through interrogation. Former member of Death Watch, attempted assassination of a senator on Coruscant twenty years ago. Held in a Coruscant maximum security prison on a life sentence.

I blinked and then blinked again. "Could the name be a coincidence?".

"Possible. However, Fett is a rare clan with few members. According to my records, the only known living members of the Fetts are Arla Fett and Jango Fett. There is a possibility that they are unrelated, but there seems to be a greater possibility they are related."

Captain Struc spoke up then. "If they're related, don't you think Jango Fett would have broken his sister out?"

"Arla Fett was a member of Death Watch." Kastel pointed out. "Maybe there was no love lost between Jango Fett of the True Mandalorians and Arla Fett of the Death Watch. You don't rescue your enemies."

"That's just speculation for now." Ordo said, refilling my cup with the last of the coffee. "What other facts do we know, X4?"

"Arla Fett is considered by all who knew her to be dead. Her record and her name are censored. I obtained access through your position as a Senatorial Representative. I won't speculate on Arla Fett's state of mind or ideological allegiances before her confinement, but I can state her medical records that indicate a history of severe trauma. Enough so it would have to have begun in her youth, and there were signs of drug use, physical abuse, amongst other issues. Additionally, Arla Fett's medical records are flagged by the doctors in the Valorum center; she has no treatment plan. She's a prisoner there."

"Interesting. There's a possibility that Arla Fett is a member of clan Fett. But assuming something will get us nothing, can you arrange a meeting between me and Arla Fett?"

X4 turned its head for a moment to look at the screen before turning back. "The only people who are marked as able to visit Arla Fett are Senators and Representatives of the Mandalore Tower, so yes."

"Rather specific." Captain Struc noted.

X4 centered it's head and gave a nod, "At the request of the attempted assassination victim, the last senator of Mandalore. Before Senator Merrik took control, he requested Arla Fett to be put in the deepest hole possible, to be denied visitors, and for her to be marked as dead as far as the public would be concerned. The judge granted his request."

"Obliteration," I sighed, "the ancient practice of basically sealing someone up in their own room, feeding them until they died. A terrible thing to do." I was not very familiar with the predecessor of Prince Tal Merrik but my opinions of them had gone down greatly.

On the off chance she really is a relative of his, she could be useful for us. After all, nothing like springing a relative out of a hell hole to get someone on your side and abandon your status as reliable for one thing.

With that last thought, I was hopeful, but truly exhausted. "I think this meeting is over.", I announced, getting up and downing the last of the coffee. "We'll leave Arla Fett's situation for the morning, as well as finding out what's going on with the Jedi and Senator Padme Amidala, everyone else agree?"

There was a collection of nods, though Captain Struc raised his hand saying, "What about the fact that Arla Fett was involved with an attempted assassination of a senator? I don't think the Republic is going to take kindly to us creating future problems."

I nodded looking back at the screen. "Perhaps you can help us with that. I can convince Duchess Satine to assert royal privilege and pardon Jango and Arla of any past crimes. If they stay and settle in Mandalore, they won't be extradited. Additionally, Senator Amidala would not have any reason to pursue Jango if he cooperated and revealed his contract's source, and without Amidala's cooperation, the Jedi have no ability to extract or punish Jango Fett any further. Of course, all of this depends on whether we can convince Jango Fett to switch sides and turn over his sources."

"So sector arrest? Jango Fett can't leave the sector and he can't take part in any bounty hunting, if he turns over evidence on who hired him for the bounty? Not a bad plan, though, I guess we'll have to wait and see if he actually is willing to take it." Captain Struc said.

"Yes, Jango Fett only really matters if he's willing to take the deal."





Coruscant, Mandalorian Tower
Obi-Wan Kenobi


"Please wait here Master Jedi. I need to alert Representative Kryze." said one of the Mandalorian Royal Guards as she tapped her helmet, obviously sending a message to the rest of the Tower.

"Alright." I said, standing back, as I glanced over at the morning skyline. Last night I spent several frustrating hours in our archives, chasing down leads that went nowhere. So far, the information we had on the situation with the assassin at the moment was absolutely nothing. The mysterious assassin had been effectively silenced, the one witness who could have talked. Well almost nothing, we do have a dart and I would be visiting an old friend who might have some information on it. But before I chased down unlikely contacts, the Mandalorian assassin who silenced our Clawdite assassin, was engaged in combat with three other Mandalorians. While the Mandalorian assassin escaped via their jetpack, I had a few ideas on who he might have been escaping from. I hoped the only known Mandalorians on Coruscant could share some information on his identity.

My thoughts were interrupted when the next guard finally announced our entrance, "Representative Kryze will see you now." The Royal Guard stepped out of the way to allow me to step into the main seating area of the apartment.

Inside, the young Ms. Kryze is already seated and expecting me, as well as Vai, and a third girl I am unfamiliar with. All three seemed injured and tired, although Ms. Kryze looked less so. Vai isn't moving much at all, using stillness to hide the extent of her injury and keep up appearances. Ms. Kryze is wearing a green dress like I'd seen her wear on many occasions with her hair done in it's normal fashion, despite the obvious hidden injuries and generally exhausted state of the rest of the apartment's occupants.

Smiling, Ms. Kryze stood up and said, "Jedi Master Obi-Wan Kenobi, to what do I owe the honor for your visit?"

"Oh nothing much, Ms. Kryze. I was informed last night that you were taking part in a rather interesting chase. Were you attempting to help your friend from a distance, as it were?"

Ms. Kryze nodded and said, "Friends are hard to find, it would be a shame to not to do the utmost to help them."

The Council was putting pressure on the investigation. So much for the slim mandate we had begun with. Instead of training, I had to chase down every lead along the way. Although, I was pretty sure I could skip the paperwork with Ms. Kryze if I negotiated aggressively enough.

"Of course, of course. However, I think I saw you even engaging in a little bit of combat across the way, any details you are able to share about last night's events? The Jedi Council is investigating the matter of the bounty on Senator Amidala. It is a violation of the Bounty Hunters' Guild charter; bounties on government officials are a serious breach. The Council will be putting together a full diplomatic request for information through to Mandalore about your involvement last night, but perhaps we don't need to do all that paperwork."

Ms. Kryze nodded before saying, "I have some good news for you as we do have a name. The Mandalorian assassin is Jango Fett, a former True Mandalorian warlord turned bounty hunter."

"Really now, how did you come by this information?" I asked, taken aback by this development. Ms. Kryze simply shrugged. Her droid stepped over, offering a tray of drinks.

"This might take a while to explain, but I am certain I can recall more details right now than a diplomatic dispatch would provide. So help yourselves to a drink and a seat with me, Master Jedi."

I considered her offer for a moment, I had asked for more information after all. I suppose this was better than paperwork, "A little bit of caf won't hurt." I agreed, taking the drink and moving over to an offered seat.

We both sat down across from each other, a small table separating us. "We were acting as a secondary security force to keep an eye on the situation." Ms. Kryze began. "After the chase, a Mandalorian assassin appeared and targeted the assassin while we attempted to detain him. I managed to hold a brief conversation, and based on analysis of the recording we believe the Mandalorian is the bounty hunter, Jango Fett. However, we lack his current whereabouts or a means to contact him."

"Why are you interested in getting in contact with him?" I leaned forward a bit.

She smiled, "Politically, it would be better if Mandalore is in no way involved in these assassination attempts. So convincing him to drop the contract and maybe give us a hint on who is behind the bounty would be the ideal outcome for the sector." Likely so, there is some sound logic to it.

"Perhaps you can get in contact with him through the Bounty Hunters' Guild?" I offered.

Ms. Kryze shrugged, "It is possible and I might try that as well. However, I have another lead I will be pursuing first."

"Anything that will help us out in our own investigation into the matter?" I received another smile, although it didn't reach her eyes this time.

"I am afraid not, your investigation is solely about who is behind the bounty and assassination attempt, mine is slightly different. I will give you any information we manage to get out of Jango Fett. However, when it comes to helping in finding him, I am afraid you are on your own, just as we are."

I nodded my head as this was a reasonable boundary. This was, after all, a political matter by the sounds of it. "If you do have another conversation with Jango Fett, tell him the Jedi wish to speak to him as well."

Ms. Kryze chuckled at my suggestion, "I highly doubt he will agree, but I will ask anyway."

I nodded, unfortunately it was understandable to not want a Jedi involved in a Mandalorian affair. Even with the many steps taken over the last few years to improve relations with Mandalorians.

I finally said, "No harm in asking. If you do find any information on the one who posted the bounty, please contact me at any time." I reached into a pocket and pulled out an information chip, handing it to the droid as it walked over. "That is my contact information, it will route you directly to my communicator."

Ms. Kryze nodded, "X4 please give him our own contact information. Perhaps you will find some information that will help us in our own objectives." She restated the question as a comment.

"Perhaps." I agreed, nodding as I took the offered chip before stashing it in my pocket.

"So then Ms. Kryze, I imagine that Duchess Satine is not going to be pleased with your personal involvement in this situation, don't you think?"

Ms. Kryze nodded stiffly, "I agree she will be displeased, but it was for the right cause. Preserving peace is always something that you can bend the rules for a bit, I believe."

"Of course, of course," I agreed easily, "but becoming involved yourself in this matter is a bit of a stretch, no? After all, according to Duchess Satine, I'm one of the experts on New Mandalorian doctrine and pacifism. The old New Mandalorian pacifism, I would think. Last time Satine and I had a conversation on these matters, we failed to settle our debate around whether violence is justified in self-protection, not just self-defense. I am concerned such violent solutions could contribute to a cycle of violence."

"Really now?" Ms. Kryze asked, failing to hide her interest in the topic. "Well that makes some sense, Aunt Satine did use to be a bit more evangelical about the matters of pacifism and the evils of the military-industrial complex. Now, I believe she sees the necessities of such things, the last few years of instability with the Republic has put matters in perspective for both of us."

"Is that so?" I said, scratching inside my beard, to give myself a moment to consider. "We did have several conversations about the matters of protection of society and we always found agreement in the past. I think if we had continued to discuss matters, we might have come to some sort of mutual understanding."

Ms. Kryze held my gaze, "I'm sure if you two stayed together long enough, you two would have had your own discussions on the topic, both of you seem able to understand the other's perspective intuitively. I have always been impressed with Satine's command of rhetoric and as a Jedi, I am sure you are just as skilled. What with the both of you having been seasoned by years of experience by this point."

"Is that a diplomatic way of calling us old?" I joked, which got the appropriate response I was looking for.

Ms. Kryze giggled a bit. "No Master Jedi, I'm not calling the two of you old, but experience does come with age. From my own brief experience I believe that in our youth we tend to be stupid and do stupid things, age put matters in perspective. When things are in perspective, you have a better chance of meeting your goals."

I chuckled at that before saying, "How very wise of you, Ms. Kryze. However, should you not take your own advice? Should you not put this whole current situation in perspective? After all, you are just a young Representative."

She chuckled at that before saying, "While it may seem like I am not putting things in perspective, from my point of view, with details you're unaware of, everything is quite in its perspective."

"Interesting, would you share those details I am not aware of?" I said whilst poking at her defenses.

"I will share what needs to be known when it needs to be known." Ms. Kryze said matter of factly. "And not a moment sooner. Make no mistake, I will tell you and the Jedi Council, but only if it pertains to the safety of the Republic. On matters of the Mandalore Sector, I will see to the sector first and once that is safe I will worry about its repercussions for the Republic."

It's moments like these that reminds me that Tanya is related to Satine. The subtle stubbornness that both of them share, a quiet command of what would be best for their sector, is on full display.

Of course, Tanya might be covering up her lack of knowledge or she could even be fishing for more information from me. I wasn't exactly thrilled about the political stakes of this conversation. Mandalorian politics were a quagmire at the best of times, and it sounded like they had their hands full. There were few Mandalorian situations improved by the addition of the Jedi; the council preferred we stay out if at all possible. However, perhaps I could press and get some more information from Ms. Kryze for our investigation right now, rather than through the slow diplomatic channels.

Sipping my caf, I thought for a moment before deciding; nothing ventured, nothing gained. Reaching into my coat pocket, I pulled out the dart inside a small container and said, "I have another meeting later today to ask around about this, but might as well confirm what I think. I already know this weapon was used to silence the assassin who attempted to murder Senator Amidala last night. It is not Mandalorian, correct?" Ms. Kryze reached out onto the table and picked it up carefully and gingerly looking at it before nodding her head.

"It is not Mandalorian." Ms. Kryze confirmed. "The design philosophy is not blocky enough to be modern Mandalorian or ancient Mandalorian, these smooth curves are foreign. Though that would track with our own investigation into this matter. Jango Fett left the Mandalorian Sector many years ago. Most likely he has already found some new home and if he is as honorable a True Mandalorian as he says he is, he is probably adopting weapons and equipment from his new home."

I nodded before saying, "So my current hypothesis, that if I track down this dart to its origin, I might find where this Jango Fett's current home is located, is correct?"

"You are half correct," Ms. Kryze stated before continuing, "there is always the possibility that this person simply is nomadic and is always on the move. He may not have a fixed home, but will still have regular places where they get supplies from. At the very least it should put you on the right trail."

I nodded my head at that as Ms. Kryze set the dart back down carefully. I picked it up, stashing it back in my pocket.

Ms. Kryze seemed to think for a moment before saying, "A member of the Fett clan is here on Coruscant in prison for crimes committed several decades ago. No guarantee that it will lead anywhere, but that is the current lead I am investigating. After that I will try to contact him through the Bounty Hunters' Guild, see if we can persuade him to talk through money instead of violence."

"That seems unlikely, bounty hunters usually have a code and they do not usually break that code."

"Usually," Ms. Kryze commented, "But we have to try, worse comes to worse, I find nothing. If I do find something, I will contact you and let you know."

"Excellent", playing with the nearly finished caf cup I said, "to hopefully figuring out who is behind this and solving this assassination plot peacefully."

Ms. Kryze mimicked me and did the same, holding up around and saying, "Yes let's hope for a peaceful resolution of this whole situation so that we can get back to arguing about the military and the current Seperatist issue."

I finished the last of my caf, it was a fairly pleasant blend and it is a vast improvement from when I first tried brewing it myself. "Oh I hope not. I frankly would prefer that the Senate did not implement the military." I said matter of factly and she raised an eyebrow at my comment.

"Really now? I've actually not heard the opinion of the Jedi Council on the whole situation. You seem to be keeping out of it as an organization."

"I believe the current opinion of the Council is that it is outside the Jedi's mandate. It's not a matter for the Jedi whether the Republic has a military or not. There are some concerns about the Separatists but when there is a political disagreement between two factions, the Jedi usually decide to fulfill our role as mediators and mediate between the two factions."

Ms. Kryze nodded her head saying, "A reasonable move, the Jedi are meant to be elements to keep peace and order. Taking a side in this conflict will make the Jedi seem less like an independent faction promoting peace and order and more of a weapon of the Republic to keep those who disagree in line."

"What makes you so certain there will be conflict? The Jedi Council is preparing to mediate between the Separatists Parliament and Senate." I shook my head before saying, "Hopefully the Senate will come to its senses and get this situation resolved in a more sensible way. It is not like there is a Sith Lord controlling the Separatists."

"That is an interesting qualifier." Ms. Kryze said, "What if there is one? Would that change the Jedi's opinion on the matter."

"Oh very much so." I acknowledged, "The Sith are an enemy to peace and everything good in the galaxy. If they were to return, we would be forced to take action and if necessary fight for the Republic."

"Hmmm, I remembered some details about a conversation yesterday with Senator Amidala. She mentioned how Count Dooku was mentioned by Vice-Chair Amedda as possibly being the one behind the assassination attempt. I also remember that Count Dooku is a former Jedi. So I have a question that seems a little bit odd, but I want your honest answer. Who declares a person a Sith Lord?"

"That is an interesting question but the answer is rather simple, as I said, a Sith Lord always declares themselves as such usually as a source of pride. The Sith were more numerous thousands of years ago, they rarely make an appearance today. There have been fallen Jedi in the last thousand years. But nothing as major as the last great Sith Lord."

"What if the Republic declares Count Dooku as a Sith? Based on the fact that he is a former Jedi and leading a fight against the Republic? What would be the stance of the Jedi council then?"

"That, hmm…" I sat back in my seat a bit perplexed at that scenario as it's not something I'd ever considered happening. After a moment of thought I finally said, "Well there's two possibilities, the Council will investigate this claim and determine if it's true. If it is, we will most likely join the Republic in its war against the Separatists. However, if it's not, I'm not sure. It would harm relations between the Council and the Senate. Though if the Council declared every rogue Jedi that was not part of the Coruscant Temple a Sith that would also be a major crisis. The Green Jedi of Corellia, which are not technically part of our Temple, do talk with us and share many of their teachings. There are other smaller and more diverse Orders throughout the galaxy that could easily look at that situation with a loss of trust."

"Good, it sounds like there are checks and balances amongst the various Orders. That will definitely be helpful in the future when we're forced to negotiate with them."

"Forced to negotiate with them?" I asked, concerned at the implication.

"In my opinion it is not a matter of if the Separatists will initiate the crisis, it is when. The upcoming crisis is a certainty, how we will deal with the situation is still up in the air. I'm of the opinion that beyond expanding the local garrisons, increasing the power of local naval fleets to watch on the border is necessary to increase preparedness. We should attempt some sort of negotiated trade agreements as time goes on to ease tensions as well as preserve the galactic economy. After all, the majority of the reasons the Separatists are interested in leaving are because they feel like they are getting little for the taxes they pay the Republic. If they can invest the money themselves, they would prefer to invest to help secure the safety of their people from pirates, raiders, and slaving operations. Even a war can not fully distract from the fact that the Core needs the raw materials the Outer Rim worlds have, and the Outer Rim will want to spend their wealth on refined goods from the Mid and Core worlds, as they did before this crisis."

"Ah, so you're already preparing for a future where the Republic and the Separatists are two separate political entities."

Ms. Kryze nodded before saying, "I'm preparing for a future where the Mandalorian sector is in between two separate political entities that hate each other, it's not going to be a safe position for our sector. Despite an initial peace, there will be war down the line; history doesn't repeat itself, but it often rhymes. And usually, it will always be the Republic that stands in the end."

"A bleak prophecy." I noted.

Ms. Kryze shrugged and said, "Prepare for the worst, yet hope for the best. It's better to be prepared than to be left out in the middle of an interstellar war with nothing."

Shaking my head, "Here's hoping that remains just a bleak prophecy that does not come to pass." Putting the empty cup down I stood up.

Time to wrap this up, I had already been here longer than expected. "Thank you for your time, Representative Kryze. Unfortunately, I must go meet my contact. It has been a pleasant conversation Ms. Kryze."

"Good luck, Master Obi-Wan Kenobi. I hope you find some information that will lead to this situation being resolved without more bloodshed."

I smiled at that. "Same to you Ms. Kryze. Be careful with your own efforts to stop this assassination, if they give up with Senator Amidala, they might target her supporters and allies next."

"Perhaps I should pay her a visit then and make sure that Padme is aware she still has friends by her side."

"A lovely thought Ms. Kryze. Unfortunately Senator Amidala has gone into protective custody and can not receive any visitors for the foreseeable future."

Ms. Kryze nodded in approval, before pausing. A moment later, she frowned in thought, "I take it that is where your Padawan is?"

"Yes, it is. Anakin is capable of protecting Senator Amidala, I think."

There was a flash of annoyance across Ms. Kryze's face. "Yes, I think he'll do a fine job of protecting her. I'm just a little jealous, I wish I could wish them luck but time is of the essence. My own meeting is going to be taking place soon as well, thank you for your visit Master Kenobi."

I gave a small bow before sweeping past the two royal guards at the door, heading towards the elevator moving on to my next meeting with Dexter Jettster, an old friend who I hoped might have some more information on this dart.




Coruscant, Valorum Center
Tanya Kryze


Of all these stupid idiotic things I would have expected, putting Anakin in charge of Padme's protection detail was up there on the list of things that went a little too far. Yes, he's a Jedi. Yes, I'm sure he would be doing a perfectly fine job, but he has definitely shown some sort of emotional weakness around her. How that would play out, I don't know, but it could be rather disastrous if Anakin didn't play his cards exactly right.

I half expected the next time I heard about him it would be in the context of a disciplinary action by the Jedi Order. No doubt for breaking the Rules of Attachment because it was obvious that he had an attachment to the Senator from Naboo.

But Anakin is not my problem. My problem is deep within one of the lower levels of a Coruscant prison facility.Coruscant's prison system is not exactly top notch. No, it has more in common with the worst aspects of some of the worst prison systems of all time. Well almost the worst, the fact that there were countries that had systems that allowed prisoners to leave their prison, to commit more crimes before returning back to sleep in the same prison. A complete lack of enforcement of law and order said everything; you could be a bit too nice to your criminals.

That being said, this particular prison is for the criminally insane so perhaps it was a bit better at keeping its prisoners from causing more mayhem. The fact that they had basically put someone to obliteration said a lot about the mental health institutions of Coruscant and the Republic.

My thoughts on this subject were stopped as the prison doors opened in front of me and the two security guards stepped out, while keeping an eye on the doors. They walked forward a bit before motioning me and Morson forward. The lead guard said, "Keep your hands to yourself and watch your possessions. Some prisoners are a little bit… unstable, so we try to keep them sedated but there's only so much drugs can do."

"Sedated?" I asked, getting a rather bad feeling about that.

"Yeah, can't trust most of these prisoners not to do something stupid. Policy is to just keep them on a safe long term sedative as much as possible. Keeps them compliant and calm. Some prisoners are okay with this, some aren't."

"And what about Arla Fett? Is she complying with this?" I asked as they led the way further into the facility.

"Well, she's one of those special cases. There's concern she might harm herself since she was held captive by Death Watch for long enough that the Mando Slave Syndrome went into effect. She apparently cared for them even though they were responsible for the death of her family. Now that she's had time to get her head clear, she… well, let's just say we keep her drugged up so she doesn't harm herself."

The guards were rather informative. So Arla is suffering from Stockholm Syndrome. Wonderful, well it could be worse. Hopefully it would not hamper my efforts to get information out of her. Although it is a bit concerning that apparently Stockholm Syndrome is called Mando Slave Syndrome. It didn't sound very scientific; I have a feeling that term might date back to the Mandalorian Wars, when slaves were allowed to move their way up the ranks. More than a few Republic prisoners of war ended up donning Mandalorion arms and armor and fighting against the Republic during the conflict. I'll have to do a bit of research to confirm the origin later, I didn't have the time at the moment.

However, this did raise an interesting question, so I poked at it, "How did you come to know this information? I was under the impression that she did not speak Galactic Basic from the files I was given."

The first guard shrugged before saying, "The last chief of the guards talked to the last Mandalorian Senator and that's where he got that information from. I think it was passed on to the doctors and they marked it down somewhere. I don't know if it was ever really marked down in the security personnel records, and no one reads those anyway. At the time, the senator didn't want her to ever recover and no one else really gave a damn."

"That's rather callous of him." I mentioned, hoping to get some more details.

It got the response I was hoping for from the guard, "Guy was a twisted bastard from what I heard. You didn't hear this from me but the assassination attempt may have been warranted as there's a reason that the guy is no longer a senator. A few years after the attempted assassination, it came out that he was involved in an arms smuggling operation. Was gun running for several companies in the Mandalore sector, helping move weapons out of the sector into the hands of mercenaries. Big scandal at the time from what I remember, as he was profiteering off war, while you guys were going pacifist. Rumor has it that some of those weapons were rather defective and made their way into the hands of the Death Watch or their remnants, which is likely why Arla was dispatched to assassinate him."

That is a short and concise explanation of how this all came together. Shaking my head, I said, "Well whatever the proclivities of the last senator, I guess it is up to me to figure out what to do with this wayward child of Mandalore."

The guard chuckled before saying, "If you can figure out how to get her onto a ship and take her back to Mandalore, go right ahead. As far as the legal system is concerned she's paid for her crime and she's only being held here at the request of the last senator who is not in office anymore, we sent a note to the current senator about this and he just washed his hands of it. Convicted Death Watch can rot in prison as far as he is concerned."

A bit of New Mandalorian showing in Senator Merrik. In the early days of the new Mandalorian government, much effort was put into purifying Mandalore of its militaristic past and former self. It was the time period that saw the deportation of anyone with Death Watch or Old Mandalorian connections to Concordia. Unsurprising then, that an unjust sentence for a convicted member of the Death Watch would receive no attention. I couldn't hold it against him but had to wonder what would have happened if he had taken a more proactive stance on the matter. Oh well, no telling who she would have to deal with to resolve Arla's situation.

Most likely, I would have to see about having her moved to Mandalore even if it turned out she was not related to Jango Fett. After all, being left to rot in this prison is not healthy for a person's state of mind. It's not hard to see why someone might wish to commit suicide in here, such that would need to be put on drugs. This was no better than solitary confinement and that had a way on people's minds that led to some insanity.

I looked up as the guards came to a stop in front of a door saying, "And here she is. We'll be right here in case she gets a little violent. It doesn't happen often, she's more angry at herself and we have her restrained enough that she won't do anything too serious." The guard said, before taking out his keys.

The other guard muttered, "She's chanting again."

I picked up the sound of someone speaking Mando'a though it was not standard Mando'a. There is a definite accent to it, but it is an unfamiliar accent, unlike either the Concordian or Gargon Mando'a speech I was familiar with. It is closer to Kastel's accent, so I had to assume this is Concord Dawn's accent.

The door opened to reveal a woman in her mid forties, sitting in a corner of a padded cell. Her arms are in a straight jacket as she mutters a tune that sounded awfully familiar. It took me a while to realize that it is one of the old war songs that Aunt Bo had taught me all those years ago when she first started training Vai and me.

The woman's eyes were glazed over. She seemed to look at something in the distance as she muttered her tune, which is not a good sign. She's not very lucid so I had to assume this conversation may not go anywhere. Sighing, I stepped in the room with Morson following behind me before the door closed behind us leaving us in a padded cell with a crazy woman. Well not the worst place I've been in one of my lives.

"Good morning, Ms. Fett." I said first in Galactic Basic but that got no response. Either proving she couldn't speak it or wouldn't respond to it so I tried the greeting again, this time in Mando'a.

It got a bit of a response, but she only looked at me for a moment before continuing the tune. I went for the next best thing based on what I was seeing. I joined her in singing the next verse of the song in Mando'a, seeing if that would break through the wall she seems to have built from reality.

As ruthless as Death itself,
The pitiless face of The Jedi's wrath,
Let us look down on all who are before us.
Brothers all, one heart of justice.
Glory.


I stopped to wait to see what happened and she definitely stopped this time blinking once or twice before saying, "Nice voice, terrible pronunciation."

"Thank you, I'll work on it." I said while taking a knee across from her as Morson waited by the door. "Are you willing to talk to me now, Ms. Fett?"

"You can speak. I'll decide if you get a reply."

I nodded as that is as good of an indication as any that I was at least moving in the right direction. "Well then Ms. Fett, I've recently come across your case and was rather horrified at the story I've seen there. To be obliterated and left in a hole, that is no way for a Mandalorian to live."

"It's no way for a Mandalorian to die," Ms. Fett responded before saying, "but that would be preferable then living like this."

"While I can see the logic in that, I did note that during my investigation I found that it is possible to have you transferred to a facility in Mandalore. One that's more adept at dealing with your kind of situations, if you're willing to give up all connections with Death Watch of course.

She looked up at me and said, "I've been in this room for, I don't know how long, if Death Watch cared about me they would have gotten me out already. I was nothing but a tool for them, so I might be willing to give up that connection easily enough. But I would like to know what you, whoever you are, are going to use me for next? What tool are you going to turn me into? Why have you come down into this hell to pull me out of it?"

I smiled and said, "You're a lot sharper than I was led to believe." which got a smile in return from her.

"They pumped me full of drugs in the evening, I'm rather lucid in the afternoons. Those are the worst times as that's when I get to think about what I've done and what has been done to me, what's been taken from me."

I nodded my head before getting to the meat of this meeting, "I'm looking for a bounty hunter by the name of Jango Fett. He has been involved in a rather, well the same thing you were involved in, an attempted assassination of a senator. I am trying to salvage the political situation for Mandalore, and it would be best that he doesn't end up in a jail cell like you. However, to do that I need to find a way to get in contact with him. I was hoping that as a member of the same clan, even if extended, you might have some sort of knowledge on that matter."

Ms. Fett paused in surprise, "Jango's still alive? Gods I should have tracked him down back when I had the chance." She shook her head before continuing. "Near the midpoint of the Civil War, I was a child living on a farmstead in Concord Dawn. Just me, my mother, my father, and my brother. True Mandalorians had gotten their asses kicked by Death Watch more than usual and sought shelter on my father's farm. My father was a sucker for the True Mando cause and it cost us everything. Death Watch managed to track them to his farm and killed him, my brother ran into the cornfields while my mother opened fire. They killed her while I hid and hoped I could escape, but they eventually found me. That is the beginning of my career as an assassin for Death Watch. They tattooed their symbol on my back and forcibly trained me to fight for them. After a while I thought they were right, that my family was weak, that the True Mandalorians were weak, all of the Mandalorians were weak, and that Death Watch would fix everything wrong with Mandalore. What a joke."

She shook her head before saying, "My brother on the other hand, he found his way to the True Mandalorians. They took him in, I don't know what they did to him but considering he became their leader eventually I think he probably had an easier time of it."

Leaning forward I said, "Are you saying that Jango Fett is your brother?"

She smiled before saying, "Yes I am, I found out near the end of the Civil War that he was still alive and I thought he was weak. I was actually happy when I heard he might have been killed by the Jedi…"

There is a look of disgust on her face that said everything that I needed to know. She is wrestling with the training that screws with her head, quite a bit by the looks of it, with the realization that she had wanted her own flesh and blood to die because of that indoctrination.

She sighed before saying, "As I said, I haven't talked to my brother in decades, even before getting locked up in here, so I don't have any way to contact him for you."

"Oh, I am not so sure about that." I said, already coming up with a plan in my mind as I asked, "Does your brother know that you are alive?"

She shook her head, "Doubtful, I don't think he'd be so cruel as to leave me in here."

"Then I think I have a way of getting in contact with him through the Bounty Hunters' Guild." Getting up I said, "But none of what has been said here will affect my efforts to get you back to Mandalore. This is not healthy for your mind and I will do everything in my power to get you out."

Ms. Fett chuckled before saying, "Good luck with that. I wouldn't mind seeing the sky again."

Giving her a bow I said, "Luck isn't necessary, I have the ear of the Duchess of Mandalore to call upon; it will happen."

Ms. Fett laughed before saying, "Wait, the New Mandalorians are still in control? I thought you guys would have been kicked out by Death Watch by now."

I smiled as I said, "Death Watch, as far as I'm aware, have been destroyed or have had their power so greatly reduced it might as well be a new organization pretending to be the last one. Which, in my opinion, is a good thing, don't you think?"

Ms. Fett smiled before saying, "Yeah, hope the bastards rot. Good luck Miss?"

"Kryze. Tanya Kryze." I said before turning to Morson and nodding. She tapped on the door, signaling to the guards waiting outside that we were done. A moment later we are escorted out of the room by the guards.

As we walked back out Morson asked, "Are you really going to try and have her transferred to Mandalore?"

"Of course. As far as I can tell Ms. Fett is stable; stable enough to be moved. Look at this place, looking around at the metal walls and how little care they have for the design. This is not a healthy place for someone's mind. The fact that she returned, undid Death Watch's brainwashing through years of self reflection and was somewhat sane is a testament to her willpower."

Morson nodded, "One more question. So, you sing pretty well, did you ever consider making a career out of it?"

"No, why?" I lied as naturally as I breathed.

Morson coughed and said, "Well I was just kind of reminded about this whole idol thing that was taking off on Gargon. There's some sort of contest going on every six months that is kind of like a battle between the idols. There'll be another one in two months and I had this hilarious idea of the three of us entering, doing a bit of cross-planetary cultural exchange."

I blinked and said, "I will consider that." There was something there, but I would need to not be dealing with the current situation at the moment. Participating as the Princess of Mandalore to take part in a battle of idols would be a general way to spread the culture from Gargon to Mandalore, which would increase profit revenues quite a bit.

The event would also improve people's idea of what Gargon is, not an insignificant boon towards encouraging more legal commerce on the planet. Once the concept of interstellar idol tours really takes off, idol contests would inevitably one day take place here on Coruscant too. However, all of this would require a significant amount of my limited personal time investment since I would be personally involved. So I could worry about these long-term dreams only after the danger of the inevitable civil war had passed and Mandalore was safe.





Writers note: Hmm who would have guessed that singing could break through the madness of war… or is it singing songs of war that breaks through the madness? Whatever it would appear, the game is afoot. Two different investigations on the same person, but taking different paths. You thought I would stay close to canon, with Tanya being in the main adventure. No, I shall make new adventure right next to main one HAHAHAHA




Edited by: : Warmach1ne32, FallQM, Afforess
Community edited by: CmdTinker
Community editable doc (Chapter) No story suggestions in the community editing document, Keep all story suggestions and comments in the thread




Supporters: Afforess, Gremlin Jack, Xodarap4, Duncan Sproule, James Moorhouse, Dankermaler, Hats88, DrkShdow, Devilstar101, Michael, Mana Rope, Falk Hüser, Silver Wolf, Mackenzie Buckle, Neso, Lmc9389, Staradder, KrasieK, Zollus, Jog256, Ethan Dowie, Maxim Blashkevych, The GrandMage, loyalChaos, Daryl, FreelancerD0, Zul The Lich, Flynn Pirola-Henderson, Retexks, John Norman, Sacha Lechelon, Ian R Major, Dale, Darth Vendar, BigKumaDM, Taylor Tilbury, Treant Balewood, Aske Helsted, James Williams, Sam, VidDav FerDeL, Brandon Goodman,
 
Last edited:
Back
Top